Skip to main content

Full text of "Presbyterianism"

See other formats


iBISlSlSISlSlSlSlSlSlSISlSIHlSI' 


fi3 

& 
a 

a 

a 

i 
a 
a 

i 

a 

a 
a 
a 
a 

a 


wpnHeHnwMnHipnw 


Hand-Book? 

FOR 

IBLE    CLAS! 

^wp  Private  Students 


**  TT*  £3 


Presbyterian  ism 


BY 


Rev  John  Macbherson  MA. 


EBINBUHGM 


nr\ 


tf-J 


jlestj 


-yA^"- 


-^    ^^— r 


.St^^HWt 


HANDBOOKS 


FOR 


BIBLE     CLASSES. 


EDITED  BY 


REV.  MARCUS   DODS,  D.D., 

AND 

REV.  ALEXANDER  WHYTE,  D.D. 


PRESBYTER1ANISM. REV.  JOHN  MACPHERSON,  M.A. 


EDINBURGH: 
T.    &    T.    CLARK,    38    GEORGE    STREET. 


PRINTED    BY   MORRISON    AND   CIBB, 
FOR 

T.    &    T.    CLARK,    EDINBURGH. 

LONDON, HAMILTON,    ADAMS,    AND    CO, 

DUBLIN, GEORGE    HERBERT. 

NEW   YORK,      ....       SCRIBNER    AND   WELFORD. 


PRESBYTERIANISM. 


BY 


REV.  JOHN  MACPHERSON,  M.A  , 


FINDIIORN. 


EDINBURGH: 
T.    &    T.    CLARK,    38    GEORGE    STREET. 


CON  TE  N  TS. 


INTRODUCTION. 
Sect.      I.  Various  Forms  of  Church  Polity,   . 
,,       II.   Distinctive  Principles  of  Presbyterianism, 
,,     III.   Divine  Right  of  Presbytery, 
,,      IV.   Literature  of  Presbyterianism, 


p,\r,H 

i 


PART    I. 

OFFICE   AND   OFFICE-BEARERS   IN   THE   PRESBYTERIAN   CHURCH. 


Introd.  Idea  of  the  Church, 

Chap.     I.  General  Principles  concerning  Office, 

,,      II.  The  Presbyter  as  Ruling  Elder,     . 

,,     III.  The  Presbyter  as  Teacher,     . 

,,     IV.  The  Deacon,         .... 


20 
37 
65 
9c 


PART   II. 

CONSTITUTION   AND   GRADATION   OF   COURTS   IN   PRESBYTERIAN 
CHURCH. 


Introd.  Idea  of  Church  Courts, 

Chap.     I.  Composition  of  Church  Courts, 

,.       II.  Gradation  of  Church  Courts, 

,,    III.  Functions  of  the  several  Church  Courts, 


103 
105 
119 
132 


INTRODUCTION. 


1.  The  Various  Forms  of  Cliurcli  Polity. — All  who  agree  in  defin- 
ing the  Church  as  a  gathering,  more  or  less  organized,  of  professed 
believers  in  Christ,  for  the  purposes  of  worship  and  edification, 
must  find  their  church  position  under  one  or  other  of  the  three 
great  divisions — Prelatical,  Congregational,  Presbyterian — under 
which  all  possible  diversities  of  church  polity  must  be  compre- 
hended. Under  the  division  Prelatical  we  include  such  churches 
as  the  Romish  and  Anglican,  which  in  their  church  constitution 
recognize  the  principle  of  a  gradation  of  rank  and  office  in  the 
ministerial  order,  maintain  a  diocesan  episcopate,  and  emphasize 
strongly  the  distinction  between  the  clergy  and  the  laity.  Under 
the  division  Congregational  we  include  all  churches  which  refuse 
to  admit  any  gradation  in  the  ministerial  office,  and  at  the  same 
time  oppose  the  idea  of  gradation  in  church  courts,  insisting  on 
the  independency  of  each  congregation,  giving  to  church  members 
the  decision  in  all  church  matters  without  subjecting  the  congre- 
gational judgment  to  the  review  of  any  higher  judicature.  Under 
the  division  Presbyterian  we  include  all  churches  which,  in 
opposition  to  the  Prelatical  churches,  insist  upon  the  parity  of 
ministerial  rank,  and  maintain  inconsequence  a  parochial  and  not 
a  diocesan  episcopate,  and  in  opposition  to  the  Congregational 
churches  recognize  a  gradation  in  church  courts  through  Session, 
Presbytery,  and  Synod.  The  church  polity  of  Presbyterianism  thus 
seeks  consciously  to  avoid,  on  the  one  hand,  the  error  of  Congre- 
gationalism, which  fails  in  its  constitution  to  express  the  unity  of 


2  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

the  churchy  and  to  avoid,  on  the  other  hand,  the  error  of  Prelacy, 
which  relegates  to  a  clerical  individual,  or  to  a  purely  clerical 
council,  the  exercise  of  that  power  which  properly  belongs  to  the 
church. 

There  are  certain  Christian  denominations,  indeed,  which 
cannot  very  easily  be  brought  under  any  one  of  these  three 
divisions,  not  because  they  introduce  any  new  principle  of  church 
polity  in  their  constitution,  but  only  because  in  certain  particulars 
they  incline  to  one,  and  in  certain  particulars  to  another,  of 
the  three  divisions  already  named.  Thus  the  Methodists  are 
closely  allied  in  their  original  constitution  to  the  Anglican  mother 
church  in  the  rigid  suppression  of  the  voice  of  the  laity  in  the 
government  of  the  church,  which  among  the  Wesleyans  is  mainly 
in  the  hands  of  the  selected  clergymen  who  form  the  Conference  ; 
while  the  partial  distinction  introduced  in  clerical  rank  by  the 
appointment  of  Presidents  of  Circuits  is  somewhat  parallel  to  the 
temporary  expedient  of  Superintendents  in  the  Scottish  Church 
of  the  Reformation.  The  history  of  Methodism  shows  an  unstable 
equilibrium,  vibrating  between  the  original  high  clerical  and  the 
more  recent  anti-clerical  extremes.  Under  the  name  Methodist 
we  have  in  America  the  Episcopal  Methodists,  with  their  bishops 
reckoning  their  ordination,  however,  only  from  the  presbyter 
John  Wesley  ;  not  recognized  by  Prelatical  churches,  yet  clinging 
to  the  forms  of  Prelatical  church  government  ;  the  Wesleyan 
Methodists,  with  their  final  court  exclusively  clerical  ;  the 
Methodist  New  Connection,  admitting  an  equal  number  of 
clerical  and  lay  members  into  their  Conference,  the  election  of  the 
lay  members,  however,  being  not  altogether  free  and  popular  ; 
and  the  Primitive  Methodists,  showing  a  decided  anti-clerical 
spirit  by  sending  to  their  Conference  two  laymen  to  one  minister. 
In  the  Welsh  Methodist  Church,  again,  we  find  certain  of  the 
peculiarities  of  Methodism  grafted  on  a  constitution  essentially 
Presbyterian  ;  the  Circuits  being  Presbyteries,  and  the  classes  and 
class-leaders  corresponding  to  the  catechizings  and  catechists,  for 
which  there  is  quite  room  in  the  Presbyterian  system.     It  might 


INTRODUCTION.  3 

readily  be  shown  that  in  those  church  systems  which,  in  regard 
to  church  polity,  seem  not  naturally  to  fall  under  any  of  the  three 
divisions,  Prelatical,  Congregational,  or  Presbyterian,  it  is  only 
necessary  to  develop  their  peculiar  institutions  and  bring  the 
different  parts  of  their  system  into  a  self-consistent  harmony,  in 
order  to  secure  their  classification  under  one  or  other  of  those 
heads. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  distinction  to  which  we  have  been 
referring  is  one  which  turns  purely  upon  questions  of  church 
polity.  Some  of  these  indeed  may  be  closely  associated  with 
points  of  doctrine,  and  in  many  cases  it  will  be  found  that  prin- 
ciples of  doctrine  and  polity  easily  act  and  react  on  one  another 
Yet  in  the  threefold  distribution  just  referred  to,  we  shall  find 
churches  under  all  the  three,  not  only  thoroughly  agreed  on 
certain  fundamental  doctrinal  truths,  but  also  accepting  the  same 
or  similar  Confessions.  For  example,  Calvinists  in  doctrine  may 
be  found  quite  consistently  placing  themselves  under  a  Prelatical, 
or  a  Congregational,  or  a  Presbyterian  form  of  church  govern- 
ment. Arminians  may  be  met  with  under  any  of  the  three 
divisions.  There  is  no  reason  why  those  entertaining  Baptist 
views  should  in  their  church  polity  be  Congregationalists  rather 
than  Prelatists  or  Presbyterians,  In  reference  purely  to  matters 
of  church  polity  are  the  distinctions  made  to  which  we  here  refer. 
The  difference  between  these  three  may  in  general  terms  be  stated 
to  lie  in  the  representation  which  they  give  respectively  of  the 
parties  in  whom  church  power  is  vested.  In  Prelatical  churches 
the  clergy  rule,  the  church  courts,  both  inferior  and  superior, 
being  purely  clerical.  In  Congregational  churches,  the  members 
of  the  local  church  rule,  there  being  no  church  courts  proper  as 
distinguished  from  the  general  meeting  of  the  congregation.  In 
Presbyterian  churches,  the  representatives  of  the  people  rule  in 
church  courts  variously  graduated,  and  having" their  membership 
drawn  from  both  the  clerical  and  the  lay  elements,  ruling  elders 
sitting  with  ministers  of  the  Word  in  the  exercise  of  the  govern- 
ment of  the  church. 


4  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

2.  The  Distinctive  Characteristics  of  Presbyterianism. — It  is  very 
important  that  we  should  form  a  correct  and  clear  notion  of  what 
Presbyterianism  is,  before  going  on  to  discuss  the  various  details 
of  the  Presbyterian  system.  Many  peculiarities  are  popularly 
regarded  as  entitled  to  the  special  designation  Presbyterian,  which 
are  by  no  means  necessary  or  essential  parts  of  the  system.  The 
mention  of  such  irrelevant  matters  in  a  description  of  Presby- 
terianism is  evidently  fitted  to  obscure  our  conception,  and  to 
carry  us  away  into  side  issues.  We  have  already  seen  the 
importance  of  distinguishing  between  questions  of  doctrine  and 
questions  of  church  polity.  If  these  are  not  discriminated,  con- 
fusion necessarily  follows.  Calvin  was  at  once  distinguished  as  a 
theologian  and  as  a  churchman.  In  his  capacity  as  a  theologian 
he  formulated  a  system  of  doctrine  which  has  been  substantially 
accepted  by  churches  of  the  most  diverse  constitution.  In  his 
capacity  as  a  churchman  he  elaborated  a  system  of  church  polity 
which  has  been  adopted  by  churches  under  the  most  thoroughly 
opposed  Confessions.  Calvinism  has  been  reflected  in  the  creeds 
of  Prelatical,  Congregational,  and  Presbyterian  churches ;  the 
Genevan  church  constitution  is  essentially  and  in  principle  the 
basis  of  all  the  Books  of  Order  and  Discipline  among  the  churches 
which  accept  the  Presbyterian  form  of  church  government.  Some 
of  the  best-known  treatises  on  Presbyterianism  are  in  this  respect 
unfair,  and  a  good  deal  of  what  they  contain  is  irrelevant.  For 
example,  Dr.  Miller,  of  Princeton,1  divides  his  work  on  Presby- 
terianism into  several  chapters,  of  which  one  treats  of  the  doctrine, 
another  of  the  government,  and  a  third  of  the  worship  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church.  It  is  clear  that,  strictly  speaking,  only  the 
chapter  on  Church  Government  is  entitled  to  a  place  in  such  a 
treatise,  and  its  contents  should  constitute  the  main  and  charac- 
teristic part  of  the  work.  The  chief  aim  surely  of  a  book  on 
Presbyterianism  should  be  to  display  and  discuss  the  form  of 

1  Manual  of  Presbytery,  comprising  Presbyterianism,  the  truly  Primitive 
and  Apostolic  Constitution  of  the  Church  of  Christ,  etc.,  ed.  by  Dr.  Lorimer, 
Edinburgh,  i8j^- 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

church  government  indicated  by  that  name.  Dr.  Miller  gives, 
indeed,  an  admirable  statement  of  the  characteristic  principles  of 
Presbyterian  church  government,  and  admits  that  the  name 
primarily  applies  to  a  form  of  church  polity ;  yet,  on  the  supposi- 
tion that  at  first,  and  generally  still,  Presbyterian  churches  are  all 
agreed  on  fundamental  doctrines,  accepting  the  same  general  type 
of  doctrine,  and  approving  the  same  forms  of  worship,  he  proceeds 
to  discourse  at  large  (pp.  48-78)  on  the  advantages  of  Calvinism, 
and  at  even  greater  length  (pp.  m-161)  on  the  inadmissibility  of 
all  forms  and  ceremonies  in  worship.  But  this  destroys  at  once 
the  unity  and  the  self-consistency  of  his  book.  At  one  place 
he  says  : — l  The  Reformed  Churches  in  France,  Holland,  Ger- 
many, Switzerland,  Scotland,  and  Geneva,  are  all  Presbyterian, 
notwithstanding  some  minor  varieties  in  the  names  and  regulations 
of  their  judicatories.'  This  certainly  is  true  so  long  as  he  keeps 
to  his  definition  of  Presbyterianism  as  a  form  of  church  govern- 
ment in  which  ministerial  parity,  government  by  elders,  and  union 
of  the  churches  through  courts  of  review  and  control,  are  the 
distinguishing  and  characteristic  principles.  But  it  is  not  true,  if 
he  proceeds  to  give  these  further  marks  as  characteristically 
Presbyterian, — Calvinistic  doctrine  and  Puritan  simplicity  of  wor- 
ship. In  regard  to  the  question  of  worship  in  the  Presbyterian 
Church,  we  maintain  that  it  cannot  fairly  be  made  a  mark  of 
Presbyterianism  any  more  than  the  doctrinal  test  can  be  legiti- 
mately applied.  In  some  of  those  churches  named  by  Dr.  Miller, 
there  is  much  more  of  a  ritual  than  in  others,  and  yet  the  form  of 
government  is  unaffected  by  this  difference.  In  an  admirable 
paper  on  '  Presbyterian  Liturgies,'  Dr.  Hodge,1  who  is  thoroughly 
at  one  with  Dr.  Miller  in  his  admiration,  and  as  hearty  in  his 
defence  of  Presbytery,  calls  attention  to  the  prevalence  of  an 
opinion,  which  he  pronounces  quite  erroneous,  that  the  use  of  a 
liturgy  in  public  worship  is  a  peculiarity  of  Prelatical  churches. 
It  is  to  be  remembered  that   the  churches  of  the  Reformation 

1  Hodge,  The  Chinch  and  its  Polity ',  chap,  x.,  ■  Presbyterian  Liturgies.' 
Edinburgh,  1879, 


6  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

prcpaicd  and  used  liturgies  ;  and  that  this  was  so  not  only  in  the 
Lutheran,  but  also  in  those  Calvinistic  churches  commonly  called 
Reformed.  When  we  think  of  the  liturgies  of  Calvin,  of  Knox, 
of  the  French  Protestants,  and  of  the  German  Reformed  churches, 
we  shall  surely  be  slow  to  regard  their  use  as  necessarily 
implying  a  return  to  Prelatical  ceremonialism.  Besides,  the  use 
of  a  liturgy  as  employed  by  the  Reformers  may  be  traced  back 
into  very  early  antiquity,  before  the  rise  of  Prelatical  institutions. 
But  while  it  is  thus  quite  necessary  to  separate  between  ques- 
tions of  doctrine  and  ritual,  and  the  question  of  church  govern- 
ment, it  is  not  to  be  supposed  that  affairs  of  church  government 
can  be  kept  apart  altogether  from  references  to  certain  outstanding 
principles  of  doctrine  and  worship.  Any  adequate  discussion  of 
Presbyterian  church  polity  must  start  with  an  exposition  of  the 
doctrine  of  the  church  from  the  Presbyterian  standpoint.  We 
might  entertain  such  a  notion  of  the  church,  that  from  it  we 
should  be  obliged  to  proceed  to  the  maintaining  of  a  hierarchical 
view  of  the  ministerial  office,  and  by  consequence  to  the  other 
details  of  a  Prelatical  church  polity.  It  will  indeed  altogether 
depend  upon  our  conception  of  the  original  idea,  the  ultimate 
aim,  and  essential  nature  of  the  church,  whether  our  theory  of 
church  polity  is  to  be  Prelatical,  Congregational,  or  Presbyterian. 
But  it  is  further  evident  that  our  doctrine  of  the  church  will  be 
largely  determined  by  the  general  type  of  doctrine  which  we 
maintain,  and  that,  therefore,  one  may  fairly  conclude  many 
particulars  regarding  our  doctrinal  position  from  the  conception 
of  the  church  on  which  our  theory  of  church  polity  is  based.  The 
doctrine  of  the  church  out  of  which  it  will  be  possible  to  construct 
a  church  constitution  on  Presbyterian  principles,  must  at  least  be 
evangelical.  It  must  go  directly  to  Scripture  as  the  ultimate 
authority  for  all  its  fundamental  principles.  The  scriptural 
authority  of  these  two  important  truths  must  be  clearly  recognized, 
— the  universal  priesthood  of  believers  in  opposition  to  all  sacer- 
dotal theories,  and  the  apostolic  statement  (i  Cor.  xii.  28)  that 
God  hath  set  some  in  the  church   in  one  office,  and  some  in 


INTRODUCTION.  y 

another.  In  the  combination  of  these  two  principles,  which  we 
shall  afterwards  show  to  be  abundantly  supported  by  Scripture, 
Presbyterians  maintain  that  they  have  a  most  sufficient  ground 
for  all  that  is  characteristic  of  their  system  of  church  government. 
By  exclusive  attention  to  the  doctrine  of  office  in  the  church,  a 
sacerdotal  theory  and  Prelatical  constitution  have  been  reared, 
ignoring  the  rights  of  the  Christian  people,  and  inevitably  foster- 
ing an  unevangelical  doctrinal  development.  By  exclusive  atten- 
tion to  the  rights  and  seeming  interests  of  individual  believers,  in 
consequence  of  a  reaction  against  a  false  and  exaggerated  cleri- 
calism, a  Congregational  theory  has  been  built  up,  which  ignores 
the  Scripture  doctrine  of  an  office  of  government  or  rule  set  up 
within  the  church,  and  by  this  neglect  has  failed  in  its  church 
constitution  to  reflect  the  truth  of  church  unity.  Notwithstanding 
the  declaration  of  a  Bampton  lecturer,  that  Presbyterianism 
1  unites  the  faults  and  misses  the  advantages  of  both  Episcopacy 
and  Congregationalism,'  it  is  the  contention  of  Presbyterians  that 
their  system  avoids  the  onesidedncss  of  both  those  systems 
referred  to,  by  finding  a  place  in  its  constitution  for  the  adequate 
and  duly  proportioned  representation  of  those  two  principles 
which  in  Episcopacy  and  Congregationalism  respectively  are  only 
exhibited  separately. 

Upon  the  basis  of  these  two  principles,  the  three  following 
main  propositions  may  be  laid  down  as  indicating  the  leading  cha- 
racteristics of  Presbyterianism.  It  is,  however,  to  be  remembered 
tli at  it  is  not  the  holding  of  any  one  of  these,  but  the  acceptance 
of  them  all,  and  the  harmonizing  of  them,  that  constitutes  a 
system  of  church  polity  deserving  of  the  name  Presbyterian. 

(i)  The  Parity  of  the  Clergy. — The  preaching  of  the  gospel  is 
everywhere  in  the  New  Testament  recognized  as  the  function  of 
the  highest  church  office.  Where  this  function  is  discharged, 
there  we  have  already  an  office  which  cannot  be  regarded  as  in 
any  case  subordinate.  Functions  of  ruling  and  administration 
cannot  secure  to  any  church  officer  a  pre-eminence  over  the  simple 
preacher.     On  this  broad  ground,  Presbyterianism  insists  upon 


8  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

the  equality  of  rank  of  all  office-bearers  of  the  church  ordained  to 
the  preaching  of  the  gospel. 

(2)  The  Government  and  Discipline  of  the  Church  conducted 
by  the  Membership  of  the  Church  through  Elders  ordained  to  7'ulc. 
— The  characteristically  Presbyterian  institution  of  the  Ruling 
Eldership  does  not  overlook  the  rights  of  the  Christian  people, 
while  it  gives  recognition  to  the  scriptural  appointment  of  an 
office  of  ruling  and  government.  The  elders  who  hold  this  office 
are  the  representatives  of  the  people,  yet,  as  office-bearers  dis- 
charging the  functions  of  an  office,  they  are  not  mere  delegates 
of  the  people. 

(3)  The  Unity  of  the  Church, — The  realization  of  this  idea  is 
only  conditioned  by  circumstances  of  nation,  language,  space, 
and  number.  Apart  from  special  occasions  of  division  and 
separation,  there  would  be  the  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland, 
of  England,  of  America,  etc.  In  each  case  the  church  is  regarded 
as  one,  and  the  idea  of  oneness  is  maintained  by  means  of  such 
relations  as  are  represented  in  the  fellowship  of  church  courts, 
tending  ultimately  in  their  most  comprehensive  forms  fairly  to 
represent  this  unity.  To  the  realization  of  this  idea,  the  con- 
stitution of  the  Presbytery  is  necessary  absolutely,  as  a  court 
superior  to  the  Congregational  or  Parochial  Session.  A  plurality 
of  Presbyteries  must  again  be  brought  into  unity  by  association 
and  combination  in  the  Synod,  as  a  court  superior  to  and  having 
supervision  over  both  Session  and  Presbytery. 

3.  The  Divine  Right  of  Presbytery. — The  claim  made  by  all  who 
take  a  deep  and  thorough  view  of  the  nature  of  the  church  is, 
that  its  constitution  must  in  its  main  features  be  discoverable  in 
Scripture.  This  general  principle  as  thus  stated  may  be  set  forth 
alike  by  Episcopal  and  by  Presbyterian  writers,  and  is,  indeed, 
what  the  more  judicious  advocates  of  either  system  mean  when 
they  maintain  a  jus  divinum  in  favour  of  their  own  particular 
method  of  church  government.  Popular  writers  often  misre- 
present   this    claim.      We   often    find    sneers    uttered    against 


INTRODUCTION.  9 

Presbyterianism  as  if  for  it  alone  a  claim  had  been  advanced  of 
a  divine  right,  and  that  thereby  the  intolerant  exclusiveness  of  its 
defenders  was  shown.  A  very  moderate  acquaintance  with  facts 
of  history  is  sufficient  to  show  that  the  advancing  of  such  a  claim 
cannot  be  regarded  as  characteristic  of  Presbyterians,  or  indeed 
of  any  church  party.  Yet,  though  insisting  upon  the  propriety 
of  making  such  a  claim,  it  must  be  admitted  that  both  by  Presby- 
terian and  by  Prelatical  advocates,  the  notion  of  a  divine  right 
has  often  been  crudely  and  unwisely  expressed.  In  some  cases 
it  has  been  stated  by  churchmen  with  all  the  inconsiderateness 
and  unguardedness  which  characterized  the  assertion,  on  the  part 
of  royal  despots,  of  a  divine  right  in  justification  of  all  manner 
of  arbitrary  and  tyrannical  courses.  If  the  jus  divinum  be  so 
conceived  and  defined  as  to  raise  that  institution  which  lays 
claim  to  it  above  all  question  or  investigation,  demanding  and 
securing  unfaltering  acceptance,  and  conclusively  placing  the 
whole  ecclesiastical  system  above  review  and  criticism,  then, 
whether  this  claim  be  made  by  Prelate  or  by  Presbyter,  it  must 
be  stoutly  resisted.  No  intelligent  and  liberal-minded  churchman 
will  now  be  found  claiming  for  his  church  that  it  is  an  exact 
detailed,  and  literal  transcript  of  the  New  Testament  Church, — 
the  church  of  the  Apostolic  Age.  When  he  claims  a.  jus  divinum 
for  the  special  polity  and  discipline  adopted  in  his  church,  he 
simply  means  to  assert  that  in  his  view  the  fundamental  principles 
of  Apostolic  church  government  have  been  retained,  and  are 
legitimately  applied  in  the  circumstances  and  under  the  conditions 
which  are  peculiar  to  our  own  age  and  country. 

To  say  that  Scripture  decides  neither  for  one  form  nor  for 
another, — that  in  regard  to  forms  of  church  government  there 
is  no  jus  divinum, — is  a  position  which  cannot  commend  itself 
to  any  one  who  consciously  and  intelligently  defines  the  church 
as  the  kingdom  of  God.  '  To  say  that  He  hath  not  settled  the 
government  of  His  own  house  by  appointing  His  own  officers, 
and  appointing  each  of  them  to  their  own  work,  is  to  say  He 
doth  not  act  the  part  of  a  king  and  governor  in  the  church, 


io  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

which  is  His  kingdom.5  2  The  objections  usually  made  to  pleas 
for  a  divine  right  are  completely  guarded  against  in  such  careful 
statements  as  that  just  quoted.  We  do  not  affirm  that  all  the 
details  of  modern  church  government  are  to  be  found  expressly 
unfolded  in  Scripture.  But  we  do  maintain  that  the  various 
offices  in  the  church  are  enumerated  in  Scripture,  and  have  there 
their  functions  defined.  '  Scripture,'  says  Calvin  in  one  of  his 
letters,  '  in  various  statements  expresses  the  substance  of  ecclesi- 
astical discipline ;  but  the  form  in  which  it  is  to  be  exercised, 
since  it  has  not  been  prescribed  by  God,  ought  to  be  determined 
by  the  ministers  for  edification.'  We  hold  that  the  characteristic 
principles  of  Presbyterianism  are  found  in  Scripture,  and  that 
other  forms  of  church  polity  are,  as  compared  with  Presby- 
terianism, defective,  inasmuch  as  they  ignore  certain  of  those 
principles,  and  by  consequence  exaggerate  in  a  onesided  manner 
those  principles  to  which  they  give  exclusive  attention.  This 
claim  for  a  full  and  satisfactory  ground  in  Scripture  for  the 
characteristic  principles  of  our  church  system  is  all  that  we 
mean  to  assert  when  we  maintain,  as  against  Prelacy  and 
Congregationalism,  the  divine  right  of  Presbytery. 

4.  The  Literature  of  Presbyterianism. — The  New  Testament  idea  of 
the  church  and  the  organization  of  the  Apostolic  Church  have  been 
admirably  expounded  by  Bishop  Lightfoot  in  his  singularly  clear 
and  comprehensive  essay  on  the  Christian  Ministry  appended  to 
his  Commentary  on  Philifipians.  After  a  careful  examination  of 
the  distinctive  nature  of  the  Christian  ministry,  in  which  he  most 
successfully  combats  the  sacerdotal  theory,  he  proceeds  to  treat 

1  An  Apologetical  Narration,  etc.,  by  Brown  of  Wamphray,  p.  131.  That 
there  is  no  jus  divinum  in  regard  to  forms  of  church  government  is  maintained 
en  the  Presbyterian  side,  among  others,  by  Dr.  Campbell  of  Aberdeen  in 
his  Lectures  on  Eccles.  History,  and  by  Dr.  Mitchell  of  Kemnay  in  his  Presby- 
terian Letters;  and  on  the  Episcopalian  side  by  Stillingfleet  [Irenicum), 
Whately  [Kingdom  of  Christ),  Litton  [Church  of  Christ),  and  generally  by 
those  who  are  commonly  styied  moderate  Anglicans.  Their  preference  for 
Presbytery  or  Episcopacy  is  determined  by  considerations  of  expediency. 


INTRODUCTION.  1 1 

in  order  of  Deacons,  Presbyters,  and  Bishops,  showing  that 
originally  the  names  Presbyter  and  Bishop  were  synonymous,  and 
tracing  the  gradual  rise  of  the  Episcopate  in  the  Post-Apostolic 
Church.  This  dissertation  deserves  the  attention  of  every 
student.  The  study  of  Lightfoot's  essay  might  be  very  profitably 
followed  up  by  a  careful  reading  of  the  Bampton  Lecture  for 
1880.  The  Organization  of  the  Early  Christian  Churches,  by  the 
Rev.  Edwin  Hatch,  gives  in  an  exceedingly  fresh  and  informing 
manner  an  account  of  the  origin  of  the  several  offices  in  the 
Christian  church,  showing  the  mutual  relations  of  Bishop  and 
Deacons,  then  the  rise  of  the  Presbyterate  and  its  special 
functions  ;  tracing  the  influences  which  occasioned  the  elevation 
of  the  Bishop  to  a  supreme  rank,  and  indicating  the  tendencies 
which  resulted  in  a  complete  sundering  of  the  clergy  and  the  laity. 

In  connection  with  these  works  may  be  mentioned  the  following 
treatises  on  the  teaching  of  the  New  Testament  regarding  the 
constitution  of  the  church  : — 1.  Ecclesiastical  Polity  of  the  Neio 
Testament,  by  Dr.  Jacob, — an  able  work  by  a  liberal  Anglican, 
of  which  the  first  four  chapters — treating  of  the  Apostles  and 
the  Christian  Church,  the  First  Organization  of  the  Church, 
the  Christian  Ministry  with  special  reference  to  the  claim  of 
priesthood,  and  the  Laity,  with  Appendix  D.  on  Apostolic 
Succession — are  extremely  valuable  as  an  effective  refutation  of 
distinctively  Prelatical  pretensions.  2.  Ecclesiastical  Polity  of 
the  Nezv  Testament,  by  Dr.  Samuel  Davidson, — a  volume  of  the 
Congregational  Lectures,  of  which,  omitting,  for  the  present, 
reference  to  its  argument  for  the  Congregational  theory  of  church 
polity,  Lect.  III.  on  Offices  appointed  in  the  earliest  Christian 
Churches,  Lect.  IV.  on  Election  of  Office-bearers  in  the  Apostolic 
Age,  and  Lect.  V.  on  Ordination  of  Office-bearers  in  the  Primitive 
Churches,  afford  a  clear  and  satisfactory  presentation  of  New 
Testament  teaching  on  these  points. 

In  regard  generally  to  the  constitution  of  the  early  church, 
much  interesting  information  may  be  got  in  Pressense's  Life  and 
Practice  of  the  Early  Church,  especially  Book  I.  chaps,  ii.-vii., 


I  2  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

and  in  S chaff's  History  of  the  Apostolic  Age.  On  the  same 
subjects  the  following  German  works  will  be  found  specially 
important  : — i.  Beyschlag,  Die  Christliche  Gemeindeverfassung 
im  Zeit alter  des  Neueii  Testaments,  Harlem,  1874,  in  which  we 
have  an  acute  and  thorough  investigation  of  the  idea  of  the  church, 
strictly  confined  to  an  exposition  of  the  New  Testament  doctrine. 
2.  Rothe,  Die  Anf tinge  der  Christliche  Kirche,  especially  Book  II. 
chap.  i.  pp.  141-310,  on  the  Origin  of  the  Christian  Churches 
and  of  a  Christian  Church  Constitution.  A  good  summary  of 
Rothe's  theory  is  given  by  Lightfoot  in  the  essay  already  referred 
to.  3.  Ritschl,  Die  Entstehung  der  Altkatholischen  Kirche% 
especially  Book  II.  chap,  i.,  The  Church  Constitution  before 
Montanism,  in  which  the  author  treats  of  the  idea  of  office  in  the 
church,  the  employment  and  significance  of  the  titles  Bishop  and 
Presbyter,  and,  finally,  the  church  office  of  Bishop  in  the  Gentile 
churches.  This  work  is  particularly  valuable  as  affording  a 
careful  historical  treatment  at  first  hand  of  church  problems  b> 
an  eminent  investigator ;  and  read  with  Rothe,  it  may  serve  to 
correct  many  of  that  writer's  conclusions  unwarranted  by  the 
historical  evidence  produced. 

For  a  general  statement  of  the  Presbyterian  argument  consult 
Bannerman,  The  Chtcrch  of  Christ,  vol.  ii.  pp.  201-331,  where 
we  have  a  satisfactory  and  comprehensive  demonstration  of  the 
divine  appointment  of  a  form  of  church  government,  and  an 
explanation  and  criticism  of  the  Prelatical  and  Congregational 
systems  of  church  polity  as  opposed  respectively  to  the  Presby- 
terian. Among  smaller  treatises  on  the  general  question  may  be 
mentioned,  Dr.  David  King's  Exposition  and  Defence  of  the 
Presbyterian  Form  of  Church  Government,  which,  upon  the 
whole,  very  fairly  states  the  main  lines  of  argument  in  favour  of 
the  characteristic  positions  of  Presbyterianism.  In  opposition 
simply  to  Prelatical  pretensions,  and  of  a  more  directly|polemical 
character,  is  Dr.  Crawford's  treatise,  consisting  of  two  short  tracts, 
Presbyterianism  Defe?ided,  and  Presbytery  or  Prelacy,  Edin. 
1836.     The  argument  is  conducted  with  vigour   and  skill,  and 


, 


INTRODUCTION.  13 

Presbyterian  principles  in  contradistinction  to  hierarchical  claims 
are  admirably  and  forcibly  expounded.  In  direct  reply  to 
Independent  arguments,  Brown's  Vindication  of  the  Presbyterian 
Form  of  Church  Government  should  be  read.  It  is  in  the  form 
of  a  series  of  letters,  and  contains  a  good  clear  statement  of  the 
grounds  upon  which  Presbyterians  reject  the  Congregationalist 
view  that  church  authority  belongs  to,  and  should  be  exercised 
directly  by,  the  church  members,  and  not  by  the  church  officers  ; 
and  the  independent  view  which  recognizes  no  control  over  the 
decisions  of  particular  congregations.  Letters  xii.-xviii.  contain 
a  good  defence  of  courts  of  review.  From  the  Independent  point 
of  view,  Dr.  Samuel  Davidson's  Eccles.  Polity  of  the  New 
Testament  will  be  found  an  admirable  manual. 

The  constitution  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland,  which 
is  practically  that  of  the  Reformed  Churches,  ought  to  be  studied 
at  first  hand  in  the  First  Book  of  Discipline  (1560)  and  the  Second 
Book  of  Discipline  (1578).  The  constitutional  principles  of  these 
books  will  be  found  stated  in  a  convenient  form  in  the  first  book 
of  Pardovan's  Collections.  Of  the  exceedingly  voluminous  Scottish 
Presbyterian  literature  during  the  last  half  of  the  seventeenth 
century  and  early  years  of  the  eighteenth  century,  we  need  only 
mention  a  few  which  are  specially  valuable  for  the  vindication  of 
particular  institutions  of  Presbyterianism.  The  ruling  eldership 
is  defended  most  successfully  by  elaborate  historical  arguments 
in  George  Gillespie's  Assertion  of  the  Government  of  the  Church 
of  Scotland  (1641),  chaps,  i.-xiv. ;  also  by  Principal  Forrester  of 
St.  Andrews,  against  contemporary  objectors,  in  his  Review  and 
Consideration  of  Two  late  Pamphlets  (1706),  pp.  173-178,  and 
in  his  Confutation  of  Sage^s  Principles  of  the  Cyprianic  Age, 
pp.  231-238.  For  modern  expositions  and  defences  of  the  ruling 
eldership,  we  may  refer  to  the  Eldership  of  the  Church  of  Scotland, 
by  Dr.  Lorimer,  Glasgow,  1841,  and  to  an  important  section  of 
Dr.  King's  Defence  of  the  Presbyterian  Form  of  Church  Govern- 
ment, pp.  99-173.  The  Theory  of  the  Ruling  Eldership,  by 
Principal  Campbell  of  Aberdeen  (1866),  insists  that  the  elder  is 

B 


14  PRESBYTERIAN  ISM. 

a  lay  councillor,  and  not  a  Presbyter  in  the  New  Testament  sense. 
The  Parity  of  the  Clergy  is  insisted  upon  at  great  length  by 
Forrester  against  Bishop  Sage ;  and  with  special  ability  by 
Principal  Rule,  of  Edinburgh,  The  Good  Old  Way  Defended 
(1697),  sees.  2-6.  In  this  connection,  too,  reference  may  be 
made  to  the  proofs  of  the  sameness  of  Bishop  and  Presbyter  as 
shown  by  Lightfoot,  Ritschl,  etc.,  in  the  works  already  named. 

By  far  the  most  informing  and  comprehensive  work,  affording 
a  view  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  constitution  in  the  light  of  the 
most  recent  decisions  of  church  courts,  is  The  Church  and  its 
Polity,  by  Dr.  Charles  Hodge  (1879).  This  work  has  been 
compiled  from  articles  contributed  by  Dr.  Hodge  to  the  Princeton 
Review, — mainly  consisting  oi  resume's  of  Assembly  discussions 
and  criticisms  of  these  discussions.  There  is  an  admirable 
chapter  on  Presbyterianism,  pp.  11 8-1 33.  In  a  series  of  five 
chapters,  pp.  190-507,  we  have  these  characteristic  elements  in 
the  Presbyterian  theory  of  church  government, — the  idea  of 
church  membership,  the  duties  and  functions  of  the  Kirk-session, 
the  constitution  of  the  Presbytery  and  qualifications  of  a  Presbyter, 
the  composition  and  authority  and  province  of  the  Assembly,  and, 
finally,  the  mode  for  exercise  of  church  discipline,  —  treated 
severally  in  a  thoroughly  practical  and  satisfactory  manner. 

For  the  history  of  Presbyterianism  the  only  complete  and 
generally  satisfactory  book  seems  to  be  the  German  work  of 
Lechler,  Geschichte  der  Presbyterial  und  Synodalverfassung  seit 
der  Reformation  {History  of  the  Presbyterian  and  Synodal  Con- 
stitution  since  the  Reformation),  Leiden,  1854  ;  specially  valuable 
is  his  statement  of  Calvin's  views  regarding  the  Constitutio?i  of 
the  Church,  pp.  32-49,  and  the  History  of  Presbyterianism  in 
Great  Britain  in  the  Seventeenth  Century,  pp.  174-196. 


PART    L 

OFFICE  AND  OFFICE-BEARERS  IN  THE 
PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 


INTRODUCTORY. 

Idea  of  the  Church. — The  general  view  of  the  church  which  is 
presupposed  in  Presbyterianism  is  not  different  from  that  enter- 
tained as  their  individual  opinion  by  evangelical  members  of  the 
church  under  other  forms  of  government.  Yet  we  hold  that  it  is 
fitting  to  speak  of  the  Presbyterian  theory  of  the  church  as  some- 
thing distinctive,  inasmuch  as  there  is  only  one  conception  of  the 
church  upon  which  the  Presbyterian  theory  of  church  govern- 
ment can  rest,  and  only  in  Presbyterianism  do  we  seem  to  find 
this  conception  of  the  church  consistently  and  thoroughly  carried 
out.  When  we  define  the  church  as  the  fellowship  of  believers, 
— meaning  thereby  to  embrace  the  entire  company  of  those  who 
exercise  faith  in  Christ  and  through  that  faith  are  sanctified,  all 
saints  and  faithful  brethren  in  Christ  Jesus, — we  can  only  regard 
the  aim  of  the  church  as  an  institution  to  be  the  development  of 
the  fellowship  of  believers  with  Him  who  is  the  object  of  their 
faith  and  the  source  and  author  of  their  holiness,  and  the  develop- 
ment of  their  folio wship  with  one  another  in  the  growth  of 
brotherly  love.  As  thus  conceived,  the  church  of  God  and  the 
kingdom  of  Christ  are  identical ;  and  of  that  kingdom  it  is  said 
that  it  cometh  not  with  observation,  but  is  within  those  who  are 
members  of  it.     The  church,  therefore,  as  kingdom  of  God,  is 


1 6  PRESBYTERlANlStf. 

essentially  spiritual.  It  is  at  the  same  time  not  an  ideal,  but 
something  intensely  real.  As  Melanchthon  says, — '  We  do  not 
dream  of  a  Platonic  state  ;  we  do  not  speak  of  a  church  which  is 
nowhere  to  be  found,  but  we  say  and  know  verily  that  this  is  the 
true  church  upon  earth,  —  the  children  of  God  here  and  there 
throughout  the  world,'  or  as  Luther  says,  '  the  sheep  which  hear 
their  shepherd's  voice.' *  The  church  means  nothing  else  than  the 
membership  of  the  church,  and  in  each  of  its  members  Christ 
dwells  by  His  Spirit,  and  over  each  He  rules  as  Shepherd  and 
King.  Those,  therefore,  who  seek  to  narrow  the  conception  of 
the  church  in  order  to  make  it  simply  co-extensive  with  the 
adoption  of  a  particular  theory  of  church  government  and  the 
observance  of  certain  ceremonies,  are  guilty  of  an  attempt  to 
rend  the  body  of  Christ ;  and  those  who  endeavour  to  unchurch 
any  who,  in  the  exercise  of  faith,  are  holding  the  Head,  are  in 
great  danger  of  unchurching  themselves.  It  must,  however,  be 
remembered,  in  accordance  with  what  has  been  already  said,  that 
the  claim  to  a  divine  right  for  a  particular  form  of  church  govern- 
ment is  something  very  different  from  the  claim  to  an  exclusive 
title  to  be  regarded  as  the  true  church.  Only  those  who  regard 
uniformity  in  confession,  worship,  and  ceremonies,  as  constituting 
the  essential  marks  of  the  church,  can  view  those  who  scruple  at 
the  ceremonies,  object  to  certain  forms  of  worship,  and  prefer 
other  systems  of  government,  as  thereby  shut  out  from  church 
membership.  It  is  curious  to  observe  how  that  church  whose 
church  theory  draws  its  elements  wholly  from  external  considera- 
tions, and  is  for  this  very  reason  easy  and  loose  in  its  terms  of 
communion,  becomes  in  practice  the  organ  of  the  most  thorough- 
going despotism,  and  shows  itself  cruelly  tyrannical  and  ex- 
clusive in  seeking  to  have  destruction  decreed  against  all  who  in 
those  external  matters  refuse  to  conform.  Thus  it  is  that  Rome 
has  in  her  communion  such  a  heterogeneous  mass,  and  manifests 
such  an  evident  indifference  in  regard  to  the  moral  and  spiritual 
condition  of  her  membership,  while  she  has  no  glance  of  tender- 
1  Kostlin,  Das  Wese?i  dcr  Kirchc,  S.  15. 


IDEA   OF   THE   CHURCH.  1 7 

ness  and  charity,  or,  at  least,  refuses  to  entertain  any  hope  in 
reference  to  those,  however  elevated  morally  and  spiritually  they 
may  be,  who  are  yet  without  her  ecclesiastical  pale. 

All  that  is  essential  to  a  Christian  community  in  order  that  it 
be  recognized  as  a  true  church  according  to  the  scriptural  doc- 
trine of  Protestantism,  is  that  in  it  there  be  the  preaching  of  a 
pure  gospel  and  the  dispensation  of  the  sacraments.  The  church 
does  not  save,  but  ministers  to  salvation,  by  administering  the 
means  of  grace.  The  essentials  of  the  church  are  fully  expressed, 
as  we  might  expect,  in  the  apostolic  commission  (Matt,  xxviii. 
19,  20),  in  which  the  administration  of  the  means  of  grace — the 
word  and  sacraments — is  regarded  as  the  comprehensive  state- 
ment of  the  duty  of  the  church.  It  is  only  among  those  who 
accept  this  view  of  a  gospel  church,  in  contradistinction  to  those 
who  maintain  the  view  just  referred  to,  that  any  diversity  of 
opinion  can  prevail  in  regard  to  the  constitution  and  government 
of  the  church.  Those  who  hold  that  the  church  is  constituted 
by  the  uniform  practice  of  certain  rites,  must  of  necessity 
maintain  the  universal  obligation  of  these  rites,  and  of  their 
regular  and  unvarying  celebration  as  an  indispensable  condition 
of  church  existence.  Those,  on  the  other  hand,  who  place 
supreme  importance  upon  the  fulfilment  of  Christ's  last  com- 
mand to  His  disciples  on  earth,  and  so  view  the  church  simply 
as  an  institution  for  conserving  and  spreading  the  fundamental 
truths  of  the  gospel,  turn  to  the  Scriptures,  with  no  foregone 
conclusion  in  their  minds,  to  discover  therefrom  principles 
for  the  regulation  and  efficient  management  of  that  institution 
to  which  this  all-important  task  has  been  entrusted.  Forms 
of  church  government,  and,  generally,  church  institutions  and 
regulations,  are  of  value  only  in  so  far  as  they  contribute  to  the 
attainment  of  the  end  for  which  the  church  itself  exists.  For 
every  true  Protestant,  the  motive  to  all  investigations  regarding 
church  administration  and  discipline  lies  in  the  desire  to  solve 
the  problem,  how  to  secure  the  most  efficient  preaching  of  the 
gospel  and  the  most  edifying  dispensation  of  the  sacraments. 


1 8  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

This  ground  Presbyterianism  takes  in  common  with  all  intelli- 
gent and  consistent  Protestants,  and  other  ground  than  this  no 
Presbyterian  can  take.  Starting  from  this  common  ground  of 
evangelical  Protestantism,  the  subserviency  of  church  govern- 
ment and  organization  to  the  end  for  which  the  church  exists, 
differences  among  the  maintainers  of  this  general  position  imme- 
diately arise  in  the  endeavour  to  determine  the  subjects  of  church 
power  and  the  proper  method  for  the  exercise  of  it.  The  Prelatical 
churches  are  untrue  to  Protestantism  in  so  far  as  they  incline 
to  separate  between  the  ministry  and  the  membership  of  the 
church,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  regard  the  clergy  as  the  church 
in  which  the  prerogative  of  church  power  is  vested.  Presby- 
terians and  Independents,  in  the  true  spirit  of  Protestantism, 
recognize  the  universal  priesthood  of  believers,  and  maintain  that 
to  the  church  as  a  whole,  comprehending  the  entire  membership, 
belongs  the  right  to  exercise  those  powers  which  have  been 
conferred  upon  the  church  according  to  her  constitution.  Inde- 
pendents and  Presbyterians,  however,  immediately  separate  in 
attempting  to  answer  the  question  as  to  how  the  church  can 
most  effectively  and  beneficially  express  her  mind.  While  the 
Independents,  in  favouring  a  pure  democracy,  would  seek  the 
voice  of  the  church  only  in  the  utterance  of  a  numerical  majority 
in  a  church  meeting,  Presbyterians  hold  that  they  have  scriptural 
authority  for  requiring  every  Christian  community  to  have  set 
over  it  representatives  as  rulers,  through  whom  the  public  func- 
tions of  the  church  may  be  expressed  and  performed.  That  this 
does  not  militate  against  the  fundamental  view  of  the  church  as 
the  fellowship  of  believers  should  appear  from  this,  that  Presby- 
terian rulers  do  not  rule  in  consequence  of  any  inherited  or 
externally  conveyed  right,  but  simply  as  the  chosen  represen- 
tatives of  the  members  for  the  orderly  discharge  of  duties  on 
behalf  of  the  community.  In  civil  affairs  we  do  not  regard  a 
people  as  departing  from  the  principles  of  a  rpure  democracy 
because  they  elect  magistrates  in  towns  and  districts,  and  repre- 
sentatives as  members  of  a  general  council.     In  the  choice  of  her 


IDEA   OF    THE   CHURCH.  1 9 

magistrates  and  legislators  we  say  that  the  people  rule  them- 
selves. Just  so  when  Presbyterianism,  starting  with  a  theory 
of  spiritual  democracy  in  contrast  to  hierarchical  theories,  pro- 
ceeds to  insist  upon  the  orderly  election  of  certain  office-bearers, 
of  whom  traces  are  to  be  found  in  Scripture,  it  simply  secures, 
by  the  application  of  a  true  representative  system,  the  thorough 
carrying  out  of  its  democratic  principles.  A  democracy  in 
Church  or  State,  wanting  the  representative  principle,  oscillates 
between  anarchy  and  tyranny.  Constitutionalism  preserves 
democracy  from  overthrow  in  either  of  these  extremes.  In 
matters  of  church  organization  and  government,  Presbyterianism 
is  the  constitutionalism  which  at  once  recognizes  popular  rights, 
assigning  the  right  of  church  power  to  the  whole  church,  and 
conserves  these  rights  for  the  adequate  accomplishment  of  those 
ends  far  which  they  have  been  conferred. 


CHAPTER    I. 

GENERAL  PRINCIPLES   CONCERNING   OFFICE. 

1.  Idea  of  Office  in  the  Presbyterian  Chnrch. — It  is  impoitant  to 
distinguish  between  gift  and  office.  In  the  Epistles  of  the  New 
Testament  we  find  many  references  to  gifts  of  grace  enjoyed  by 
members  of  the  church,  and  comparatively  few  references  to 
what  can  be  regarded  unquestionably  as  regular  and  recognized 
offices  in  the  church.  The  prevalence  of  gifts  postponed  the 
recognition  of  official  orders.  So  long  as  all  God's  people  were 
prophets,  it  would  be  needless  to  have  a  separate  class  set  apart 
to  prophesy  ;  and  while  gifts  for  edification  and  communication 
were  the  common  possession  of  the  church  membership,  the  need 
of  congregational  teachers  would  not  be  felt.  By  and  by,  how- 
ever, those  endowed  with  similar  gifts  would  come  to  be  thought 
of  and  classed  together.  In  every  community  there  would  be 
individuals  whose  faculty  and  consequent  right  to  govern  would 
be  at  once  recognized  by  all, — men  respected  and  confided  in 
for  their  prudence,  high  principle,  and  unswerving  rectitude. 
These  men  would  be,  without  any  formal  enactment,  elevated 
to  a  practical  umpireship.  Gradually  too,  the  members  whose 
experience  had  been  most  varied  and  rich,  whose  faith  had  been 
most  tried,  whose  constancy  had  been  most  nobly  proved,  would 
receive  special  favour  and  have  most  ready  audience  in  the 
congregational  assemblies.  In  this  way  we  find  the  New  Testa- 
ment notion  of  office  growing  out  of  the  recognition  of  special 

80 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING   OFFICE.  21 

gifts  of  grace  to  individuals  in  the  several  Christian  communities. 
The  Apostle  Paul,  after  saying  that  all  members  have  not  the 
same  office,  goes  on  at  once  to  enumerate,  not  different  offices  in 
the  church,  but  diversities  of  gifts  (Rom.  xii.  4-8);  and  in  another 
epistle  (1  Cor.  xii.  28-31),  he  speaks  of  certain  officers — apostles, 
prophets,  teachers — whom  God  had  set,  that  is  to  say,  ordained 
and  formally  established,  in  the  church,  and  then  immediately 
refers  to  functions  which  came  to  be  discharged  afterwards  by 
recognized  officers  simply  as  varying  gifts. 

Yet  the  idea  of  office  is  by  no  means  wanting  in  the  New 
Testament.  Not  only  are  gifts  enumerated,  the  possession  of 
which  by  different  individuals  must  ultimately  give  rise  to  the 
recognition  of  several  distinct  offices,  but  the  actual  existence 
of  an  office  in  the  strictest  sense  is  everywhere  assumed.  The 
Apostolate,  constituted  by  Christ  Himself,  endowed  with  special 
powers,  and  ennobled  by  certain  characteristics  which  could 
never  be  conveyed  to  any  succeeding  persons  (the  distinction  of 
having  been  with  Christ  in  His  temptations,  Luke  xxii.  28,  and  of 
being  eye-witnesses  of  His  glory,  Acts  i.  21,  22),  was  nevertheless 
by  the  terms  of  the  apostolic  commission  destined  for  the  discharge 
of  ministerial  functions  in  the  preaching  of  the  word  and  dis- 
pensation of  the  sacraments.  To  this  body  also  had  been  granted 
the  power  of  the  keys — the  exercise  of  discipline  (Matt.  xvi.  19). 
The  gospel  record  closes  without  the  recognition  of  any  other 
office  than  this.  The  earliest  chapters  of  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles 
simply  assume  the  existence  of  this  one  ministerial  office.  He 
who  holds  this  office  discharges  officially  certain  functions,  which 
may  indeed  unofficially  be  discharged  by  others.  The  functions 
which  characterize  so  many  distinct  offices  of  doctrine,  discipline, 
and  distribution,  are  all  originally  discharged  by  the  apostle. 
His  commission  and  gifts  are  such  as  to  render  him  capable  of 
performing  all  these  duties.  But  just  as  Moses  chose  elders  to 
assist  him  by  undertaking  certain  parts  of  his  work,  not  because 
such  duties  lay  not  within  his  own  province,  but  for  the  work's 
sake  that  it  might  be   efficiently  done ;  even  so  the  apostles 


2  2  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

exercised  the  right  of  securing  the  appointment  of  regular  and 
recognized  labourers  in  special  departments  of  work,  whenever 
circumstances  made  it  evident  that  the  requirements  of  the 
higher  work  of  the  ministry  demanded  release  from  the  pressure 
of  other  important,  yet  subordinate  functions  of  their  comprehen- 
sive task.  Thus,  for  example,  in  Acts  vi.  we  learn  how  the 
church,  in  response  to  the  apostle's  appeal,  appointed  deacons 
to  discharge  duties  which  still  belonged,  but  no  longer  exclu- 
sively, to  the  apostle  as  minister. 

It  must  be  evident  that  this  apostolic  office,  which  could  have 
its  functions  disintegrated  and  bestowed  on  separate  individuals, 
was  essentially  related  to  the  possession  of  gifts  of  grace,  just  as 
those  offices  afterward  established.  An  office  which,  while  compre- 
hending the  functions  of  teaching,  ruling,  and  caring  for  the  poor, 
could  yet  recognize  a  ruling  office  in  the  person  of  one  who  was 
not  a  teacher,  and  a  ministry  of  tables  on  the  part  of  one  who 
neither  taught  nor  governed,  must  surely  presuppose  gifts  of 
teaching,  ruling,  and  distributing  as  the  basis  and  vindication  of 
its  institution, — otherwise  the  ruler  appointed  because  of  his  gifts 
would  soon  as  ruler  overshadow  the  bearer  of  the  original  and 
more  comprehensive  office,  and  the  deacon  whose  special  gifts 
secured  his  appointment  would  practically  absorb  all  official 
duties  relating  to  the  sick  and  the  poor.  Yet,  on  the  contrary, 
it  is  expected  that  the  apostle  as  minister,  while  he  teaches,  will 
be  a  pattern  to  the  ruler  and  to  the  deacon.  This  could  only  be, 
if  the  apostolic  office  was  directly  based  upon  the  possession  of 
pre-eminent  gifts.  This,  too,  is  further  seen  from  the  readiness 
with  which  apostles  received,  and  ordained  to  apostolic  work, 
those  of  their  followers  who  seemed  specially  qualified.  Barnabas 
is  chosen  because  of  his  gift  of  consolation  (Acts  iv.  36,  etc.) ; 
Timothy,  because  of  his  gift  of  Scripture  knowledge  (2  Tim. 
iii.  15);  and  Mark,  tried  by  Paul,  and  then  rejected,  because  the 
gift  of  enduring  constancy  did  not  show  itself,  is  received  again 
(2  Tim.  iv.  11)  evidently  after  his  service  with  Barnabas  showed 
him  to  be  profitable.    All  these  cases  show  that  the  Apostles  felt 


GENERAL    PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING    OFFICE.  23 

that  for  apostolic  work  all  that  one  needed  was  the  possession  of 
the  suitable  and  special  gift.  In  each  case  choice  was  made 
simply  because  in  each  the  presence  of  the  gift  was  perceived. 
There  is  no  trace  of  any  one  being  chosen  without  the  gift,  and 
having  that  gift  afterward  imparted  by  means  of  ordination  or 
any  other  apostolic  rite. 

In  the  age  immediately  following  that  of  the  apostles,  while 
still  the  contemporaries  of  the  founders  of  the  churches  were 
living,  no  other  idea  of  office  was  entertained  than  that  of  a 
distinction  resting  on  the  possession  of  eminent  gifts.  It  was 
not  yet  supposed  by  any  that  clerical  rank  in  itself  created  any 
essential  distinction,  but  only  the  qualifications  that  entitled  to 
inclusion  in  this  rank.  Orders  were  recognized  and  respected, 
but  only  as  a  means  toward  the  edification  of  the  church. 
Clement  of  Rome,  toward  the  close  of  the  first  century,  in  his 
Epistle  to  the  Corinthians  (chap,  xl.),  speaks  of  the  high  priest, 
priests,  Levites,  and  lay  members  of  the  Jewish  Church  as  having 
respectively  their  places  and  duties  assigned  them,  and  then 
immediately  adds  this  exhortation  to  the  members  of  the  Chris- 
tian Church  addressed, — Therefore  let  every  one  of  you,  brethren, 
in  your  own  proper  order,  render  praise  to  God  with  a  good 
conscience.  This  passage  has  been  sometimes  referred  to  as 
though  Clement  intended  to  recognize  a  threefold  ministerial 
order  distinct  from  the  laity,  and  corresponding  to  the  hierarchical 
distinctions  of  the  Old  Testament.  This  view  of  the  Father's 
words  is  altogether  erroneous.  His  purpose  is  evidently  only 
hortatory.  He  accordingly  proceeds  to  remark  on  the  strict- 
ness and  rigidness  of  the  ceremonial  observances  enjoined  upon 
the  Jews — sacrifices  and  offerings  of  various  kinds,  to  be  offered 
at  stated  times  and  in  one  appointed  place,  any  infringement  of 
the  prescribed  form  and  order  of  service  rendering  the  offender 
liable  to  death  ;  and  from  this  he  draws  the  conclusion,  evidently 
suggested  by  the  contrast  of  enlightened  Jew  and  ignorant  Gentile, 
that  the  more  full  the  knowledge  granted,  the  greater  is  the  risk 
incurred.     The  only  reference  that  this  passage  can  be  supposed 


24  PRESBVTERIANISM. 

to  have  to  the  institution  of  a  ministerial  order  lies  in  the  general 
parallel  hinted  at  between  the  priestly  ranks  and  the  proper  order 
among  Christians.  The  parallel,  however,  is  only  of  the  most 
general  kind.  As  in  the  Old  Testament  Church  there  was  a 
ministerial  order,  office-bearers  as  distinguished  from  ordinary 
members,  so  also  in  the  New  Testament  Church.  In  an  earlier 
chapter  of  his  Epistle,  Clement  referred  to  the  gradation  of  ranks 
in  civil  societies, — men  in  authority  and  men  under  authority, — 
and  maintained  that,  in  order  to  secure  the  regular  and  orderly 
conduct  of  religious  worship,  similar  distinctions  must  be  made 
in  the  church.  Throughout  all  his  Epistle  there  is  no  trace  of  a 
hierarchical  tendency,  or  any  other  view  of  office  than  that  of  the 
New  Testament,  which  recognizes  the  possession  of  gifts  on  the 
ground  of  distinctions  in  office,  and  considers  the  realized  need 
of  the  church  in  determining  what  those  particular  offices  shall 
be,  and  also  in  what  circumstances  any  certain  group  of  functions 
may  require  the  institution  of  a  distinct  office.  This  primitive 
doctrine  of  church  office  in  all  its  simplicity  maintained  its  place 
through  several  generations.  Toward  the  close  of  the  second 
century  we  find  Tertullian  almost  exactly  reproducing  the  views 
of  those  who  lived  and  wrote  a  hundred  years  before.  '  The 
authority  of  the  church,'  he  says  [De  Exhort.  Cast.  c.  7),  c  deter- 
mines the  difference  between  office-bearers  and  members  {prdo  et 
plebs\  and  rank  is  sanctified  by  the  session  together  of  the  office- 
bearers. So,  wherever  there  is  no  session  of  ecclesiastical  office- 
bearers, thou  offerest,  and  baptizest,  and  art  priest  thyself  alone. 
But  where  there  are  three,  though  they  be  laymen,  there  is  a 
church. '  In  this  passage  we  have  very  clearly  marked  the 
distinction  between  those  in  orders  and  those  not  in  orders  ;  yet 
there  is  no  rite  nor  part  of  the  worship  which  can  only  be 
performed  by  one  in  orders. 

During  the  century  that  intervened  between  Clement  and  Ter- 
tullian, a  strong  current  had  set  in  in  favour  of  ecclesiastical 
organization.  It  was  natural  that  the  race  of  teachers  growing 
up  around  Clement,  no  longer  supported  by  the  personal  counsels 


GENERAL    PRINCIPLES   CONCERNING    OFFICE.  25 

of  the  Apostles,  nor  having  their  decisions  backed  tip  by  the 
everywhere  recognized  authority  of  the  founders  of  the  churches, 
should  perceive  the  necessity  of  an  established  order  and  fixed 
discipline,  and  should  feel  the  necessity  of  unity  of  action  to 
enforce  the  setting  up  in  every  place  of  a  constituted  organiza- 
tion for  the  maintenance  of  regular  and  uniform  worship.  The 
needs  of  the  church  demanded  the  appointment  of  office-bearers, 
and  the  exact  definition  of  their  authority.  Besides  this,  it  would 
be  to  view  the  members  of  the  church  of  the  second  century  not 
only  as  forming  a  good  religious  community,  but  something  much 
more  than  human,  were  we  to  suppose  that,  among  the  more 
talented  and  powerful  of  them,  ambition  did  not  in  several  cases 
lead  to  an  undue  prominence  being  given  to  external  organiza- 
tion, or  that  the  love  of  high  place  did  not  induce  many  to 
exaggerate  the  importance  of  ecclesiastical  distinction  of  ranks. 
Already  the  third  generation  had  grown  up  in  the  Christian 
Church.  The  membership  had  been  rapidly  increased.  Not  a 
few  had  grown  up  within  the  bosom  of  the  church  without 
having  passed  through  the  profound  convictions  under  which 
the  earliest  members  had  been  led  to  avow  their  acceptance 
of  the  Christian  religion.  This  change  of  circumstances  carried 
with  it  of  necessity  a  very  considerable  relaxation  in  the  practical 
morality  of  the  community.  In  this  false  laxity  of  practice,  we 
find  an  explanation  of  the  tendency  which  now  developed  itself 
to  distinguish  into  separate  classes  office-bearers  and  people. 
Much  was  tolerated  in  the  one  which  would  be  universally 
pronounced  intolerable  in  the  other.  '  Professing  Christians 
adopted  the  current  morality ;  they  were  content  to  be  no 
worse  than  their  neighbours.  But  the  officers  of  all  communi- 
ties tend  to  be  conservative,  and  conservatism  was  expected  of 
them  :  that  which  had  been  the  ideal  standard  of  qualifications 
for  baptism,  became  the  ideal  standard  of  qualifications  for  ordi- 
nation, and  there  grew  up  a  distinction  between  clerical  morality 
and  lay  morality  which  has  never  passed  away.;  l  This  distinc- 
1  Hatch,  Organization  of  Early  Christian  Churches,  p.  136. 


2  0  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

tion  of  lay  and  clerical  arose  out  of  a  low  moral  tone  prevalent  in 
the  church,  and  became  a  means  of  perpetuating  it. 

Undue  attention  to  church  organization  and  an  exaggerated 
idea  of  the  importance  of  ecclesiastical  arrangements  were  accom- 
panied by  a  corresponding  decay  of  spiritual  fervour.  In  this 
early  age  two  different  classes  of  church  leaders  made  themselves 
prominent ; — the  spiritually-minded,  not  originally  undervaluing 
church  order,  but  valuing  it  simply  as  a  means  to  secure  a  fair 
field,  free  from  interferences  with  the  carrying  on  of  spiritual  work ; 
and  others,  of  a  peculiarly  legalistic  turn  of  mind,  in  whom  the 
sense  of  order  had  assumed  undue  proportions,  who  overvalued 
organization  and  treated  it  not  as  a  means,  but  rather  as  the 
end  for  which  the  church  existed.  The  tendency  with  the  former, 
in  presence  of  the  latter,  was,  by  way  of  reaction,  to  depreciate 
church  organization  and  overlook  the  essentials  of  church 
constitution.  This  tendency  reached  its  climax  and  found  clear 
expression  in  Montanism.1  This  spiritualistic  movement  ought 
to  have  been  guided  by  the  leaders  of  the  church,  and  not  driven, 
to  its  own  loss  and  to  the  church's  loss,  into  a  separate  existence. 
When  the  church  of  the  second  century  treated  Montanism  as 
a  heresy,  it  acted  as  the  Church  of  England  of  last  century  did 
toward  Methodism,  and  as  some  in  all  our  churches  of  to-day, 
who  will  give  no  place  to  those  who  may  be  somewhat  carried 
away  in  the  enthusiasm  of  a  revival.  Tertullian,  as  might  have 
been  expected,  avowed  himself  a  Montanist ;  but,  by  this  change, 
he  only  became  somewhat  more  of  a  rigorist  in  discipline,  an 
enthusiast  in  certain  religious  speculations,  yet  all  the  while  he 
remained  true  to  the  fundamental  doctrines  of  the  Catholic  faith. 
The  rejection,  on  the  part  of  the  church,  of  that  spiritual  move- 
ment which  might  have,  within  the  church,  conserved  or  restored 
much  of  the  early  freshness  and  warmth  of  Christian  life  and 

1  To  Ritschl  belongs  the  credit  of  having  clearly  pointed  out  the  significance 
of  Montanism  as  a  protest  against  an  exaggerated  ecclesiasticism,  and  of 
having  indicated  the  influence  which  this  protest  had  upon  the  development 
of  the  church  order  and  constitution, 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING    OFFICE.  27 

worship,  resulted  in  giving  to  the  externalism  against  which 
the  extruded  enthusiasts  had  vainly  protested  a  further  promi- 
nence and  a  special  church  sanction.  After  the  struggle  against 
Montanism  had  fully  developed  itself,  and  Catholic  and  Mon- 
tanist  were  set  in  keen  opposition  to  one  another,  it  happened, 
as  in  such  circumstances  it  was  almost  certain  to  happen,  that 
Montanists  became  extremely  Montanistic  —  more  and  more 
morbidly  and  onesidedly  spiritual,  and  Catholics  became  ex- 
tremely rigid  in  their  attachment  to  ecclesiastical  forms  and 
distinctions — more  and  more  inclined  to  put  external  matters 
of  detail  in  the  place  of  the  higher  spiritual  realities  of  worship. 
Thus  Montanism,  the  protest  against  undue  and  disproportionate 
attention  to  ritual  and  church  order,  became  indirectly  the 
occasion  of  the  further  elaboration  of  ecclesiastical  ordinances  in 
the  Catholic  Church. 

The  professing  members  of  the  Christian  Church,  despising 
their  birthright,  and  living  lives  manifestly  inconsistent  with 
priestly  sanctity,  desired  an  order  of  priests  who  should  assume 
a  responsibility  and  practise  a  morality  unto  which  they  had  no 
wish  themselves  to  aspire.  The  order,  to  the  members  of  which 
were  relegated  the  higher  sanctions  and  obligations  of  the 
Christian  life,  soon  came  to  be  superstitiously  regarded  as  an 
institution  entrusted  by  God  with  supernatural  grace  for  distri- 
bution among  the  people.  Thus  the  clergy  came  to  be  regarded 
as  special  repositories  of  the  divine  favour, — their  word,  and 
wish,  and  deed,  effecting  supernatural  results.  When  such  a 
view  of  ministerial  equipment  and  such  an  estimate  of  the 
ministerial  office  began  to  prevail,  a  great  cleft  had  been  made 
between  the  ranks  of  clergy  and  people.  The  name  clergy  was, 
at  an  early  period,  appropriated  as  a  class  designation  to  dis- 
tinguish those  who  had  been  ordained  to  church  office.  The 
Greek  word  from  which  it  is  derived  {cleros)  simply  means 
something  fixed  or  determined,  which  may  according  to  the 
application  be  either  position  or  portion, — a  determined  order  or 
a  determined  share.      Place  and  possession  alike  had  been  in 


28  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

primitive  times  fixed  by  means  of  the  lot,  to  which  the  derivation 
of  the  word  clearly  points.     In  this  original  sense  of  the  term  it 
is  used  in  Acts  i.  17,  25,  and  there  rendered  'part'  in  our  English 
Version.     And  in  perfect  agreement  with  this  use  of  the  word 
is  1   Pet.  v.  4,  where  Presbyters  are  exhorted  to  tend  the  flock, 
1  not  lording  it  over  the  portions/ — evidently  the  particular  con- 
gregations over  which  they  preside.     Gradually  the  term,  which 
originally  applied  to  anything  fixed  whether  in  place  or  number, 
was  strictly  applied  only  to  determinations  of  place.     Its  regular 
application  henceforth  was  to  rank  and  order.     And  so  by  early 
church  writers  this  word  is  used  precisely  as  the  word  rank  is 
used  by  us  ;  we  have  not  only  '  the  rank  of  bishops,'  but  also 
1  the  rank  {cleros)  of  the  martyrs,'  etc.     By  and  by  the  term  that 
had  been  originally  applied  alike  to  a  special  class  as  office- 
bearers, and  to  a  special  division  of  the  church  presided  over 
by  certain  office-bearers,  came  to  be  used  only  as  a  class  name 
for  the   official   order,   yet   never  without   some   accompanying 
term  defining  the  nature  of  the  office.     Still  later,  by  Clement 
of  Alexandria,  Tertullian,  Hippolytus,  and  Cyprian  (end  of  second 
and  beginning  of  third  century),  it  is  used  absolutely  to  dis- 
tinguish the  ministerial  order  in  contrast  to  the  people  {cleros 
and  laos,  ordo  and  filebs).      Rothe  traces  the  influence  of  the 
distinctions  of  official  and  unofficial  in  the  civil  life  of  the  Roman 
municipalities,  from  which  many  of  the  ecclesiastical  terms  for 
office  were  borrowed.     (See  also  Hatch,  Organization  of  Chris- 
tian  Church,  p.    38.      Ordo  —  the  Latin  equivalent  of  cleros  — 
had  been  used,  as  appears  from  inscriptions,  for  a  municipal 
senate  and  for  the  committee  of  an  association.)     The  overruling 
sense  of  order  among  the  Romans  must  have  largely  determined 
the  development  of  such  class  distinctions  in  the  church,  and 
largely  influenced  the  choice  of  particular  names.     It  is  proper 
to  notice,1  that  the  original  employment  of  the  name  clerical 
does  not  in  itself  at  all  imply  any  notion  of  a  priestly  character 
belonging  to  the  class  of  persons  so  distinguished  ;  but  the  sharp 
1  Compare  Ritschl,  Altkatholischc  Kirche,  S.  394. 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING    OFFICE.  29 

distinction  of  classes,  as  lay  and  clerical,  to  which  the  general 
use  of  such  terms  gave  currency,  was  yet  more  intensified  as  the 
notion  of  priestliness  as  belonging  to  the  clergy  became  prevalent, 
and  the  distinction  once  established  gave  feasibility  to  that  view. 
It  is  certainly  convenient  to  retain  such  names  as  lay  and  clerical 
to  distinguish  office-bearers  and  members,  if  we  only  remember 
that  the  distinction  implies  nothing  more. 

2.  Ordination— its  Significance  and  Modes.  —  In  primitive  times 
ordination  meant  nothing  more  than  introduction  to  a  particular 
order  or  rank.  The  only  words  used  in  the  early  centuries  to 
designate  this  rite  were  such  as  precisely  correspond  to  our 
phrases,  laying  on  of  hands,  constituting,  ordaining.  In  later 
centuries,  when,  with  the  decay  of  spiritual  force  in  the  church, 
there  arose  a  craving  for  elaboration  in  forms  and  punctilious 
ceremonial  in  details,  other  phrases  were  employed  to  charac- 
terize the  act  of  initiation  which  implied  the  idea  of  consecration. 
The  purer  and  simpler  view  of  the  earliest  times  was  in  perfect 
agreement  with  well-known  customs  in  connection  with  entrance 
upon  civil  appointments.  Among  the  Romans,  for  example, 
when  one  had  been  elected  to  any  office  in  the  state,  this  act 
cf  popular  choice  was  followed  by  a  recognition  on  the  part  of 
the  presiding  officer,  who  had  to  satisfy  himself  as  to  the  fitness 
of  the  individual  elected  for  the  office  before  the  election  was 
regarded  as  confirmed.  In  a  precisely  similar  manner,  after 
appointment  to  office  in  the  church  had  been  made  by  the 
members  of  the  church  exercising  their  right  of  election,  those 
already  holding  office  entered  upon  a  consideration  of  the  qualifi- 
cations and  general  suitability  of  the  parties  elected,  and,  in  case 
of  satisfaction,  gave  to  the  elected  formal  recognition  of  his 
entrance  into  that  official  rank  which  they  themselves  already 
enjoyed,  and  this  reception  into  the  fellowship  of  the  office- 
bearers of  the  church  constituted  installation  to  office.  This 
brotherly  recognition  of  the  parties  presented  by  the  electors,  on 
the  part  of  those  holding  office,  was  all  that  was  intended  by 

c 


30  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

ordination  or  laying  on  of  the  hands  of  the  presbytery  in  primi- 
tive times.  It  would  seem  indeed,  at  first  sight,  as  if  the  pre- 
valence of  the  practice  of  laying  on  of  hands  was  quite  likely 
to  lead  to  the  supposition  that  there  was  some  mysterious  con- 
veyance of  grace  from  those  whose  hands  were  laid  on,  to  those 
upon  whom  their  hands  were  laid.  But  it  ought  to  be  carefully 
noted  that  originally  this  act  was  not  regarded  as  indispensable 
to  the  rite  of  ordination,  and  that  the  only  part  of  the  service 
which  has  been  always  looked  upon  as  absolutely  essential, — 
wanting  which  there  would  no  valid  ordination, — is  the  prayer 
which  simply  articulates  what  the  laying  on  of  hands  symbolizes. 
Evidently  those  who  could  regard  ordination  as  valid  where  the 
party  ordained  had  only  been  set  apart  to  his  official  work  by 
the  prayer  of  the  presiding  Presbyter,  had  no  thought  of  any 
magical  or  mechanical  transmission  of  grace  from  the  persons,  or 
by  the  personal  act  and  will,  of  those  conducting  the  ordination 
service.  But  even  in  regard  to  this  symbolical  action  itself,  a 
careful  study  of  the  ecclesiastical  practices  of  early  times  will 
show  that  the  laying  on  of  hands  was  not  by  any  means  con- 
fined to  the  rite  of  ordination.  In  the  ordinance  of  baptism  as 
administered  in  the  early  church,  and  also  in  the  formal  pro- 
nouncing of  absolution,  which,  in  an  age  when  the  exercise  of 
discipline  bulked  so  largely  in  church  work,  was  of  great  import- 
ance and  of  frequent  occurrence,  the  laying  on  of  hands,  as 
a  significant  and  symbolical  act,  was  regularly  practised.  And 
it  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  in  those  days  baptism  and  ab- 
solution were  both  frequently  administered  by  those  who  did  not 
belong  to  the  clerical  order.  As  therefore  originally  employed 
in  ordination,  there  was  nothing  in  the  mere  imposition  of  hands 
fitted  to  suggest  the  idea  of  the  actual  and  efficient  conferring 
of  grace,  seeing  that  the  practice  in  baptism  and  absolution  was 
clearly  declaratory  and  symbolical,  and  was  besides,  among  the 
Jews  and  others,  a  common  accompaniment  of  prayer  for  the 
wellbeing  and  prosperity  of  others.  If  we  examine  the  New 
Testament  passages  in  which  allusion  is  made  to  the  practice  oi 


GENERAL   PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING    OFFICE.  31 

the  laying  on  of  hands,  we  find  the  phrase  used  first  of  all  in 
Acts  vi.  6  in  reference  to  the  appointment  of  the  deacons  ;  and 
in  this  instance  the  use  of  the  phrase  must  be  regarded  as  quite 
general,  inasmuch  as  it  is  employed  to  describe  the  institution 
of  a  new  official  order  whose  functions  were  put  in  contrast  to 
those  of  the  ministers  of  the  word.  The  very  same  phrase  is 
used  again  (Acts  xiii.  3)  of  the  setting  apart  of  Saul  and  Barna- 
bas to  special  missionary  work,  men  who  were  already  in  the 
ministry.  Again,  a  precisely  similar  phrase  is  employed  in 
Acts  xiv.  23  and  2  Cor.  viii.  19  (in  our  Authorised  Version  trans- 
lated in  the  one  place  c ordained,'  in  the  other  place  'chosen/  but 
in  the  Revised  Version  consistently  rendered  in  both  {  appointed ;), 
and  in  these  passages  the  laying  on  of  hands  seems  simply  to 
indicate  appointment  to  an  office  which  may  be  permanent  or 
occasional.  The  only  instances  of  a  more  exact  or  technical  use 
of  the  phrase  are  to  be  found  in  the  Pastoral  Epistles.  In 
reference  to  Timothy,  there  had  been  revelations  through  those 
who  enjoyed  the  prophetic  gift,  probably  at  the  time  when  he 
first  came  into  contact  with  Paul,  which  indicated  the  presence 
in  him  of  spiritual  endowments  which  would  qualify  him  for  high 
and  special  evangelistic  service.  Here  was  Timothy's  destina- 
tion to  office  by  means  of  prophecy  (1  Tim.  i.  18,  iv.  14),  which 
constituted  the  ground  upon  which,  in  his  case,  the  presbytery 
proceeded  to  the  laying  on  of  hands.  In  comparing  1  Tim.  iv.  14 
with  2  Tim.  i.  6,  where,  according  to  the  one  statement,  the  Pres- 
bytery, and  according  to  the  other  statement,  the  Apostle  himself, 
is  said  to  have  laid  hands  on  Timothy,  Rothe  comes  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  laying  on  of  hands  on  two  different  occasions  is 
intended.  This  is  more  natural  than  the  attempts  of  most  com- 
mentators at  harmonizing  the  two  statements  on  the  supposition 
that  they  refer  to  one  and  the  same  ordination.  The  earlier 
reference  may  be  to  the  formal  installation  of  Timothy  to  the 
ministerial  office  ;  the  later,  to  the  special  personal  act  of  Paul 
in  deputing  Timothy  as  his  assistant  or  colleague  in  the  work 
among  the  churches  of  Asia.      In  all  those  passages  in  which 


32  PRESBYTERTANISM. 

reference  to  ministerial  ordination  is  made,  the  laying  on  of 
hands  is  the  phrase  used  largely  to  include  the  whole  of  the 
ordination  service,  and  means  nothing  more  than  the  recognition 
of  the  gift  qualifying  for  the  office,  or  the  expression  of  a  belief 
that  the  necessary  endowments  of  grace  are  present  in  the  indi- 
vidual presented.  When  we  have  made  allowance  for  the  loss  of 
prophetic  gifts  in  the  church,  and  the  cessation  of  miraculous 
powers  of  discernment  which  were  characteristic  possessions  of 
the  Apostles,  we  shall  find  that  the  principles  contained  in  those 
passages  express  the  permanent  doctrine  of  ordination  as  main- 
tained in  the  Presbyterian  Church.  As  the  person  or  persons 
ordaining,  after  due  examination  and  inquiry,  are  no  further 
responsible  for  any  subsequent  failure  in  official  efficiency  on  the 
part  of  him  ordained,  so  they  do  not  assume  in  the  act  any 
supernatural  penetration  in  discerning  grace  in  the  heart,  or 
any  supernatural  power  in  originally  conferring  grace. 

The  notion  that  in  ordination  actual  grace  is  conferred,  and  the 
narrow  restriction  of  the  right  of  ordination,  go  hand  in  hand. 
When  we  consider  the  practice  of  the  church,  after  the  simplicity 
of  the  first  ages  had  passed  away,  we  find  that  the  right  of  laying  on 
of  hands,  the  power  to  ordain,  is  not  regarded  as  characteristically 
distinguishing  clergy  and  laity,  but  rather  as  distinguishing  one 
class  or  order  of  the  clergy  from  the  others.  The  Bishop,  says 
Jerome,  does  nothing  which  a  Presbyter  cannot  do,  except  in  the 
matter  of  ordination.  And  from  the  manner  in  which  reference 
is  made  by  writers  of  that  period  to  this  special  prerogative  of  the 
Bishop,  it  is  evidently  regarded  by  them,  rather  as  a  tribute  of 
respect  to  the  presidents,  than  as  an  act  implying  the  belief  in  any 
mystical  power  or  grace  peculiar  to  the  Episcopal  order.  When 
the  sacerdotal  theory  of  the  church  gained  the  ascendancy,  the 
Bishop's  exclusive  right  of  ordination  wras  grounded  on  the  notion 
that  he  was,  in  some  mysterious  way,  a  special  depositary  of  grace, 
which  by  laying  on  of  hands  he  conferred  on  others.  Ordination, 
as  thus  administered,  meant,  what  it  never  means  in  the  New 
Testament,  the  absolute  separation  of  the  clerical  order  from  the 


GENERAL    PRINCIPLES   CONCERNING   OFFICE.  33 

people  by  the  impression  of  an  indelible  character  and  the  com- 
munication of  spiritual  authority. 

In  the  earliest  years  of  our  Scottish  Reformation,  it  was  very 
natural  that  expression  should  be  given  to  a  violent  recoil  from 
such  superstitious  and  pernicious  doctrines.  Accordingly,  we 
find  Knox,  and  with  him  those  who  drew  up  in  1 560  the  First  Book 
of  Discipline,  discouraging  the  continuance  of  the  rite  of  laying 
on  of  hands.  l  Other  ceremony,'  they  say, '  than  the  public  appro- 
bation of  the  people  and  the  declaration  of  the  chief  minister 
that  the  person  there  presented  is  appointed  to  serve  the  church, 
we  cannot  approve  ;  for  albeit  the  apostles  used  imposition  of 
hands,  yet  seeing  the  miracle  is  ceased,  the  using  of  the  ceremony 
we  judge  not  necessary.5  The  corresponding  paragraph  in  the 
Second  Book  of  Discipline,  drawn  up  by  Andrew  Melville  and 
others  in  1578,  is  much  more  guarded,  as  men  were  then  in  a 
better  position  for  distinguishing  between  the  exaggeration  and 
abuse  of  forms,  and  the  observance  of  a  becoming  and  scriptural 
ritual.  '  Ordination/  says  this  later  work,  '  is  the  separation  and 
sanctifying  of  the  person  appointed  to  God  and  His  kirk,  after  he 
be  weil  tryit  and  fund  qualifier.  The  ceremonies  of  ordination 
are,  fasting,  earnest  prayer,  and  imposition  of  hands  of  the  elder- 
ship.' With  this  later  statement,  the  Westminster  divines,  who 
prepared  the  Form  of  Church  Government^  are  in  perfect  agree- 
ment. This,  too,  is  the  view  maintained  in  the  Presbyterian 
churches  of  the  present  day. 

3.  Offices  in  the  Presbyterian  Church. — In  determining  the  various 
orders  of  ecclesiastical  office  in  the  Presbyterian  Church,  imme- 
diate reference  is  made  to  the  New  Testament  enumeration  of 
church  offices.  It  is  held  that  in  the  New  Testament  we  have 
not  only  the  principle  laid  down  that  in  the  church  of  Christ  there 
must  always  be  a  ministry  (of  men)  bearing  its  authority  from 
the  Lord,  but  also  the  general  outline  of  the  constitution  of  that 
ministry,  in  which  the  various  classes  of  office-bearers  are 
expressly  named.     Of  the  church  officers  mentioned  in  the  New 


34  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Testament  some  are  extraordinary,  and  others  ordinary.  Those 
called  extraordinary  are  such  as  the  exigencies  and  peculiar  cir- 
cumstances of  primitive  times  required,  the  outcome  of  the 
miraculous  endowments  of  that  age,  —  Apostles,  Evangelists, 
Prophets.  Each  of  these  possessed  his  own  distinguishing 
charism  or  supernatural  gift  ;  and  to  each  there  was  an  official 
calling  in  correspondence  with  the  gift  previously  bestowed  upon 
him.  So  long  as  the  distinguishing  gifts  were  continued,  the 
offices  in  which  such  gifts  could  be  exercised  were  also  continued  ; 
but  the  withdrawal  of  these  gifts  from  the  church  marked  also  the 
extinction  of  these  offices  in  the  church.  The  ordinary  offices 
are  those,  the  functions  of  which  do  not  presuppose  any  special 
or  peculiar  circumstances  of  church  life,  but  are  indispensable  in 
later  as  in  earlier  ages.  It  is  one  of  the  avowed  and  prominent 
principles  of  Presbyterianism  that  all  those  ordinary  offices  should 
be  continued  perpetually  in  the  church,  and  that  though  change 
of  circumstances  may  require  certain  modifications  in  the  detailed 
enumeration  of  duties  belonging  to  each,  yet  only  these  are 
to  be  recognized  as  in  the  strict  sense  church  offices. 

The  question  then  to  be  answered  is,  What  are  those  ordinary 
and  permanent  church  offices  as  enumerated  in  the  New  Testa- 
ment ?  If  we  refer  to  such  passages  as  Rom.  xii.  7,  8,  1  Cor. 
xii.  28,  Eph.  iv.  11  (this  last  seems  only  to  speak  of  the  ministry 
of  the  word, — pastors  and  teachers),  we  find  no  difficulty  in  re- 
cognizing a  threefold  distribution.  The  first  and  most  prominent 
is  the  ministry  of  the  word,  which  is  a  most  comprehensive 
office,  in  which  are  discharged  at  least  these  three  functions, 
ministering  as  pastor,  teaching,  and  exhorting.  The  second 
office  is  one  of  which  the  function  is  ruling.  The  third  office  is 
one  which  has  a  twofold  function  of  giving  and  showing  mercy, 
exercising  personal  care,  and  distributing  what  the  care  of  others 
has  provided.  Our  church  has  given  expression  in  her  form  of 
church  government  to  the  same  interpretation  of  those  passages. 
In  the  Second  Book  of  Discipline  this  threefold  division  of 
church  offices  is  reached  from  a  consideration  of  the  regular  and 


GENERAL    PRINCIPLES    CONCERNING   OFFICE.  35 

permanent  functions  of  the  church  of  Christ.  '  The  whole  policy 
of  the  kirk  consisteth  in  three  things,  in  doctrine,  discipline,  and 
distribution.  With  doctrine  is  annexed  the  administration  of 
sacraments  ;  and  according  to  the  parts  of  this  division,  ariseth 
a  sort  of  threefold  officers  in  the  kirk,  to  wit,  of  ministers  or 
preachers,  elders  or  governors,  and  deacons  or  distributors,  and 
all  these  may  be  called  by  a  general  word,  ministers  of  the  kirk.' 
Some  of  the  older  Scottish  writers  on  both  sides  in  the  contro- 
versy— such  as  Rule  and  Forrester  on  the  Presbyterian  side,  and 
Sage  on  the  Episcopal  side— wrangle  long  and  laboriously  on  the 
question  whether  church  offices  form  a  dichotomy  or  a  trichotomy. 
Generally  this  dispute  was  forced  upon  the  Presbyterians  by 
unwise  Prelatical  controversialists  ;  these  latter  maintaining  that 
Presbyterians  who  insisted  upon  the  scriptural  authority  of  the 
Ruling  Elder  departed  from  their  distinctive  position,  and  adopted 
essentially  the  threefold  distribution  of  Episcopalians.  The 
seeming  difficulty  for  Presbyterians  lay  in  this,  that  much  stress 
had  been  laid  upon  the  twofold  distribution  indicated  in  Phil.  i.  1, 
where  only  Bishops  and  Deacons  are  specified  as  office-bearers  in 
the  church  at  Philippi.  In  the  First  Epistle  to  Timothy,  too, 
mention  is  made  of  the  qualifications  and  duties  of  Bishops  and 
Deacons,  as  if  these  constituted  the  whole  recognized  ministry  of 
the  churches.  In  addition  to  this,  we  may  remark  that  Clement  of 
Rome,  writing  to  the  Corinthians,  speaks  of  the  apostles  as  having, 
in  all  places  through  which  they  passed,  taken  the  first-fruits 
of  their  preaching,  and  ordained  them  as  Bishops  and  Deacons. 
There  is  thus  strong  evidence  of  the  prevalence  of  a  twofold 
distribution  of  church  offices  in  apostolic  and  post-apostolic 
times.  Presbyterians  accepting  this  fact  are  at  no  loss  to 
account  for  their  three  church  offices,  for,  as  Rule  says,  '  Dicho- 
tomies are  used  where  one  of  the  divident  members  may  be 
subdivided.'  It  is  now  admitted  on  all  hands  that,  in  the  New 
Testament,  Bishop  and  Presbyter  are  one.  In  the  passages 
referred  to,  we  have  scriptural  authority  for  Presbyters  and 
Deacons,  and  this  is  all  that  Presbyterians  can  desire.     Under 


36  Presbyter  i  axism. 

Presbyters  must  be  included  ministers,  teachers  and  exhorters, 
and  rulers  ;  and  it  is  a  mere  wrangle  over  names  whether  we 
shall  call  both  simply  Presbyters,  or  call  the  one  a  Teaching,  and 
the  other  a  Ruling  Presbyter.  On  the  other  hand,  the  Episcopal 
controversialists  found  it  difficult  to  account  for  the  twofold 
enumeration  of  Bishops  and  Deacons  by  Paul  and  Clement,  so 
as  to  harmonize  with  their  threefold  classification  of  Bishops, 
Presbyters,  and  Deacons.  Sage,  for  example,  tries  to  account 
for  Clement's  statement  in  this  way.  *  Clement/  says  he,  '  by 
Deacons,  here  understandeth  all  ministers  of  religion,  whether 
Presbyters  in  the  modern  notion,  or  Deacons  who,  by  the  first 
institution,  were  obliged  to  attend  upon  tables.  And  so  by  Bishops 
and  Deacons  we  may  understand  Apostles,  Bishops,  Presbyters, 
and  Attendants  upon  tables.'  Now  this  is  quite  absurd,  for 
clearly  Clement,  as  well  as  Paul,  means  to  indicate  two  special 
classes  of  office-bearers  ;  these  two  evidently  comprehending  all 
the  regular  and  recognized  officers  in  the  important  churches  of 
Philippi  and  Corinth. 

In  the  chapters  which  follow,  we  propose  to  adopt  the  order  of 
treatment  suggested  by  the  twofold  distribution  just  referred  to, 
subdividing  the  first  member  of  the  division.  In  treating  of  the 
Presbyter,  we  shall  find  it  convenient  to  consider  first  the  function 
of  ruling  and  the  office  in  which  this  function  simply  is  discharged  ; 
and  secondly,  the  function  of  teaching  and  the  office  in  which 
this  function,  gaining  prominence  over  the  ruling,  is  discharged. 


CHAPTER    II. 

THE   PRESBYTER   AS   RULING  ELDER. 

1.  New  Testament  References  to  the  Ruling  Elder. — Whatever 
diversity  of  view  may  prevail  as  to  the  particular  officer  intended, 
there  can  be  no  doubt  that  repeated  reference  is  made  in  the 
New  Testament  more  or  less  directly  to  the  existence  of  an  office 
of  rule  or  government  in  the  church.  Leaving  out  of  account  less 
definite  passages,  there  are  three  very  express  statements  in 
regard  to  church  officers  in  which,  it  is  very  generally  admitted, 
reference  is  made  to  office-bearers  whose  functions  seem  identical 
with  those  of  the  Ruling  Elder.  In  Rom.  xii.  7,  8,  we  have  a 
fourfold  enumeration  of  ordinary  church  office-bearers, — Teacher 
and  Pastor,  Deacon  and  Ruler.  Here,  however,  these  officers 
are  indicated  rather  by  the  predominant  and  characteristic 
possession  of  certain  gifts,  than  as  accredited  and  ordained  to 
separate  offices  in  the  church.  If  we  had  only  this  passage 
before  us,  we  might  regard  those  thus  designated  to  be  simply 
men  highly  endowed  with  particular  and  distinguishing  gifts. 
In  1  Cor.  xii.  28  we  have,  on  the  contrary,  a  distinct  enumeration 
of  certain  offices, — the  officers  filling  these  being  distinguished 
by  appropriate  names.  We  easily  separate  between  the  offices 
here  named,  which  are  extraordinary  and  temporary,— Apostles, 
Prophets,  Miracles,  Healings,  Tongues, — and  those  which  are 
ordinary  and  permanent, — Teachers,  Helps,  Governments.  Taking 
then  these  two  passages,  the  office  spoken  of  in  the  former,  as 

87 


3  s  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

that  of  him  that  rulcth  ;  and  in  the  latter,  as  that  of  government, 
—is  to  all  appearance  identical  with  that  office  which  we  designate 
the  Ruling  Eldership.  At  the  same  time,  it  should  be  observed, 
that  as  yet  we  have  no  authority  for  calling  him  a  Presbyter  or  an 
Elder.  He  is  a  Ruler ;  that  is  all  which  we  can  say  about  this 
officer  from  those  passages  in  Romans  and  Corinthians.  The 
third  proof  passage  makes  the  Ruler  an  Elder.  In  i  Tim.  v.  17 
we  have  a  passage,  the  meaning  of  which  has  been  most  vehe- 
mently discussed.  We  shall  enter  upon  a  careful  exposition  of  it 
in  a  later  section  ;  meanwhile,  we  only  call  attention  to  the 
recognition  of  ruling  as  a  special  function  of  the  eldership. 

2.  The  Elder  in  the  Synagogue. — It  must  be  very  evident  to 
every  one  who  gives  any  consideration  to  the  subject,  that  such 
notices  as  those  which  we  have  just  cited  would  be  altogether 
inadequate  and  unsatisfactory  in  accounting  for  an  office  which 
had  its  first  origin  in  the  Christian  church.  When  first  mention 
is  made  of  the  deaconship,  a  distinctly  Christian  institution,  of 
which  no  trace  is  previously  found,  we  are  told  the  story  of  its 
origin  ;  whereas  the  earliest  references  to  an  office  of  rule  are 
made  in  quite  an  incidental  manner,  which  assumes  thorough 
acquaintance  with  the  nature  and  rights  of  the  office.  The  notion 
is  thus  naturally  suggested  that  the  office  of  Ruling  Elder  was  no 
novelty,  either  to  the  Apostles  or  to  those  whom  they  addressed. 
We  are  led,  therefore,  to  seek  further  information  by  investigating 
some  of  those  arrangements  for  worship  with  which  Jewish 
Christians  must  have  been  familiar  before  they  became  members 
of  the  Christian  church.  In  general,  the  Christian  forms  of 
worship  were  modelled  on  those  of  the  Jewish  synagogue,  and  so 
where  any  customs  in  worship  or  office  in  the  Christian  church 
are  spoken  of  without  explanation,  we  may  reasonably  look  to  the 
arrangements  of  the  synagogue  for  enlightenment.  In  every 
synagogue,  whether  in  Judea  or  abroad,  there  was  an  eldership, 
yspowrtotj  and  the  president  was  called  yepovat&pxns — that  is,  Arch- 
elder.    Each  individual  member  was  an  Elder,  a  Presbyter.    Cir- 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS    RULING    ELDER.  39 

cumstances  determined  whether  there  should  be  many  synagogues 
in  a  town,  or  only  one.  In  Jerusalem,  in  the  time  of  our  Lord, 
there  are  said  to  have  been  as  many  as  480 — different  religious 
sects,  different  nationalities,  different  social  orders,  having  their 
separate  meeting-houses.  But  in  other  places,  such  as  Alexandria, 
where  the  Jewish  population  was  very  large,  there  was  but  one 
great  synagogue ;  while  in  Rome,  with  a  comparatively  small 
Jewish  population,  there  were  several.  Yet  it  would  seem  that  in 
every  case  there  was  but  one  eldership,  one  Session,  in  which  the 
Elders  of  all  the  synagogues  met.  We  can  discover  no  rule  as  to 
the  number  or  proportion  of  members  in  such  elderships.  In 
a  normal  case  there  would  be  several,  seeing  that  there  was 
always  one  bearing  the  name  of  president.  On  one  occasion,  in 
Alexandria,  with  its  one  synagogue,  we  learn  that  Flaccus,  the 
governor,  dragged  as  many  as  38  of  the  Elders  into  the  theatre 
and  scourged  them.  The  elaborate  arrangements  and  the  mani- 
.fold  offices  in  the  synagogues  at  Rome  have  become  clearly 
understood  from  inscriptions  discovered  in  Jewish  cemeteries 
there.1  It  would  appear  that  the  elderships  (yspoveiat)  were 
large,  and  that  out  of  their  membership  a  number  of  men  were 
chosen  who  were  styled  Archons, — rulers, — and  the  Arch-elder 
(yspovaiupxYig)  was  the  president  of  the  Archons,  as  well  as  of  the 
general  eldership.  The  appointment  to  the  archonship  was 
usually  for  a  time — some  are  named  as  twice  archon  ;  but  some 
as  a  special  honour  were  appointed  for  life.  Thus  the  functions 
of  the  larger  eldership  would  be  similar  to  those  of  our  Deacons' 
Court ;  those  of  the  archons  would  correspond  to  the  particular 
functions  of  our  Session.  A  special  officer  had  charge  of  the 
conducting  of  the  worship— the  chief  of  the  synagogue  (Archi- 
synagogus).  The  Elders  had  to  do  with  the  general  affairs  of  the 
congregation.2     In  other  places,  and  also  in  Rome  during  the 

1  Die  Gemeiiideverfassung  der  Juden  in  Rom  in  der  Kaiserzeit,  by  Dr.  E. 
Schiirer  [The  Church  Constitution  of  the  Jews  in  Rome  during  the  time  of 
the  Caesars],  Leipzig,  1879.  Compare  also,  Presbyteria?iism  Older  than 
Christianity,  by  Dr.  Marcus  Dods. 

2  Ilausrath,  in  his  New  Testament  Times,  gives  a  good  summary  account 


4°  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Apostolic  Age,  the  arrangements  of  the  Jewish  synagogues  were 
less  complicated,  and  to  the  elderships  generally  belonged  the 
duty  of  ruling  in  the  congregation.  Here,  then,  we  find  the 
office-bearer  who,  as  an  essential  and  necessary  element  in  the 
constitution  of  every  synagogue,  would  naturally  be  expected, 
without  any  express  statement  of  the  institution  of  his  office,  to 
reappear  in  the  constitution  of  the  Christian  churches. 

3.  Ruling  and  Teaching  Elders  distinguished. — There  was  thus 
an  office-bearer  in  the  synagogue  whose  function  it  was  to  rule, 
and  his  presence  was  indispensable  in  the  synagogal  arrangements 
for  the  discipline  and  guidance  of  the  religious  community.  It 
was  natural,  then,  that  in  the  earliest  Christian  congregations, 
which,  indeed,  in  Palestine  were  for  some  time  known  as 
Christian  synagogues,  this  characteristic  office  should  be  con- 
tinued ;  and  that  when  first  allusions  were  made  to  such  an  office 
by  the  Apostles,  the  familiarity  of  the  people  with  the  institution 
should  be  assumed.  It  is  necessary  that  we  now  recur  to  the 
question  of  the  New  Testament  references  to  the  office  of  Ruling 
Elder,  in  order  to  learn  definitely  what  ground  we  have  for  dis- 
tinguishing between  elders  as  teaching  and  ruling.  The  much- 
disputed  passage,  I  Tim.  v.  17,  requires  careful  investigation. 
Some  hold  that  the  emphasis  is  to  be  laid  on  the  word  labouring. 
According  to  this  view,  all  elders  are  supposed  to  teach,  and 
reference  is  made  to  the  elder's  qualification  —  apt  to  teach 
(1  Tim.  iii.  2;  Tit.  i.  9)  ;  while  those  worthy  of  special  honour  , 

of  the  officers  of  the  synagogue,  and  the  parallel  between  these  and  our  own 
Presbyterian  office-bearers  appears  very  striking  :  '  Each  of  these  synagogues 
had  a  special  president,  the  chief  of  the  synagogue  (archisynagogus),  who 
conducted  all  the  affairs  of  the  synagogue,  and  preserved  order  at  the  meet- 
ings. To  assist  him  was  a  body  of  Presbyters,  who  made  themselves  of 
service,  partly  in  the  regular  devotions  of  the  congregation,  and  partly  in  the 
financial  affairs  of  the  .synagogue.  The  other  officials  were  the  reciter  of 
the  prayers,  who  at  the  same  time  acted  as  the  secretary  and  messenger 
(apostle)  of  the  synagogue  in  its  external  affairs,  the  attendant  (synagogue 
minister),  and  the  collectors  of  alms  (deacons).'  [See  translation  in  Theol. 
TransL  Fund  Series,  vol.  i.  p.  86.] 


THE    PRESBYTER   AS    RULING    ELDER.  4 1 

arc  those  who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  laborious  appli- 
cation to  their  duties.  Rothe  maintains  that  any  one  going  to 
this  passage  with  an  unprejudiced  mind  would  certainly  come  to 
this  conclusion,  and  would  fail  to  see  a  distinction  hinted  at 
between  teachers  and  rulers  as  two  classes  of  Presbyters.  Ellicott, 
however,  after  noticing  the  attempt  of  some  keen  advocates  of 
Episcopacy  to  ignore  the  distinction,  admits  that  *  it  seems  more 
natural  to  suppose  the  existence,  in  the  large  community  at 
Ephesus,  of  a  clerical  college  of  governing  elders,  some  of  whom 
might  have  the  xocpiay.ee  (gift)  of  teaching  more  eminently  than 
others.'  Here,  then,  we  have  another  rendering  of  the  passage 
which  is  much  more  generally  approved.  The  emphasis  is  not 
now  laid  upon  the  labouring,  but  upon  the  distinction  implied 
between  those  who  ruled  only  and  those  who  also  taught.  We 
have  here  a  distinction  admitted  between  rulers  and  teachers, 
yet  it  is  a  distinction  of  gifts  and  qualifications  rather  than  of 
office  and  appointment.  The  older  Presbyterian  controversialists 
would  not  have  been  satisfied  with  this.  Our  own  great  writers, 
like  Gillespie  and  those  who  followed  him,  maintained  that  in  the 
Apostolic  Church  there  was  a  regularly-marked  and  express 
distinction  between  teaching  and  ruling  elders  just  as  in  the 
Reformed  churches.  This  is  more  than  can  be  quite  borne  out 
by  any  known  facts.  Church  historians  are  now  almost  all  agreed 
in  holding  that  no  indubitable  instance  can  be  adduced  to  prove 
the  existence  of  any  formal  distinction  of  this  kind  in  the  Apostolic 
or  first  Post-Apostolic  Age.  And  the  Presbyterian  argument 
requires  no  more  than  the  apostolic  recognition  of  a  distinction 
of  gifts  in  those  bearing  one  official  name,  such  as  will  tend 
toward  a  distinction  of  rank  and  office. 

It  may  now  at  least  be  regarded  as  admitted  on  all  hands,  that 
the  essential  character  of  the  elder's  office  lay  in  the  function  of 
ruling.  Whatever  else  might  be  expected  of  an  elder,  it  was 
indispensable  that  he  should  rule.  One  who  ruled  well  would  be 
regarded  as  fulfilling  creditably  the  duties  of  his  office.  In  order 
to  rule  well,  however,  it  would  be  necessary,  or  at  least  exceed* 


4  2  PRESBYTERIAXISM. 

ingly  desirable,  that  the  elder  should  be  apt  to  teach,  that  he 
should  be  one  as  Paul  requires  (Tit.  i.  9),  '  holding  fast  the  faith- 
ful word  as  he  hath  been  taught,  that  he  may  be  able  by  sound 
doctrine  both  to  exhort  and  to  convince  the  gainsayers.'  And  as 
in  the  following  verse  the  Apostle  speaks  of  unruly  members,  it 
was  to  be  the  duty  of  the  elders  to  enforce  rule  over  such,  that 
their  mouths  might  be  stopped  and  their  subverting  practices 
counteracted.  For  the  ruler,  therefore,  even  should  he  not  engage 
in  the  regular  public  teaching  of  the  church,  simply  as  an  admini- 
strator of  discipline,  soundness  in  the  faith,  and  some  readiness 
in  stating  the  principles  of  saving  truth,  were  necessary  qualifica- 
tions. The  mention  then  of  such  gifts,  among  the  equipments  of 
a  good  Bishop  or  Presbyter,  does  not  at  all  imply  that  all  elders 
did  officially  engage  in  teaching.  Elders  who  simply  ruled,  would 
be  regarded  as  fully  discharging  the  official  duties  of  the 
eldership. 

In  the  very  earliest  Christian  times,  when  believers  were  few, 
all  the  members  of  the  church  were  called  on  to  preach,  and  to 
exercise  generally  what  came  afterwards  to  be  regarded  as  strictly 
clerical  functions.  The  churches  at  first,  being  few  in  number, 
were  frequently  visited  by  apostles,  or  by  their  delegates,  the 
evangelists.  Their  congregational  membership  being  small,  the 
purposes  of  edification  were  attained  by  the  brethren  communing 
together  over  the  things  brought  before  them  in  the  preaching  of 
their  occasional  instructors.  The  very  remarkable  spiritual  gifts 
enjoyed  by  the  early  Christians  would  render  such  unrestricted 
liberty  of  prophesying  not  only  safe,  but  highly  profitable.  By 
and  by,  however,  these  extraordinary  gifts  were  withdrawn,  and 
the  number  of  churches  being  increased,  missionary  visits  became 
less  frequent ;  and  with  the  enlargement  of  their  memberships,  it 
would  soon  be  found  necessary,  for  the  maintenance  of  order  and 
the  securing  of  profit  and  instruction,  that  there  should  be  some 
understanding  as  to  the  parties  who  should  engage  in  public 
teaching  and  exhortation.  Now  all  along  the  rulers,  as  the  only 
regular  church  officers,  must  have  had  a  special  prominence,  and 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS    RULING    ELDER.  43 

inasmuch  as  they  had  been  chosen  on  account  of  their  doctrinal 
qualifications  as  well  as  for  their  capabilities  in  exercising  and 
enforcing  authority,  the  official  teachers,  when  needed,  would  be 
sought  for  among  them.  In  earlier  times  the  distinction  would 
naturally  be  informal,  but  the  ever-growing  need  of  the  church 
for  a  distinctly  qualified  and  recognized  order  of  teachers  would 
tend  to  render  the  distinction  more  nearly  one  of  office.  A  ruler 
by  office,  a  teacher  by  reason  of  pre-eminent  gifts, — by  and  by 
the  distinction  was  made  between  the  mere  ruler  and  the  ruler 
who  also  laboured  in  word  and  doctrine,  by  the  application  to 
each  of  a  special  name.  Thus  we  find  Cyprian,  in  the  North 
African  Church,  about  the  middle  of  the  third  century,  distin- 
guishing Presbyters  and  Presbyter  teachers  as  two  separate 
classes  of  church  office-bearers. 

A  fair  consideration  of  the  importance  of  the  elder's  functions 
should  lead  us  clearly  to  understand  that  the  Apostles  would 
strive  to  secure  for  the  eldership  in  every  city  men  who  would 
commend  themselves  to  the  brethren  there  for  their  practical 
gifts,  as  well  as  for  those  endowments  usually  called  graces.  The 
happy  prevalence  of  rich  and  attractive  endowments  of  grace 
would  make  deficiency  in  this  particular  specially  noticeable  in 
an  office-bearer,  and  peculiarly  damaging  to  his  authority  and 
general  influence.  Yet  excellence  in  gifts,  where  many  were 
pre-eminently  gifted,  would  not  of  itself  render  one  suitable  for 
holding  office  in  such  a  community.  The  possession  of  extra- 
ordinary gifts  of  grace  characterized  at  least  a  large  proportion 
of  the  membership ;  it  was  therefore  required  of  office-bearers, 
that,  sharing  these  endowments,  they  should  be  specially  dis- 
tinguished by  practical  wisdom,  a  well-regulated  mind,  and  a 
pre-eminent  capacity  for  maintaining  order,  and  generally,  for 
the  efficient  conducting  of  the  affairs  of  the  church.  That  very 
abundance  of  grace  and  the  absence  of  restriction  in  the  use  of 
individual  gifts  for  teaching  and  edification  caused  the  need  of 
an  effective  and  official  control  all  the  sooner  to  appear.  In  the 
Corinthian  Church,  for  example,  wonderful  and  conspicuous  gifts 


44  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

of  grace  were  generally  enjoyed.  The  members  of  that  church 
spoke  with  tongues  and  prophesied.  And  the  Apostle  testifies 
to  the  great  importance  of  both  of  these  gifts.  Yet  there  seems 
to  have  been  a  greater  tendency  to  disorder  in  this  community 
than  in  any  of  the  other  churches  founded  or  visited  by  Paul. 
Hence  the  need  of  a  special  office  of  ruling  would  not  be  less  felt, 
but  would  be  more  felt,  where  gifts  and  graces  were  seen  most  to 
abound.  In  such  a  church  as  that  of  Corinth,  where  there  was 
found  such  an  abundance  of  spiritual  gifts,  there  would  be  no 
difficulty  in  getting  highly-endowed  men  ;  and  from  the  ranks 
of  those  thus  eminent,  respected  among  their  brethren  for  the 
general  excellence  of  their  gifts,  and  at  the  same  time  trusted  by 
the  Apostles  for  their  well-balanced  judgment,  would  the  first 
elders  be  chosen.  It  is  evident  that  what  characterized  them 
officially  was  not  so  much  the  brilliancy  of  their  spiritual  gifts, 
though  in  such  a  community  that  must  have  been  a  presupposition 
of  their  appointment,  as  the  faculty  of  rule,  suppressing  extra- 
vagance in  themselves,  and  preventing  disorder  among  the 
spiritual,  while  fully  sympathizing  with  their  spirituality. 

This  office  of  ruling,  which  we  have  seen  to  be  one  that  of 
necessity  must  have  been  instituted  in  the  very  earliest  days  of 
a  Christian  community,  is  designated  in  Scripture  under  several 
characteristic  names.  In  Eph.  iv.  1 1,  for  example,  we  find  Pastors 
and  Teachers  closely  associated  together,  and,  immediately  follow- 
ing, the  three  distinct  classes  of  church  officers,  Apostles,  Prophets, 
and  Evangelists.  From  these  they  are  distinguished  as  being  per- 
manent and  settled  in  one  place,  and  not  occasional  and  itinerant. 
But  as  to  the  relation  which  they  bear  to  one  another,  it  would 
seem  that  Pastor  and  Teacher  are  names  meant  to  designate 
offices  in  the  church  which  are  quite  separable,  but  which  may  be 
united  in  one  man.  The  resident  local  teacher  may  be,  perhaps 
always  is,  a  pastor,  but  the  pastor  need  not  be  a  teacher.  It  is 
the  pastor's,  the  shepherd's,  duty  to  guard  and  guide  his  flock ; 
and  in  doing  this,  he  guides  them  into  good  pasture,  where,  too, 
they  will  not  be  distracted  from  feeding  by  the  fear  of  their  foes. 


THE   PRESBYTER    AS    RULING   ELDER.  45 

Thus  Homer  conceives  the  character  and  work  of  the  shepherd  ; 
and  so,  too,  the  Psalmist  in  the  23rd  Psalm.  No  term  could  more 
accurately  describe  the  duties  of  a  ruling  church  officer,  whose 
special  function  it  is  to  see  that  every  provision  is  made  for  the 
exercise  of  the  gifts  of  the  exhorter  or  teacher  under  the  most 
favourable  circumstances.  Evidently  the  officer,  who  does  this 
or  aids  in  doing  this,  may  himself  engage  in  teaching  the 
community  thus  regulated,  or  he  may  be  one  whose  gift  is  limited 
to  the  function  of  ruling.  In  connection  with  the  same  idea  of 
caring  for  a  flock,  we  have  in  Acts  xx.  28,  1  Pet.  v.  2,  the  name 
overseer  {k7rlox,o7rog)  instead  of  the  name  pastor  or  shepherd, 
which  might  naturally  have  been  expected,  and  the  duties  of  the 
office  are  described  as  a  taking  the  oversight.  This,  in  reference 
to  a  flock,  includes,  as  Alford  remarks,  leading,  feeding,  and 
heeding.  This  is  the  comprehensive  office  of  pastor  and  teacher, 
including,  as  we  have  seen,  functions  separable  and  assignable 
to  different  individuals ;  functions,  therefore,  tending  to  the 
establishment  of  distinct,  though  always  closely-allied  offices.  In 
1  Thess.  v.  12  (the  first  Epistle  written  by  Paul)  and  in  Rom. 
xii.  8,  we  find  a  class  of  Christian  workers  described  as  being 
over  the  brethren  in  the  Lord,  and  as  ruling — the  same  word 
(KpoioTctftsyQi)  being  used  in  each  place,  and  meaning  generally 
those  who  are  set  over  others,  to  be  interpreted  here  in  accordance 
with  the  principle  laid  down  in  1  Pet.  v.  3.  The  qualifying 
adjective  used  in  1  Tim.  v.  17  to  describe  and  distinguish 
Presbyters  as  ruling  (npotorug)  is  also. from  the  same  word.  That 
this  term  applies  to  an  office  of  ruling  that  might  be  distinguished 
from  the  exercise  of  a  teaching  gift,  is  shown  by  comparing 
I  Thess.  v.  12  with  the  preceding  verse  which  enjoins  the  brethren 
— who  are  under  those  rulers — to  exhort  and  edify  themselves, 
which  the  Apostle  acknowledges  had  been  their  regular  practice. 
The  term,  too,  seems  borrowed  from  the  exercise  of  rule  in  the 
domestic  circle  (1  Tim.  iii.  4,  5-12  ;  Tit.  iii.  8-14).  The  peculiarly 
abstract,  yet  very  direct  and  significant  name,  governments 
(zv3-pprt<Tsig),  is  given  in  1  Cor.  xii.  28  to  the  office  of  regulation 


46  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

and  control.  The  Hebrew,  Greek,  and  Latin  words,  and  their 
English  equivalent  '  govern'  (Gabar,  Kubernao,  Guberno),  are 
all  from  one  stem.  The  pilot  of  the  ship  was  called  the  governor 
—rendered  master  in  Acts  xxvii.  u  ;  and  shipmaster,  Rev. 
xviii.  17.  The  fundamental  idea  here  is  strength,  which  is  the 
essential  element  in  an  office  of  control.  And  once  again,  we 
have  in  Heb.  xiii.  7,  17,  24,  the  phrase  '  those  who  have  the  rule 
over  you'  (yyovpevot)  applied  to  the  first  preachers  of  the  gospel 
among  those  who  became  members  of  the  early  Jewish  churches, 
and  also  to  those  who  succeeded  them  in  these  labours.  And  as 
the  salutation,  given  in  the  last  verse  referred  to,  distinguishes 
in  the  church  only  two  classes — leaders  and  saints,  church  officers 
and  private  members, — we  must  regard  the  term  used  as  a  com- 
prehensive name  for  all  spiritual  office-bearers  in  the  church. 
The  characteristic  function  which  belongs  to  all  is  that  of  ruling, 
and  this,  as  distinguished  from  teaching,  can  be  performed  by 
them  as  members  of  a  council.  In  such  a  council  the  necessity 
of  having  a  president  would  become  early  apparent.  Without 
such  a  head  they  could  not  readily  convene,  nor  in  any  satisfactory 
way  deliberate.  The  appointment  by  the  elders  of  one  of  their 
number  to  such  a  rank  would  be  a  mark  of  distinction,  and  an 
expression  of  confidence  which  would  be  regarded  as  a  very 
grateful  mode  of  conferring  double  honour.  Whether  or  not  the 
original  phrase  contains  any  reference  to  pecuniary  remuneration, 
elevation  to  the  presidency  of  the  court,  when  properly  done, 
would  imply  that  the  person  so  distinguished,  besides  his  ruling 
qualifications,  was  pre-eminent  for  his  gift  of  teaching.  When 
this  president  came  to  have  a  distinctive  name,  he  was  the  Bishop 
presiding  over  the  Presbyters,  corresponding  to  the  Presbyterian 
minister,  moderator  of  the  kirk-session. 

4.  The  New  Testament  Elder  and  the  Modern  Ruling  Elder 
essentially  the  same. — There  is  no  doubt  an  appearance  of  dis- 
crepancy between  the  functions  of  the  ruling  elder  in  Presbyterian 
churches  of  to-day  and  those  of  the  elders  spoken  of  by  the 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    RULING    ELDER.  47 

Apostles  (Acts  xx.  28 ;  I  Pet.  v.  2)  who  fed  the  flock  of  God  over 
which  they  had  been  appointed  overseers.  This  appearance  of 
difference  in  the  institutions  has  arisen  from  the  prevalence  of  a 
different  and  false  conception  of  the  functions  of  the  office.  In 
reality,  as  we  shall  show,  the  office  in  ancient  and  modern  times 
is  the  same,  and  its  function  continues  the  same,  modified  only 
by  changes  in  times  and  circumstances.  It  may  be  proper  to 
state  shortly  the  various  theories  which  have  been  held  on  this 
subject.  (1)  The  old  Presbyterian  theory  maintained  by  Calvin, 
Gillespie,  and  others,  rests  largely  upon  that  interpretation  of 
1  Tim.  v.  17  which  regards  that  passage  as  referring  to  a  distinc- 
tion of  offices  formally  recognized  in  Apostolic  times.  It  is 
generally  admitted  that  so  great  a  conclusion  cannot  safely  be 
built  upon  a  single  passage,  seeing  that  no  trace  can  be  found 
elsewhere  in  the  New  Testament  of  rulers  and  teachers  recognized 
as  distinct  orders  of  church  officers.  We  find  no  restriction 
placed  upon  ruling  elders.  They  were  not  appointed  as  rulers  to 
the  exclusion  of  the  exercise  of  their  teaching  gifts,  but  to  the 
exercise  of  them  in  their  office  if  they  possessed  them.  Many 
objections  to  the  Presbyterian  institution  of  ruling  elders  apply 
only  to  this  particular  theory.  ■  The  distinction  of  lay  or  ruling 
elders,  and  ministers  proper  or  teaching  elders,  was  laid  down  by 
Calvin,  and  has  been  adopted  as  the  constitution  of  several 
Presbyterian  churches.  This  interpretation  of  Paul's  language 
is  refuted  by  Rothe,  p.  224  ;  Ritschl,  p.  352  ;  and  SchafT,  Hist,  of 
Apost.  Ch.,  chap.  ii.  p.  312,  besides  older  writers  such  as  Vitringa 
and  Mosheim.'1  This  note  of  Bishop  Lightfoot  is  simply  aimed 
at  the  interpretation  of  the  passage  referred  to  ;  and  only  to  the 
theory  of  the  eldership  built  on  this,  do  the  proofs  of  the  writers 
quoted  apply.  This  theory  ought  not  to  be  identified  with  the 
Presbyterian  argument.  (2)  Another  theory  of  the  eldership  has 
been  proposed,  in  which  the  very  opposite  extreme  has  been 
adopted.  The  nature  of  this  exposition  of  the  office  and  function 
of  the  elder  may  be  understood  from  the  tide  of  Principal  Camp- 
1  Lightfoot,  Comme?itary  on  Philippians  (1881),  p.  195,  note. 


48  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

bell's  book  devoted  to  its  elaboration,  The  Theory  of  the  Ruling 
Eldership,  or  the  Position  of  the  Lay  Ruler  in  the  Reformed 
Churches  Examined.  From  what  has  been  already  said  of  the 
distinction  lay  and  clerical,  it  will  be  understood  that  we  do  not 
favour  the  continuance  of  it.  The  use  of  such  terms  might  be 
convenient  in  other  circumstances  ;  but  in  consequence  of  their 
application  in  primitive  and  in  modern  times  being  so  different, 
their  employment  is  calculated  to  lead  to  confusion.  The  elder 
in  the  ancient  church  was  in  the  primitive  application  of  the 
term  not  a  layman  ;  in  the  church  of  the  present  the  elder  is  a 
layman  in  the  modern  application  of  the  term.  But  these  appli- 
cations differ.  In  the  ancient  church  the  contrast  was  rather 
between  those  who  held  office  primarily  as  rulers,  and  secondarily 
as  teachers,  and  those  who  did  not  hold  office.  Presbyters  and 
Presbyter  teachers  were  then  alike  distinguished  from  laymen. 
In  the  Reformed  Churches  the  office  of  teaching  is  usually 
regarded  as  so  expressly  primary,  that  only  the  officer  who  is 
teacher  as  well  as  ruler  is  formally  distinguished  from  the  lay 
membership.  Yet  Reformed  theologians  refuse  to  call  the  ruling 
elder  a  layman.  Gillespie  speaks  of  the  term  lay  elder  as  a 
nickname.  The  distinction  lay  and  clerical  he  rejects,  and 
reminds  us  that  Bellarmine  had  supposed  it  characteristic  of 
Romanists  as  distinguished  from  Protestants,  and  so  it  should  be  ; 
but  if  the  distinction  be  retained,  Gillespie  suggests  the  retention 
of  a  class  name  for  officers  between  clerical  and  lay.  The 
Romanists  have  regulares  who  assist  the  clergy  in  ecclesiastical 
affairs,  without  being  admitted  to  clerical  orders.  Similar  is  the 
position  of  ruling  elders.  All  Principal  Campbell's  argumentation 
may  be  set  aside  by  repudiating  the  distinction,  and  maintaining 
that  the  office-bearers  of  the  church  are  all  essentially  representa- 
tives of  the  people,  that  all  occupy  the  common  ground  of  church 
members,  and  that  the  idea  of  office  in  the  church  simply 
indicates  on  the  part  of  the  church  the  belief  that  the  individuals 
called  to  office,  whether  in  the  ministry  or  in  the  eldership,  possess 
gifts  and  qualifications  necessary  for  discharging  the  functions 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    RULING   ELDER.  49 

of  their  several  offices.  (3)  The  theory  of  the  eldership,  which 
commends  itself  to  us,  is  that  which  views  the  modern  ruling 
elder  as  essentially  the  same  as  the  New  Testament  elder,  his 
place  in  the  church  constitution  being  somewhat  modified  owing 
to  the  development  of  institutions  in  accordance  with  the  needs 
of  the  church.  The  appearance  of  difference  between  the  two 
rests  upon  the  separation,  that  has  been  effected  since  the  Apostolic 
times,  of  the  preaching  from  the  ruling  Presbyters.  What  was 
then  a  distinction  only  in  gifts,  is  now  a  distinction  in  office. 
The  Presbyter  teacher  now,  in  order  to  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  age,  must  undergo  a  special  training  for  his  official  calling. 
The  special  discipline  of  his  gifts  qualifies  him  for  his  office. 
Circumstances  demand  this  in  order  to  qualify  for  public  teaching  ; 
still  the  untrained,  yet  otherwise  qualified  Presbyter,  should  be 
required  officially  to  engage  in  private  teaching  for  the  edification 
of  the  members  of  the  church.  Thus  the  distinction  is  primarily 
one  of  gifts  and  the  cultivation  of  gifts,  as  of  old,  only  that  now  by 
church  arrangement,  built  upon  mature  experience,  the  distinction 
of  trained  and  untrained  teachers  is  elevated  into  a  distinction  of 
office. 

5.  Duties  of  the  Ruling  Elder.— All  the  official  duties  of  the 
elder  are  comprehended  under  the  defining  term  ruling.  The 
ruling  elder  discharges  all  his  official  functions  fully,  when  he  has 
exercised  rule  in  the  church.  It  is  evident,  however,  that  much 
depends  upon  the  interpretation  given  to  this  term.  Those  who 
support  the  lay  councillor  theory  (Principal  Campbell  and  others), 
confine  the  application  of  the  phrase  rule  or  government  to  the 
management  generally  of  the  outward  affairs  of  the  church. 
All  members  of  the  church,  it  is  urged,  ought  to  visit  the  sick  and 
afflicted,  pray  with  the  dying,  and  generally  do  good  as  they  have 
opportunity ;  but  these  exercises  do  not  belong  to  the  elders  as 
elders,  any  more  than  to  private  members,  who  may  have  time  at 
their  disposal,  and  who  may  be  endowed  with  the  necessary 
gifts.     The  special  and  official  duties  of  the  eldership,  it  is  main- 


50  PRESBYTERIANISH. 

tained,  lie  in  an  altogether  different  direction — in  the  oversight, 
discipline,  and  government  of  the  church  in  its  Kirk-sessions, 
Presbyteries,  and  Assemblies.  According  to  this  theory,  all  the 
duties  of  elders  are  performed  jointly  in  the  courts  of  the  church, 
and  whatever  religious  services  they  may  perform  severally,  are  to 
be  regarded  as  the  acts  not  of  church  office-bearers,  but  simply  of 
pious  church  members.  On  the  contrary,  all  our  authoritative 
Presbyterian  documents,  as  well  as  the  decisions  of  prominent 
Presbyterian  churchmen,  emphasize  the  directly  spiritual  aspect 
of  the  elder's  office.  If  we  refer,  for  example,  to  the  First  Book 
of  Discipline,  sanctioned  in  1560,  we  find  the  following  admirable 
summary  of  the  duties  of  elders  (chap.  x.  4) : — '  The  elders  being 
elected,  must  be  admonished  of  their  office,  which  is  to  assist  the 
ministers  in  all  public  affairs  of  the  kirk  ;  to  wit,  in  determining 
and  judging  causes,  in  giving  admonition  to  the  licentious  liver, 
in  having  respect  to  the  manners  and  conversation  of  all  men 
within  their  charge.  For  by  the  gravity  of  the  seniors,  the  light 
and  unbridled  life  of  the  licentious  must  be  corrected  and 
bridled.'  Here  it  will  be  observed  that  though  no  particulars 
are  gone  into,  it  is  quite  understood  that  officially  their  duties  are 
to  be  performed,  and  influence  exerted,  outside  of  the  courts  in 
which  they  sit.  More  in  detail  the  same  view  of  the  duties  of 
elders  is  expressed  in  the  Second  Book  of  Discipline,  chap.  vi.  4-9  ; 
in  James  Guthrie's  Treatise  on  Elders  and  Deacons  (written  about 
1640),  chaps,  v.-vii. ;  and  in  the  Practice  of  the  Free  Church  of 
Scotland  (2nd  ed.,  pub.  1877),  Appendix  I.  4,  p.  136.  In  all  these 
important  manuals  there  is  full  recognition  given  to  certain  duties 
of  the  eldership  that  are  more  private  in  their  nature,  and  to  be 
discharged,  not  by  the  court  of  elders,  but  by  individual  elders. 
That  which  a  private  member,  having  the  time  or  the  gifts,  is 
expected  to  do,  the  elder  is  required  officially  to  do,  under  the 
direct  cognizance  of  the  church  whose  representative  he  is.  He 
must  assist  the  pastor  in  exhorting  and  instructing  those  specially 
under  his  care,  visiting  for  the  purpose  of  administering  comfort 
to  the  afflicted,  admonition  to  the  tempted  or  fallen,  and  generally, 


THE    PRESBYTER   AS    RULING    ELDER.  51 

counsel  to  those  to  whom  it  may  be  helpful.  That  elders  ought 
to  engage  with  pre-eminent  diligence  in  such  duties,  follows 
evidently  from  the  express  qualifications  required  of  them. 

Besides  these  more  private  duties  of  the  eldership,  there  are 
the  duties  of  a  more  public  kind,  recognized  by  all  Presbyterians, 
whatever  their  particular  theory  of  the  elder's  office  may  be,  as 
devolving  upon  the  ruling  elders,  to  be  performed  by  them  jointly 
in  the  Kirk-session,  or  as  representatives  in  the  higher  courts  of 
the  church.  In  the  exercise  of  their  official  functions,  elders  sit 
in  all  church  courts,  and  deliberate  on  matters  concerning  the 
faith,  order,  and  discipline  of  the  church.  Along  with  the  minister 
in  the  session,  they  take  the  oversight  of  the  spiritual  affairs  of 
the  congregation,  seeing  to  the  appointment  of  a  sufficient  number 
of  office-bearers  for  the  carrying  on  of  the  work  of  the  congrega- 
tion, joining  in  the  examination  of  candidates  for  admission  to 
sealing  ordinances,  especially  assisting  with  their  advice  in  regard 
to  the  life  and  conversation  of  such  applicants,  taking  general 
cognizance  of  the  morals  of  the  people,  interesting  themselves  in 
the  state  of  religion  within  their  bounds,  considering  the  attend- 
ance on  the  public  services  of  religious  worship,  and  using  means 
for  the  improvement  thereof,  taking  superintendence  of,  and  giving 
encouragement  to,  the  religious  training  of  the  young,  not  only  by 
their  individual  exertions,  but  in  their  capacity  as  a  Session. 

The  great  advantage  of  this  Presbyterian  institution  of  the 
ruling  eldership  appears  very  specially  in  the  exercise  of  discipline 
in  regard  to  all  matters,  whether  more  or  less  serious.  Those  who 
most  consistently  and  successfully  vindicate  the  rights  of  the 
ruling  eldership,  supplement  their  scriptural  argument  by  a  very 
powerful  plea  on  the  ground  of  Christian  expediency.  So, 
CEcolampadius  (at  Basel  in  1531)  and  Calvin  (at  Geneva  in  1540) 
are  thoroughly  agreed  in  recommending  that  a  decisive  share  in 
the  government  of  the  church  should  be  given  to  representatives 
of  the  people,  in  order  to  prevent  arbitrariness,  or  the  suspicion  of 
it,  on  the  part  of  the  pastors.  Judging  from  history  and  from  the 
nature  of  things,  it  appears  evident  that  if  the  administration  of 


52  PRESBYTERIAXISM. 

discipline  in  the  church  be  committed  to  one  man,  he  may  not 
be  in  a  position  to  form  a  fair  estimate  of  varying  or  conflicting 
statements,  nor  may  it  be  possible  for  him  to  make  it  evident 
always,  that  he  is  acting  with  thorough  impartiality.  In  this  way 
the  usefulness  of  the  pastor,  if  solely  responsible  for  the  discipline 
of  the  congregation,  might  be  seriously  impaired,  and  at  the  same 
time  the  interests  of  a  pure  and  healthy  church  government  would 
suffer.  There  are  thus  duties  to  be  performed  in  connection  with 
the  affairs  of  a  single  church,  or  of  a  group  of  churches,  such  as 
no  minister,  nor  court  composed  only  of  ministers,  can  adequately 
perform.  And  these  duties,  too,  are  not  such  as  can  be  discharged 
by  all  and  sundry  of  the  pious  and  earnest-minded  members  of 
the  church.  They  are  distinctly  church  functions,  and  only  those 
authorized  and  accredited  by  the  church  can  properly  undertake 
and  efficiently  carry  them  out.  And  so,  from  the  existence  of 
such  a  class  of  duties,  we  may  argue  in  favour  of  a  class  of  church 
office-bearers,  whose  official  work  will  consist  in  the  performance 
of  these.  It  has  become  so  evident  that  duties  of  this  kind  cannot 
be  discharged  by  ministers  only,  that  in  some  churches  not 
Presbyterian  there  has  been  repeatedly  shown  a  tendency  to 
create  boards  and  councils  for  co-operation  with  the  ministers  in 
regard  to  such  matters.  It  is  one  of  the  great  advantages  of 
Presbyterianism,  that  it  provides  a  recognized  and  responsible 
class  of  church  officers  whose  office  is  permanent,  and  not  merely 
created  in  face  of  special  emergencies.  The  duties  which  we 
recognize  as  peculiar  to  the  ruling  elder  are  not  occasional  in  the 
history  of  a  Christian  community,  but,  on  the  contrary,  are  con- 
stantly pressing.  Hence  provision  is  made  for  their  regular 
performance,  through  the  existence  of  a  permanent  office  of  ruling 
elder  in  the  church. 

6.  The  Buling  Elder  in  the  History  of  the  Christian  Church.— 
From  all  that  has  been  said,  it  must  be  evident  that  in  the  very 
earliest  years  of  church  life  the  ruling  office  was  a  necessity.  Not 
all  at  once  were  rulers  and  teachers  separated  as  two  distinct 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    RULING    ELDER.  53 

classes  of  office-bearers  ;  but  this  is  easily  accounted  fur  when 
we  consider  the  primitive  condition  of  the  Christian  community, 
the  recentness  of  its  formation,  and  the  simplicity  of  its  original 
idea.  It  is  only  an  accident  of  time  and  circumstance,  if  we 
find  that  at  first  one  name  is  given  to  him  that  is  ruler  only,  and 
to  him  that  is  ruler  and  teacher  as  well.  The  Presbyter  is  as 
emphatically  a  ruler  as  he  could  have  been  had  teachers  already 
been  officially  appointed  in  the  churches.  As  Stephen  was  not 
less  a  deacon  because  he  was  also  an  evangelist,  so  the  primitive 
elder  was  not  less  a  ruling  elder  because  he  was  often  also  the 
local  teacher. 

In  these  early  times  it  is  quite  certain  that  the  duties  officially 
discharged  by  the  elders  were  performed  in  a  council.  The 
functions  of  the  eldership  were  not  such  as  could  be  discharged 
by  one.  The  rule  of  the  elder  is  authoritative  in  the  church,  as 
it  expresses  the  mind  of  the  council  of  elders,  not  that  of  a  single 
elder.  By  modifications  gradually  introduced,1  the  function 
of  rule  came  to  be  regarded  as  the  official  prerogative  and 
destination  of  a  particular  officer,  who  received  a  different  name 
from  that  of  Presbyter,  which  before  meant  nothing  else  than 
ruler ;  and  those  Presbyters,  who  formerly  had  jointly  ruled, 
came  to  exercise  another  set  of  functions,  and  instead  of  ruling 
were  required  officially  to  labour  in  word  and  doctrine. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  third  century,  according  to  the  Clementine 
Homilies  and  other  writings  of  the  period,  the  Bishop  and  Presbyter 
both  teach — the  one  confining  himself  to  doctrine,  the  other  to 
morals.  Here  still  the  Presbyter,  as  ruling  elder,  is  restricted  in 
his  official  teaching  to  that  department — the  morals  of  the  people 
— of  which  he  had  originally  the  special  oversight. 

In  the  times  of  Justin  Martyr,  towards  the  middle  of  the  second 
century,  the  Presbyter  had  no  place  at  all  in  the  conducting  of 
public  worship.  It  was  only  with  the  growth  of  the  Episcopal 
system  that  the  custom  became  general  to  relegate  the  work  of 

1  Hatch,  Organization  0/ the  Early  Christian  Churches  (Bampton  Lecture, 
1880) ,  pp.  76-81. 


54  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

public  teaching  to  the  Presbyters.  As  smaller  congregations 
grew  up  around  the  one  parish  church,  the  rule  over  these  was 
reserved  by  the  Bishop,  while  the  local  Presbyters,  who  should 
have  been  the  rulers,  were  left  to  conduct  in  the  several  com- 
munities the  general  duties  of  the  ministry  in  the  dispensation  of 
word  and  sacrament.  In  this  way  the  title  Bishop,  which  rightly 
belonged  to  all  the  members  of  the  bench  of  Presbyters,  was 
assumed  by  one  man  who  exercised  alone  the  Presbyterial 
function  of  government.  This  is  the  main  issue  between 
Episcopacy  and  Presbyterianism, — Where  does  the  right  of  rule 
reside  ? — in  a  Bishop,  or  in  a  bench  of  Presbyters  ?  The  office 
of  ruling  elder  ceased  in  the  church  when  the  Episcopal  theory 
became  dominant. 

From  the  fourth  century  to  the  era  of  the  Reformation,  from 
the  very  nature  of  the  church  polity  which  was  universally 
accepted,  there  was  no  room  for  the  ruling  elder.  Among  writers 
on  Presbyterianism  it  has,  indeed,  been  very  usual  to  maintain 
that  this  primitive  institution  of  the  ruling  eldership  had  been 
retained  in  the  constitution  of  the  Waldensian  Church,  and  that 
from  this  source  it  was  introduced  into  the  Swiss  and  Genevan 
Churches.  This  position,  however,  is  now  found  to  be  quite 
unsupported  by  any  historical  evidence.  The  Reformers  make 
no  reference  to  the  existence  of  this  order  among  the  Waldenses  ; 
and  in  a  letter  written  by  a  Waldensian  to  (Ecolampadius  in 
1550,1  the  church  constitution  is  spoken  of  in  detail,  and  no 
mention  is  made  of  a  ruling  elder,  but  only  of  a  Presbyterian 
ministry  and  Synod  of  Presbyters.  The  opinion  now  generally 
accepted  is,  that  the  Waldenses  borrowed  the  institution  of  the 
eldership,  and  introduced  it  after  the  example  of  the  Swiss 
Reformed  Churches. 

Luther  insisted  vigorously  upon  the  rights  of  the  Christian 

people.     He  emphasized  very  strongly  the  universal  priesthood 

of   believers,    and    constantly  maintained  that    the    difference 

between  the  clergy  and  the  laity  did  not  imply  any  distinction  of 

1  See  Lechler,  Geschichfe  der  Preshyierial-Verfassutig,  S.  4. 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS    RULING    ELDER.  55 

class  and  condition,  but  only  a  distinction  between  the  regular 
and  official  discharge  of  duties,  and  the  discharge  of  such  as  are 
more  private  and  personal.  Yet  we  do  not  find,  with  Luther,  the 
establishment  and  formal  recognition  of  the  ruling  eldership.  It 
is  in  connection  with  the  observance  of  the  Lord's  Supper  and 
admission  to  the  holy  ordinance,  that  any  reference  is  made  by 
him  to  the  need  of  such  an  institution.  He  acknowledges  that 
matters  were  not  ripe  for  the  regular  and  satisfactory  adminis- 
tration of  discipline  ;  but  in  the  ideal  reformed  church  at  which 
he  aimed,  provision  for  the  effective  exercise  of  discipline  must 
be  made.  c  The  holy  supper  especially/  he  says,  '  must  be 
guarded  from  unworthy,  i.e.  manifest  sinners  ;  we  dare  not  make 
ourselves  partakers  of  the  sins  of  others.  But  since  whoever 
may  be  excommunicated  must,  first  of  all,  be  publicly  convicted 
before  the  congregation,  there  is  due  also  to  the  congregation, 
and  that  the  congregation  of  the  place,  a  voice  in  the  matter ; 
for  it  concerns  the  souls  belonging  to  the  congregation,  and  there- 
fore the  congregation  should  be  furnished  with  judges.'1  In 
1540,  we  find  Luther  joining  with  other  Saxon  Reformers  in 
recommending  that  those  churches  which  were  engaged  in  the 
preparation  of  their  constitution  and  form  of  polity,  should  provide 
for  the  restoration  of  church  discipline  by  the  appointment  of 
elders  in  every  congregation.  Meanwhile,  in  1526,  a  distinguished 
Lutheran  theologian,  John  Brenz,  had  published  a  church  order 
for  the  district  of  Halle,  which,  while  of  a  very  peculiar  type, 
gave  special  prominence  to  the  eldership.  The  peculiarity  of  the 
constitution  lay  in  this,  that  it  sought  to  make  the  eldership  a 
consistory  in  which  the  ecclesiastical  and  civil  jurisdictions  were 
bound  together.  The  elders  were  to  be  elected  by  the  civil 
authorities.  In  primitive  times,  he  said,  civil  government  being 
in  the  hands  of  heathens  or  Jews,  it  was  necessary  to  appoint 
from  out  of  the  church  some  honourable  and  venerable  men  who 
should  diligently  care  for  the  church,  exhort  to  careful  living, 

1  See  Dorncr,  History  of  Protestant  Theology,  translated  by  Rev.  George 
Robson,  vol.  i.  pp.  180,  i8x. 


56  PRESBYTERIANISM; 

and,  in  case  their  exhortation  were  not  listened  to,  and  no 
repentance  followed,  should  with  the  Bishop  proceed  to  excom- 
munication. But  now  that  the  civil  authorities  are  Christian, 
Brenz  would  have  these  authorities,  on  behalf  of  the  Pastor  or 
Presbyter,  ordain  some  persons  from  among  the  citizens,  who 
should  hold  a  Synod  and  exhort  transgressors.  In  various  parts 
we  find  attempts  made  to  affirm  in  some  way  the  right  and  duty 
of  the  Christian  Church  to  exercise  discipline  by  means  of 
regularly-appointed  judges.  Thus,  Francis  Lambert  of  Avignon 
(1487-1530),  in  his  constitution  prepared  for  the  Hessian  Churches, 
insists  upon  the  principle  of  having  elders  appointed  to  visit  the 
sick,  and  exercise  discipline  along  with  the  pastors  ;  men  to  be 
chosen  for  the  office  who  were  most  intelligent,  distinguished, 
diligent,  and  pious  among  the  members  of  the  church ;  and  of 
their  duties  he  gives  a  very  admirable  statement.  This  was  the 
ideal ;  but  all  that  could  be  realized  was  the  institution  of  a  board, 
of  which  one-half  the  members  were  appointed  by  the  civil  autho- 
rities, and  the  other  half  by  the  church.  In  Zurich,  again,  Zwingli 
placed  church  government  altogether  in  the  hands  of  the  state. 
Even  in  the  Lutheran  Church  in  certain  Swiss  states,  and  also 
in  certain  Genevan  states,  such  weight  was  given  to  the  civil 
authority,  that  the  strange  anomaly  presented  itself  of  an  evan- 
gelical church  only  asking  for  a  civil  court  instead  of  a  congre- 
gational eldership  by  which  to  administer  church  discipline. 
(Ecolampadius,  at  Basel,  strenuously  maintained  the  right  of  the 
church  to  conduct  her  own  judgments;  at  the  same  time  declaring, 
that  a  purely  clerical  tribunal  inevitably  tended  to  become  a 
tyranny,  and  therefore  advancing  a  claim  on  behalf  of  ruling 
elders.  Here  the  true  conception  is  first  clearly  stated,  but 
circumstances  did  not  favour  it  being  carried  out.  Martin  Bucer 
secured  the  appointment  of  a  court  for  the  exercise  of  church 
discipline,  consisting  of  eight  members — four  chosen  by  the  state, 
two  by  the  clergy,  and  two  by  the  church.  Last  of  all  these 
Lutheran  Church  orders  comes  that  of  Capito  (Frankfort,  1535), 
in  which  the  elders  appointed  by  Moses  are  made  the  model,  and 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    RULING    ELDER.  57 

the  eldership  is  constituted  of  three  members  chosen  by  the  state, 
and  at  least  six  chosen  by  the  church.  It  is  enjoined  that  these 
remain  in  office  only  three  years,  in  order,  it  is  shrewdly  said, 
that  several  may  learn  church  duties  and  interest  themselves  in 
church  affairs.  Here,  through  the  predominance  of  members 
chosen  by  the  congregation,  is  the  Lutheran  consistory  first 
presented  in  a  form  at  all  worthy  of  being  called  an  eldership. 

When  from  those  attempts  made  in  the  Lutheran  and  Swiss 
Churches  to  secure  recognition  of  popular  rights  in  the  church, 
we  pass  to  consider  the  endeavours  of  Calvin  (1 509-1 564)  to  lay 
down  the  fundamental  principles  of  church  organization,  we 
cannot  fail  to  be  at  once  struck  with  the  difference  of  method 
which  characterizes  the  Genevan  Reformer's  treatment  of  church 
questions.  While  the  Lutherans  start  from  the  general  scriptural 
principle  of  the  universal  priesthood  of  believers,  and  on  this,  base 
the  claim  of  the  Christian  people  to  a  voice  in  the  courts  of  the 
church,  Calvin  proceeds  directly  to  the  New  Testament  for 
express  authority,  in  the  recognition  and  distinction  of  the  several 
offices  which  are  to  be  regarded  as  indispensable  and  necessary 
to  the  full  organization  of  the  church.  All  the  passages  in  which 
reference  is  made  to  church  office  and  constitution  are  examined 
(Institutes,  Book  iv.  chap.  i.  sees.  1-10),  and  it  is  found  that  the 
ruling  elder  is  one  of  the  permanent  church  office-bearers.  The 
office  of  the  eldership  is  analogous  to  that  of  the  municipal 
authorities  ;  but  as  its  functions  are  spiritual,  not  civil,  so  it  is 
entirely  separate  from,  and  independent  of,  any  court  of  the  state. 
In  this  theoretical  presentation  of  the  church  rights,  the  thought 
will  not  for  a  moment  be  entertained  which  those  Lutherans 
advanced  who  rested  satisfied  with  action  taken  by  the  civil 
power.  Between  state  and  church  there  should  be  no  antagonism, 
but  just  as  little  should  there  be  confusion  between  them.  '  The 
essential  idea  in  Calvin's  view  of  the  church  and  its  constitution 
is,'  says  Lechler,  '  that  he  demands  decidedly  on  behalf  of  church 
discipline  a  government  distinct  from  the  civil  authority,  speci- 
fically spiritual,  yet  not  clerical,  but  administered  by  elders  with 


5  3  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

pastors/  Calvin,  according  to  his  plan  of  church  government 
elaborated  in  the  Institutes,  has  no  thought  of  allowing  the  state 
to  have  any  hand  in  church  discipline.  The  only  alternatives, 
according  to  this  theory,  are  between  leaving  the  administration 
of  discipline  wholly  to  the  clergy,  or  putting  it  in  the  hands  of  a 
council  formed  of  the  representatives  of  the  people,  with  the 
pastors.  The  continuance,  therefore,  of  the  scriptural  office  of 
the  ruling  elder,  as  a  distinct  and  regular  officer  in  every  congre- 
gation, is  urged  on  the  ground  of  expediency,  to  avoid  any  return 
to  the  clerical  despotism  of  the  Papacy.  In  1541,  when  Calvin 
after  his  exile  returned  to  Geneva,  he  found  himself  hampered  by 
the  presence  of  a  civil  authority  which  had  called  him  in,  and 
which  meant  to  co-operate  with  him  in  carrying  out  his  ecclesi- 
astical arrangements.  Acting  at  once  in  connection  with  this 
constituted  authority,  Calvin  did  not  obtain  a  congregational 
eldership,  but  had  to  be  satisfied  with  a  consistory  or  eldership, 
chosen  for  the  church  proportionately  from  the  smaller  and  greater 
civic  councils.  This  eldership  Calvin  himself  in  his  Epistles  calls 
by  various  names  : — The  Court  of  the  Church,  the  Ecclesiastical 
Court,  the  Court  of  Presbyters,  Consistorial  Judges,  Consistorial 
Elders  (see  Lechler,  Geschkhie,  S.  32-49).  What  he  was  able 
to  accomplish,  however,  was  not  by  any  means  what  he  had 
desired.  Writing  to  Myconius,  he  says  : — Now  we  have  a  court 
of  Presbyters,  and  a  form  of  discipline  of  such  a  kind  as  the 
weakness  of  the  times  allows.  The  special  difficulty  which  beset 
the  establishment  of  a  church  at  Geneva  on  true  Evangelical  and 
Presbyterian  principles  lay  in  the  friendliness  of  the  state  and 
the  claim  which  this  seemed  to  give,  and  which  was  enforced,  for 
a  direct  and  substantial  state  interference  and  control.  There 
was  at  Geneva  a  Christian  and  Protestant  state,  just  such  as 
Brenz  had  desiderated,  and  the  result  was,  as  we  have  seen,  in 
this  one  particular  of  the  appointment  of  judges  in  ecclesiastical 
matters,  that  Calvin's  ideal  of  church  rights  was  set  aside,  and 
what  should  have  been  a  church  court  was  dominated  by  the 
civil  authority. 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS   RULING   ELDER.  59 

When,  however,  from  Geneva  we  turn  to  France,  we  find  in  the 
church  established  in  Paris,  and  spreading  out  from  that  centre, 
a  much  more  perfect  church  constitution.  Beyond  all  question, 
the  French  Church  was  organized  on  the  Genevan  model.  The 
circumstances,  moreover,  which  prevented  Calvin  from  attaining 
to  his  ideal,  were  not  present  in  the  case  of  the  '  Church  under  the 
Cross. '  The  State  was  not  favourable,  but  Roman  Catholic,  and 
pronouncedly  hostile  ;  and  thus,  amid  all  the  sufferings  which 
this  state  of  matters  occasioned,  there  was  perfect  freedom  to 
develop  the  institutions  of  Presbyterianism  according  to  the  pure 
ideal  of  the  Presbyterian  theory.  The  constitution  of  the  French 
Church  was  settled  at  the  Synod  which  met  at  Paris  in  1559. 
There  are  a  few  noticeable  defects  in  this  church  constitution. 
Deacons,  for  example,  are  regarded  as  helpers  to  the  elders,  and 
share  with  them  in  the  membership  of  the  consistory,  which 
determines  all  cases  of  church  discipline,  and  exercises  all 
ecclesiastical  ruling  functions  ;  and  further,  elders  are  simply 
engaged  in  discipline,  and  have  no  province  assigned  them  in 
pastoral  work.  The  grand  and  very  important  advances,  how- 
ever, which  the  French  Church  constitution  has  made  upon  that 
of  Geneva,  deserves  very  special  recognition.  Here  we  first  find 
in  a  church  order  the  rights  of  the  Christian  people  in  the 
appointment  of  the  members  of  her  ecclesiastical  courts  clearly 
asserted  and  practically  affirmed,  and  here,  too,  the  elders  have 
first  a  place  secured  for  them  side  by  side  with  the  ministers  in 
the  General  Synod. 

The  organization  of  the  Scottish  Reformed  Church  under  John 
Knox  was  effected  in  1560,  the  year  immediately  following  the 
meeting  of  the  Synod  of  Paris.  The  polity  of  the  Church  of 
Scotland  is  almost  identical  with  that  of  the  French  Church, 
because  it  stands  related  in  the  very  same  way  to  Calvin  and  the 
Genevan  Church  order,  and  had,  though  with  some  characteristic 
differences,  to  contend  against  an  unsympathetic,  and  in  some 
respects  directly  hostile,  civil  authority.  It  is  quite  true  that,  at 
the  time  when  Knox  returned  to  Scotland  in  1559,  tne  Papal 


Co  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

jurisdiction  had  been  repudiated  ;  yet,  on  the  arrival  of  Mary 
from  the  French  Court  and  the  tuition  of  the  Guises,  there  was 
immediately  established  in  the  land  a  strong  Romish  party,  the 
monarch  personally,  and  through  her  favourites  and  followers, 
owning  herself  the  determined  foe  of  the  Reformed  faith.  The 
nobles,  too,  who  had  been  most  eager  in  the  demolition  of  the 
old  religious  houses,  greedily  appropriated  the  revenues,  and 
were  in  most  cases  lukewarm,  if  not  positively  hostile,  to  the 
establishment  of  religion  in  a  purer  form  throughout  the  country. 
With  the  same  model,  impressed  on  the  mind  of  Knox  from  his 
long  residence  in  Geneva  and  intimate  acquaintance  with  Calvin, 
and  under  the  same  conditions  of  courtly  opposition  and  narrow- 
ness of  temporal  resources,  we  may  not  be  surprised  to  find  that 
the  First  Book  of  Discipline  of  1560,  which  forms  the  earliest 
statement  of  the  Scottish  Church  Polity,  corresponds  in  almost 
all  particulars  with  the  Church  Order  of  the  French  Synod  of  the 
previous  year.  In  this  formulary  it  is  ordained  that  *  men  faithful 
and  most  honest  of  conversation  that  can  be  found  in  the  Kirk  ! 
are  to  be  nominated,  and  from  these  the  elders  are  to  be  elected  ; 
and  if  any  know  men  better  qualified,  then  these  too  are  to  be 
nominated  and  put  in  election,  '  that  the  Kirk  may  have  the 
choice.5  Elders  are  to  be  chosen  once  a  year,  l  lest  of  long 
continuance  of  such  officers  men  presume  upon  the  liberty  of  the 
Kirk/  and  so  that  they  may  not  be  '  so  occupied  with  the  affairs 
of  the  Kirk,  but  that  reasonably  they  may  attend  upon  their 
domesticall  business.5  Being  elected,  the  elders  are  to  assist  the 
ministers  in  all  public  affairs  of  the  Kirk,  'in  determining  and 
judging  causes,  in  giving  admonition  to  the  licentious  liver,  in 
having  respect  to  the  manners  and  conversation  of  all  men  within 
their  charge  :  for  by  the  gravity  of  the  seniors  the  light  and  un- 
bridled life  of  the  licentious  must  be  corrected  and  bridled.'  '  Yea, 
the  seniors  ought  also  to  take  heed  to  the  life,  manners,  diligence, 
and  study  of  their  ministers.5  The  deacons,  too,  as  in  the  French 
constitution,  are  regarded  as  helpers  to  the  elders  in  the  exercise 
of  superintendence  and  discipline.    In  this  earliest  Book  of  Policy 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    RULING   ELDER.  6l 

for  the  Scottish  Church,  we  find  the  democratic  tendency  very 
strong,  and  decidedly  in  advance  of  any  previous  system  of  church 
organization.  The  right  of  the  people  to  elect  their  office- 
bearers is  here  first  sufficiently  stated  and  provided  for ;  and 
jealousy  for  the  preservation  of  these  rights  led  to  the  yearly 
election  of  elders  and  deacons.  Then,  again,  in  advance  of  the 
French  constitution,  the  spiritual  and  pastoral  functions  of  the 
eldership  are  fully  and  clearly  recognized.  This  book,  though 
possessed  of  many  remarkable  excellences,  was  hastily  drawn  up, 
and  owing  to  the  unsettled  state  of  the  church,  in  which  every- 
thing had  to  be  begun,  there  was  a  good  deal  necessarily  set 
down  conditionally, — functions  and  offices  referred  to  which  could 
only  be  regarded  as  temporary  institutions.  Hence  it  was  found 
necessary  in  1578,  six  years  after  Knox's  death,  to  prepare  a 
Second  Book  of  Discipline,  improved  and  consolidated  in 
accordance  with  the  experience  which  the  intervening  years  had 
afforded.  In  this  book  the  deacons  are  entirely  separated  from 
the  elders.  The  chapter  on  Elders  and  their  office  affirms  the 
Apostolic  origin  of  the  institution  :  elders  are  called  in  the  New 
Testament  presidents  or  governors  :  the  eldership  is  a  spiritual 
function,  as  is  the  ministry  ;  once  called,  elders  are  not  to  leave 
their  office  :  the  chief  are  teachers,  but  all  need  not  teach  : 
severally  and  conjunctly,  they  are  to  watch  publicly  and  privately 
over  the  flock  committed  to  their  charge  :  they  are  to  assist  the 
pastor  in  examining  for  admission  to  the  Lord's  table  :  and, 
specially,  they  are  to  hold  assemblies  with  the  pastors  for  the 
exercise  of  discipline.  In  this  statement,  we  have  all  particulars 
regarding  the  elder  and  his  office  which  need  to  be  fixed  by 
church  authority  expressed  in  a  perfect  form. 

In  regard  to  the  institution  of  the  Ruling  Elder,  there  seems 
nothing  special  or  distinctive  in  the  constitution  of  the  Presby- 
terian Church  in  England  during  the  Reformation  period.  The 
First  Book  of  Discipline,  among  the  English  Presbyterians,  was 
prepared  by  Walter  Travers,  who  was  Hooker's  colleague  and 
opponent  in  the  Temple  ;  and  this  book,  published  in  1574  at 


62  PRKSBYTERIAN1SM. 

Geneva,  bore  the  significant  title,  The  Holy  Discipline  of  tht 
Church  described  from  the  Word  of  God.  This  work  was  origin- 
ally in  Latin,  but  in  1584  an  English  translation  appeared,  with 
considerable  alterations  and  improvements,  by  Thomas  Cart- 
wright,  the  ablest  and  most  influential  of  the  early  English 
Puritans.  This  formed  the  basis  of  the  Westminster  Assembly's 
Directory  of  Church  Government,  prepared  in  1644.  In  regard 
to  the  office  of  the  Ruling  Elder,  it  was  not  acknowledged  by 
many  able  members  of  the  Assembly,  but  many  equally  dis- 
tinguished members,  with  all  the  Scotch  representatives,  argued 
powerfully  in  its  defence.  The  final  decision  accepted  was 
this  : — It  is  agreeable  to,  and  warranted  by,  the  Word  of  God 
that  some  others  besides  the  ministers  of  the  Word,  or  church 
governors,  should  join  with  the  ministers  in  the  government  of 
the  church.  To  this  fundamental  principle  all  assented,  with 
the  exception  of  Lightfoot  ;  and  it  is  noticeable  that,  with  no 
further  opposition  than  that  of  Dr.  Temple,  it  was  the  scriptural 
authority  for  the  institution  (the  texts  Rom.  xii.  7,  8  and  1  Cor. 
Mi.  28  were  added),  and  not  the  admitted  expediency  of  it,  that 
was  affirmed  by  the  Assembly.  Next,  an  attempt  was  made  by 
the  Erastians  Coleman,  Lightfoot,  and  Selden,  to  prove  that  the 
Jewish  elders  were  civil  officers,  assisting  Moses;  while  Gillespie 
sought  to  show  that  the  Seventy  were  associated  not  only  with 
Moses,  but  also  with  Aaron.  The  debate  on  this  point  was  long, 
and  led  to  no  conclusion.1  It  must  now  appear  unwise,  as  it 
certainly  is  unnecessary,  to  seek  any  minute  analogies  between 
the  Mosaic  and  the  Christian  eldership.  For  a  plurality  of  ruling 
elders  Gillespie  argued,  urging  the  example  of  the  Jewish  Church, 
where  several  elders  were  in  the  synagogue,  the  impossibility  of  one 
undertaking  efficiently  the  work,  and  the  necessity  of  maintenance 
for  the  elder,  who  would  have  laid  on  him  an  exhausting  charge.2 

1  Hetherington's  History  of  Westmi?ister  Assembly,  ed.  by  Dr.  Williamson, 
pp.  159--161 ;  Gillespie's  A  ssertio?i  of  the  Government  of  the  Church  of  Scotland, 
chap.  iii. 

2  Gillespie's  Notes  of  Proceedings  of  Westminster  Assembly  of  Divines, 
May  3rd,  164  \. 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS    RULING    ELDER.  6$ 

Among  the  Independents  too,  the  expediency  of  recognizing 
an  ofiicc  of  ruling  in  the  church  was  generally  admitted  ;  and 
Dr.  John  Owen  argued  ably  in  defence  of  the  institution  on 
scriptural  grounds,  especially  emphasizing  the  usual  Presbyterian 
interpretation  of  i  Tim.  v.  17.  A  manifesto  of  the  Independents 
was  published  by  Wm.  Bradshaw  (1571-1618),  in  which  the  office 
of  ruling  elder  and  its  importance  was  fully  recognized.  4  They 
judge  it  repugnant  to  the  Word  of  God  that  any  minister  should 
be  a  sole  ruler,  and,  as  it  were,  a  pope,  so  much  as  in  one  parish, 
much  more  that  he  should  be  one  over  a  whole  diocese,  province, 
or  nation  ;  they  hold  that  by  God's  ordinance  the  congregation 
should  make  choice  of  other  officers  as  assistants  unto  the 
ministers  in  the  spiritual  regiment  of  the  congregation,  who  are 
by  office,  jointly  with  the  ministers  of  the  land,  to  be  as  monitors 
and  overseers  of  the  manners  and  conversation  of  all  the 
congregation  and  one  of  another,  so  that  every  one  may  be 
more  wary  of  their  ways,  and  that  the  pastors  and  doctors  may 
better  attend  to  prayer  and  doctrine,  and  by  these  means  be 
better  acquainted  with  the  estate  of  the  people,  when  other  eyes 
besides  their  own  shall  wake  and  watch  over  them.' x  No  better 
account  of  the  advantages  of  the  ruling  eldership  could  have  been 
given  by  the  most  consistent  Presbyterian. 

In  many  cases  where  objection  is  made  to  the  institution  of 
ruling  elders,  other  officers,  such  as  deacons,  have  the  elders' 
duties  laid  upon  them.  In  the  Church  of  Scotland  previous  to 
1843,  the  state  of  matters  was  rather  the  converse  of  this.  The 
office  of  deacon  having  generally  fallen  into  abeyance,  there  was 
but  one  congregational  church  court  in  most  parishes,  by  which 
all  duties  relating  to  discipline  and  distribution  had  to  be  dis- 
charged. The  result,  in  a  large  measure,  was  the  secularization 
of  the  Session.  Duties  connected  with  the  oversight  and  aid  of 
the  parish  poor,  now  relegated  to  Parochial  Boards  (deacons  in 
the  Free  Church  attending  specially  to  the  congregational  poor), 
were  performed   by  the   Kirk-session,   the  eldership  generally 

1  Quoted  by  Dr.  King,  Presbyterian  Church  Government,  pp.  155,  156. 


64  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

acting  as  trustees  and  managers  for  the  heritors.  Under  the 
reign  of  Moderatism,  the  spiritual  functions  of  the  ruling  elder 
were  lost  sight  of,  and  attention  to  outward  parochial  affairs  was 
regarded  as  exhaustive  of  the  duties  of  the  Session.  Now,  in  all 
the  sections  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland,  the  import- 
ance of  the  elders  as  labourers  together  with  the  pastor  in  the 
spiritual  and  evangelistic  work  of  the  congregation  is  heartily 
recognized.  The  institution  of  the  eldership,  as  thus  understood 
and  developed,  constitutes  one  of  the  grand  elements  in  Presbv« 
terianism,  which  have  rendered  our  church  system  so  successful 
in  consolidating  what  we  have,  and  carrying  on  aggressive 
enterprises. 


CHAPTER    III. 

THE   PRESBYTER   AS    TEACHER. 

1.  Special  Office  of  Preacher  gradually  recognized. — In  consider- 
ing the  question  of  church  office  in  the  earliest  Christian  com- 
munities, it  is  important  to  keep  in  memory  the  peculiarities  and 
special  conditions  of  the  age.  From  the  writings  of  the  Apostles, 
and  especially  from  the  Epistles  of  Paul  to  the  Corinthians,  it  is 
made  very  evident  that  the  spiritual  endowments  of  church 
members  in  the  Apostolic  Age  were  not  only  far  in  advance  of 
the  average  attainments  of  church  members  in  subsequent  ages, 
but  were  altogether  of  a  different  order,  and  qualified  the 
possessors  of  them  for  work  laid  to  their  hand  by  the  necessities 
of  the  times.  Immediately  after  the  record  given  in  Mark  xvi.  15 
of  the  Apostolic  commission,  we  have  the  promise  given,  not 
to  Apostles  only,  but  to  all  that  believe,  of  miraculous  endow- 
ments of  the  very  highest  order.  These  were  the  creation  days 
of  the  Christian  Church,  and  the  calling  into  being  of  any  new 
thing  necessarily  implies  the  presence  and  application  of 
uncommon  agencies.  Just  as  in  the  material  creation  we  find 
the  miraculous  element  present,  so  that  in  the  several  kingdoms 
of  nature,  that  is  produced  by  the  utterance  of  the  divine  word, 
which  in  all  subsequent  ages  is  carried  on  by  the  orderly  operation 
of  natural  laws  ;  so  also,  in  the  origination  of  the  Christian  Church 
as  a  spiritual  creation,  we  find  miraculous  gifts  granted  to  the 
several  individual  converts,  settled   in  various   centres,  for  the 


66  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

accomplishment  in  the  beginning  of  that  which  subsequently 
must  be  carried  on  by  a  regularly-constituted  human  instrumen- 
tality. We  have  the  express  and  oft-quoted  testimony  of  Hilary 
the  Deacon,  that  in  the  beginning  all  taught  and  all  baptized, 
as  opportunity  offered.  This  witness,  from  a  period  when  the 
current  practice  was  very  different  from  that  of  apostolic  times,  is 
of  considerable  importance.  In  the  New  Testament  itself,  how- 
ever, we  have  ample  proof  and  illustration  of  the  unrestricted 
liberty  enjoyed  by  all  members  of  the  church  in  the  exercise  of 
their  gifts.  Throughout  the  fourteenth  chapter  of  the  First 
Epistle  to  the  Corinthians  this  is  made  apparent,  especially  in 
vv.  26-31.  The  gift  of  prophesying  spoken  of  in  this  chapter 
is  characterized  by  Paul  (vv.  1-5)  as  the  chief  charism,  or  gift 
of  grace  most  to  be  coveted.  It  is  impossible  to  distinguish  this 
prophesying  from  teaching  or  preaching ;  for,  says  the  Apostle 
in  verse  third,  c  He  that  prophesieth  speaketh  unto  men  to 
edification,  and  exhortation,  and  comfort.'  And  it  is  of  this  gift, 
so  evidently  that  of  one  qualified  to  fill  the  office  of  preacher,  that 
Paul  says,  addressing  the  members  of  the  Corinthian  Church, 
1  Ye  may  all  prophesy  one  by  one,  that  all  may  learn,  and  all 
may  be  comforted.'  The  right  to  prophesy  depended  upon  the 
possession  of  the  charism,  or  gift  of  prophecy,  and  as  a  requisite 
of  the  church  in  the  first  stage  of  its  development  this  gift  was 
generally  distributed.  So  long  as  this  was  so,  there  could  be  no 
thought  of  the  institution  of  a  distinct  and  special  office  for  the 
function  of  preaching.1    The  establishment  of  any  office  in  the 

1  '  In  the  primitive  age  of  Christianity,  preaching  properly  so  called  is 
unknown.  This  is  the  age  of  inspiration.  Utterance  is  free,  spontaneous, 
fervid,  and  irrepressible  in  the  assemblies  of  the  Christians.  There  is  the  full 
exercise  of  the  gift  of  prophecy — the  miraculous  manifestation  of  the  Divine 
Spirit.  When  this  impassioned  utterance  subsides,  it  is  for  a  long  time 
followed  only  by  simple  testimony  borne  to  the  great  facts  of  redemption,  the 
brief,  heartfelt  recital  of  the  gospel  story,  which  is  not  at  this  time  embodied 
in  any  written  documents  of  a  canonical  character.  Preaching  only  com- 
menced when  the  extraordinary  gifts  of  the  Spirit  had  become  rare,  and  when 
recourse  was  had  to  the  newly-written  sacred  books.' — Pressense\  Life  and 
Practice  i?i  the  Early  Chu?'ch,  Bk.  II.  chap.  v.  §  3. 


THE    PRESBYTER   AS   TEACHER.  67 

church,  as  we  have  clearly  seen,  is  determined  by  the  church's 
need.  We  have  shown  how  everywhere  the  ruling  office,  from 
the  very  nature  of  the  case,  was  immediately  seen  to  be  indis- 
pensable, and  in  the  smallest  of  the  young  Christian  communities 
was  filled  by  the  first-fruits  of  the  Apostles'  labours,  because 
everywhere  the  need  of  regulation,  organization,  and  discipline 
was  recognized.  Similarly,  as  soon  as  the  supernatural  gifts 
which  characterized  the  Apostolic  Age,  and  qualified  the  church 
membership  of  that  period  for  carrying  on  the  work  of  teaching 
and  preaching,  had  passed  away,  the  presence  of  qualified 
teachers  was  required,  and  these  were  naturally  sought  from 
among  the  most  spiritual  and  talented  of  those  who  already  held 
the  office  of  ruler.  Thus  came  about  gradually  that  separation 
of  Presbyters  into  two  classes — those  who  teach  and  rule,  and 
those  who  rule  only. 

It  is  further  to  be  remembered  that  the  preaching  of  primitive 
times — such  as  ordinary  members  engaged  in,  as  distinguished 
from  the  breaking  of  new  ground  and  the  laying  of  foundations, 
as  was  done  by  the  Apostles  and  their  specially  equipped 
delegates — was,  in  respect  of  its  form  at  least,  not  such  as  called 
for  the  exercise  of  pre-eminent  gifts  of  intellect  or  eloquence. 
What  was  specially  desiderated  was  the  glow  of  spiritual  sym- 
pathy and  enthusiasm,  and  the  fervour  of  a  strong  personal 
conviction  in  the  narrating  of  the  simple  facts  of  the  gospel  story. 
When,  afterwards,  this  story  was  written  down,  and  in  the  pos- 
session of  the  several  churches,  and  when  side  by  side  with  this 
the  rich  doctrinal  matter  of  the  Apostolical  Epistles  came  to  be 
studied  generally  in  the  church,  and  mastered  by  the  members 
of  the  church,  just  in  proportion  to  the  intellectual  advancement 
of  the  people  would  the  need  of  a  specially  trained  ministry 
become  evident.  This,  then,  is  really  the  sound  plea  on  behalf 
of  a  thoroughly  educated  ministry,  that — inasmuch  as  it  is  the 
duty  of  the  ministry  to  interpret  to  mixed  audiences  the  truths 
contained  in  Scripture,  which  to  many  must  be  done  authorita- 
tively, requiring  a  well-balanced  judgment,  and  a  mind  trained 


63  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

and  exercised  in  such  pursuits,  and  inasmuch  as  the  advanced 
standard  of  education  demands,  in  order  to  secure  the  respect 
and  maintain  the  confidence  of  the  people,  a  more  than  average 
degree  of  culture — he,  who  would  regularly  and  officially  minister 
in  the  word,  must  have  a  special  and  professional  training  in  the 
word.  This  demand  for  a  class  of  men,  more  or  less  specially 
trained,  implies  the  recognition  of  an  office  which  such  alone  can 
fill.  This  office  is  that  of  the  teaching  or  preaching  Presbyter. 
In  the  Apostolic  Age  there  were  gifts  of  prophesying,  teaching, 
exhorting  ;  so  soon  as  the  possession  of  such  gifts  ceased  to  be 
common  to  the  members,  the  need  was  felt  and  expressed  for 
having  in  the  church  a  regular  office,  in  which  particularly 
endowed  individuals  might  exercise  their  gifts.  In  this  office, 
foreshadowed  by  the  charisms  of  New  Testament  times,  room  is 
given  not  only  for  the  utilization  of  such  gifts,  but  also  for  the 
education  and  development  of  them  in  those  in  whom  they 
may  be  latent.  One  of  the  marked  contrasts  of  primitive  and 
modern  church  institutions  lies  in  the  prominence  now  given  to 
the  preaching  office. 

2.  Nature  of  the  Office  —  Ministerial,  not  Sacerdotal.  —  In  the 
earliest  times  the  teaching  or  preaching  office  was  conceived  of  in 
a  way  extremely  simple.  As  its  characteristic  function  was  the 
unfolding  of  the  truth  before  taught  by  Jesus  and  His  Apostles, 
he  who  occupied  this  office  was  regarded  simply  as  a  minister  who 
took  the  words  of  truth  presented  him,  and,  by  means  of  these, 
ministered  to  the  people.  The  Presbyter  of  New  Testament  times, 
whether  in  the  exercise  of  the  functions  of  ruling,  or  in  the  exercise 
of  the  functions  of  teaching,  was  strictly  enjoined  (i  Pet.  v.  3  ; 
2  Cor.  i.  24)  not  to  conduct  himself  as  though  he  were  a  lord 
over  God's  heritage.  Christ  had  Himself  contrasted  the  con- 
ditions of  earthly  pre-eminence  and  of  exaltation  in  His  kingdom. 
Those  who  would  gain  distinction  with  Him  must  have  in  them 
a  humility  like  His  own.  He  who  was  among  men  as  one  that 
served  required,  on  the  part  of  His  witnesses  and  representa- 


THE  PRESBYTER  AS  TEACHER.  69 

tives,  a  similar  attitude  in  relation  to  their  fellow-men.  In  this 
spirit  Paul  characteristically  describes  himself  as  at  once  the 
servant  of  Jesus  Christ  the  Lord,  and  the  servant  of  the  church 
for  Jesus'  sake  (2  Cor.  iv.  5).  This  attitude  on  the  part  of  the 
ministry  of  the  church  was  in  strict  accordance  with  the  pure 
doctrines  of  grace  which  in  those  early  days  were  maintained  ; 
and  so  long  as  those  pure  doctrines  prevailed,  this  simple  view 
of  the  officers  of  the  church,  as  servants  of  God  for  men,  was 
everywhere  accepted.  Gradually,  however,  during  the  third  and 
fourth  centuries,  the  simplicity  of  New  Testament  teaching  was 
departed  from,  and  in  proportion  as  the  doctrines  of  grace  were 
obscured,  hierarchical  views  concerning  the  ecclesiastical  office 
began  to  prevail.  Sacramentarianism  and  Sacerdotalism  de- 
veloped side  by  side.  While  in  earlier  and  purer  days  men  had 
taught  that  salvation  was  to  be  had  only  through  the  exercise  of 
simple  faith  in  Christ,  it  was  now  being  taught,  more  or  less 
distinctly,  that  there  was  some  mysterious,  magical  power  in  the 
sacraments,  and  that  the  Eucharist  was  a  sacrifice  offered  to 
God,  and  accepted  by  Him  on  behalf  of  the  worshipper,  who  thus 
became  an  offerer.  It  was  inevitable  that  the  officer,  who  repre- 
sented the  people  and  personally  performed  the  service  for  them, 
should  be  regarded,  since  that  which  he  performed  was  called  a 
sacrifice,  no  longer  simply  as  a  minister,  but  as  a  priest.  Accord- 
ingly we  find  Cyprian  (toward  the  middle  of  the  third  century) 
describing  the  Bishop  as  a  priest  presiding  at  the  eucfcaristic 
sacrifice ;  and  other  writers  of  the  same  age  simply  carried  out 
the  same  tendencies,  and  gave  expression  to  ideas  latent  in  this 
conception,  when  they  spoke  of  the  Bishop  as  a  divine  being, 
and  a  Mediator  between  God  and  man.  The  circumstances  of 
the  church  in  Cyprian's  time  contributed  greatly  to  the  develop- 
ment of  sacerdotal  views.  Schism  had  broken  out,  and  had  to 
be  suppressed  with  a  firm  hand.  The  very  appearance  of  revolt 
tended  to  create  in  the  minds  of  church  leaders  an  exaggerated 
and  onesided  idea  of  the  importance  of  ecclesiastical  unity  and 
the  need  of  consolidation  and  centralization.      Cyprian's  great 


^O  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

thought,  in  this  contest  with  the  Schismatics,  and  afterward,  was 
the  unity  of  the  church.  Henceforth  the  church,  as  an  institution, 
was  made  to  bulk  much  more  largely  than  before  in  theological 
controversy  :  the  officers  of  the  church  were  clothed  with  an 
altogether  unique  authority  :  to  oppose  them  was  to  oppose  the 
church,  and  to  rebel  against  God.  In  the  exercise  of  their  awful 
prerogatives,  the  Bishops  of  the  Cyprianic  theory  not  only  de- 
livered final  and  irreversible  judgments,  but  were  endowed  with 
power  to  forgive  sins.  In  this  last  claim,  the  sacerdotal  element 
becomes  specially  prominent.  It  was,  however,  only  through  a 
complete  perversion  of  the  Christian  idea  of  worship  that  the 
notion  of  a  priestly  service  could  possibly  find  an  entrance.  In 
Jewish  and  in  Pagan  worship  there  were  material  sacrifices  which 
necessarily  required  the  services  of  a  sacrificing  priest ;  but  in 
Christian  worship  there  were  only  recognized  spiritual  sacrifices 
(i  Pet.  ii.  5),  which  no  select  band  of  church  officers,  but  all 
church  members  as  a  holy  Priesthood  of  believers,  were  required 
to  offer  up  unto  God. 

When  the  threefold  classification  of  church  officers  had  come 
to  be  generally  adopted  in  the  church,  it  was  not  unusual  to 
seek  in  the  Jewish  hierarchy  a  parallel  for  these  distinctions  by 
way  of  illustration  and  justification,  the  Bishop  being  called  the 
Chief  Priest  (summits  sac  er do  s)\  the  Presbyter,  the  Priest  (sacerdos); 
and  the  Deacon,  the  Levite.  The  name  priest  (sacerdos),  to  which, 
as  applied  to  the  Christian  minister,  currency  was  first  given  by 
Tertullian  (beginning  of  the  third  century),  while  its  use  was 
confirmed  and  widely  established  by  Cyprian,  his  younger 
contemporary,  was  evidently  borrowed  from  the  hierarchical 
terminology  of  the  Old  Testament,  but  the  tendency  of  thought 
which  led  to  the  use  of  the  word  was  largely  determined  by  the 
influence  of  surrounding  heathenism.  It  must,  indeed,  be  quite 
apparent  that  the  constant  observance  of  Pagan  religious 
practices,  and  association  with  them,  more  or  less,  must  have 
greatly  tended  to  secure  currency  in  Christian  communities  for 
such  terms  as   implied,  or  were  in  their  application  fitted   to 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS   TEACHER.  7  I 

introduce  and  foster,  sacerdotal  views.  Though  the  terminology 
is  itself  certainly  Jewish,  it  is  noticeable  that  sacerdotalism 
prevailed  earlier,  and  was  diffused  in  the  West  more  generally 
than  in  the  East.  In  the  North  African  Church,  Tertullian 
and  Cyprian  advocated  an  advanced  sacerdotalism,  while  in 
Alexandria,  the  terms  which  literally  suggested  priestly  functions 
were  regularly  interpreted  in  a  spiritual  manner.  Lightfoot,  too, 
points  out  that  the  earliest  trace  we  have  of  the  application  of 
the  name  priest  to  a  Christian  minister  is  in  the  writings  of  the 
heathen  Lucian. 

In  so  far  as  the  use  of  our  own  word  priest  is  concerned,  it  should 
be  remembered  that  etymologically  it  is  only  a  shorter  form  of 
Presbyter.  Its  associations,  however,  are  unfortunate.  Whether 
we  think  of  its  use  in  the  Old  Testament,  or  of  its  use  in  classical 
writings,  it  has  always  been  employed  in  connection  with  the 
offering  of  sacrifice.  The  priest  must  have  an  altar  or  something 
to  offer.  Hence,  generally,  where  the  name  is  retained  for  the 
Christian  ministry,  the  communion  table  is  converted  into  an 
altar,  and  the  elements  of  the  Supper  into  a  eucharistic  sacrifice. 
Hence,  both  Hooker  (Eccles.  Pol.,  Bk.  v.  ch.  78)  and  Bishop 
Lightfoot  (Com.  on  Phil.,  Excursus  on  Chr.  Min.,  p.  186), — as 
representing  the  learned  evangelical  Anglicans  of  earlier  and 
later  times, — recognize  the  advantage  of  returning  to  the  use  of 
the  old  wrord  Presbyter. 

In  opposition  to  all  sacerdotal  conceptions  of  the  ministerial 
office,  it  is  enough  to  point  out  the  absence  from  the  New 
Testament  Scriptures  of  all  terms  implying  priestly  power  as 
belonging  to  church  officers,  while  these  are  freely  used  in 
reference  to  the  general  body  of  believers  ;  the  exhaustive  enu- 
meration of  priestly  orders  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  where 
we  have  the  order  of  Aaron  which  has  passed  away,  and  the 
order  of  Melchizedec  in  which  there  is  only  one  priest,  and  he 
for  ever,  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ ;  that  among  the  immediate 
followers  of  the  Apostles  there  is  no  trace  of  such  views  dis- 
coverable ;    and  finally,  that  any  such  notion  is  utterly  incon- 


72  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

sistent  with  the  New  Testament  doctrine  of  Christ's  person  and 
work. 

3.  The  Apostolic  Cilice  without  Succession. — Those  Episcopalians 
who  claim  to  have  Scripture  authority  for  their  special  form  of 
church  government,  maintain  that  the  Prelatical  Bishop  is  the 
successor  of  the  New  Testament  Apostle,  and  that  in  conse- 
quence of  this  origin,  Bishops  have  the  exclusive  right  of  ordi- 
nation. Bilson,  in  his  Perpetual  Government  of  the  Church 
(ch.  xiii.  p.  334),  summarily  expresses  the  distinctive  characteristics 
of  the  Episcopate  as  consisting  in  these  two  particulars  :  singu- 
larity in  succeeding,  and  superiority  in  ordaining.  The  Bishops' 
exclusive  right  to  ordain  rests  on  the  supposition  of  their  having 
succeeded  to  the  prerogatives  and  endowments  of  the  Apostles. 
By  Episcopalian  controversialists  it  is  generally  assumed,  some- 
times attempts  are  made  to  prove,  that  the  Apostles  ordained 
their  own  successors,  and  that  an  unbroken  line  of  descent  may 
be  traced  from  the  Apostles  and  their  immediate  successors, 
down  to  the  Prelates  of  the  present  day.  As  a  mere  matter  of 
historical  research  this  can  never  be  made  out.  It  can  be  proved 
conclusively  that  simple  Presbyters  among  the  ancient  Culdees 
in  Scotland  for  several  centuries  ordained  the  Scottish  clergy  ; 
and  not  only  so,  but  they  ordained  the  Bishops  of  the  Northern 
and  Midland  parts  of  England,  who,  therefore,  with  all  those 
who  received  ordination  from  them,  owe  their  orders  to  men  who 
were  not,  and  never  claimed  to  be,  successors  of  the  Apostles  as 
Prelatical  Bishops.  It  can  also  be  proved  of  some  English 
Prelates  that  they  never  did  receive  ordination  from  a  Bishop. 
It  is  matter  of  history  that  one  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  was 
instituted  simply  by  the  king  without  any  ecclesiastical  conse- 
cration. Of  Archbishop  Tillotson,  who  was  the  son  of  a  Baptist, 
it  cannot  be  shown  that  he  was  ever  baptized.  Consequently  the 
ordinations  made  by  all  such  must  be  regarded  as  invalid,  and 
the  pretended  line  of  succession  is  thus  cast  into  irretrievable 
confusion.     A  singularly  long  and  varied  list  of  irregularities  in 


THE   TRESBYTER   AS   TEACHER.  73 

regard  to  Ordinations  in  all  periods  of  the  church's  history  will 
be  found  in  Brown's  Exclusive  Claims  of  Puseyile  Episcopacy ', 
Letters  xiv.-xviii.  ;  Dr.  Lindsay  Alexander's  Anglo-Catholicism ; 
and  Whately  on  the  Kingdom  of  Christ.  The  last-named 
writer  has  admirably  summed  up  the  result  of  such  historical 
inquiries.  '  There  is  not  a  minister  in  Christendom,'  he  says, 
1  who  is  able  to  trace  up,  with  any  approach  to  certainty,  his  own 
spiritual  pedigree.  If  a  Bishop  has  not  been  duly  consecrated, 
his  ordinations  are  null ;  and  so  are  the  ministrations  of  those 
ordained  by  him,  and  so  on,  without  end.  The  taint  of  infor- 
mality, if  once  it  creep  in,  will  spread  the  infection  of  nullity  to 
an  indefinite  extent.  And  who  can  pronounce  that,  during  the 
dark  ages,  no  such  taint  was  ever  introduced?  Irregularities 
could  not  have  been  wholly  excluded  without  a  perpetual  miracle ; 
and  that  no  such  miraculous  interference  took  place,  we  have 
even  historical  proof.  We  read  of  Bishops  consecrated  when 
mere  children — of  men  officiating  who  barely  knew  their  letters— 
of  Prelates  expelled  and  others  put  into  their  place  by  violence 
— of  illiterate  and  profligate  laymen,  and  habitual  drunkards, 
admitted  to  holy  orders — and,  in  short,  of  the  prevalence  of  every 
kind  of  disorder  and  indecency.'  It  is,  indeed,  very  remarkable 
that  honest-minded  students  of  history,  who  believe  that  only 
those  who  have  received  ordination  in  a  line  of  regular  descent 
from  the  Apostles  can  exercise  a  true  and  valid  ministry,  should 
be  able  to  regard  without  doubt  and  misgiving  the  existing 
ministry  of  any  church  on  earth. 

The  immediate  followers  of  the  Apostles  did  not  make  any 
claim,  on  their  own  behalf,  of  such  succession.  It  was  not  by 
them,  but  for  them,  that  this  claim  was  first  made.  The  earliest 
traces  which  we  can  find  of  any  expression  that  suggests  the 
appearance  of  the  idea  of  Apostolic  Succession  are  in  the  writings 
of  Tertullian  and  Irenasus,  toward  the  end  of  the  second  century  ; 
but  the  connection  in  which  these  statements  occur  seems  to 
require  us  to  explain  them  of  the  succession  of  true  Apostolic 
doctrine,  and  not  of  Apostolic  rank.      When  we  come  down  half 


74  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

a  century  later,  we  find  Cyprian  boldly  assuming  the  identity  of 
the  Apostolic  and  Episcopal  offices.  In  speaking  of  the  Bishop 
in  one  of  his  Epistles,  he  explains  the  name  by  saying,  c  that  is, 
Apostle.'  Thus,  at  least  a  century  and  a  half  from  the  death  of 
the  last  of  the  original  Apostles  have  passed,  and  from  the 
records  of  that  period  no  clear  testimony  can  be  got  to  support 
the  notion  that  Bishops  were  regarded  as  the  successors  of  the 
Apostles.  During  this  period,  however,  there  were  Bishops  ;  but 
these  clearly  were  not  of  the  order  of  Prelatical  Bishops  who 
claim  for  themselves  Apostolic  Succession.  In  the  Apostolic 
Age,  and  throughout  the  century  following,  the  Bishops  of  the 
Church  were  Bishops  in  the  New  Testament  sense.  They  were 
simply  Presbyters,  or,  at  most,  presiding  Presbyters  in  each  and 
every  particular  church.  Many  of  the  older  writers  in  defence 
of  Episcopacy  regarded  it  as  essential  to  their  argument  to 
assume  that  in  the  New  Testament  we  have  the  three  orders 
of  the  ministry  expressly  named, — Bishops,  Presbyters,  and 
Deacons  ;  but  with  scarcely  an  exception  it  is  now  admitted  that 
the  names  Bishop  and  Presbyter,  as  employed  in  the  Apostolical 
Epistles,  are  intended  always  to  designate  one  and  the  same 
officer.  Bishop  Lightfoot,  for  instance,  has  shown  conclusively  how 
impossible  it  is  to  deny  this,  and  in  order  to  prevent  confusion 
between  the  ancient  and  modern  use  of  the  name  Bishop,  he 
even  translates  Phil.  i.  i,  Presbyters  and  Deacons.  The  name 
Bishop  {episcopos)  originated  in  the  Gentile  churches,  was  a  term 
commonly  applied  to  administrative  officers  in  municipal  or  civil 
associations ;  the  name  Elder  or  Presbyter,  on  the  other  hand,  had 
its  origin  in  the  Jewish-Christian  communities,  and  was  borrowed 
from  the  familiar  arrangements  of  the  synagogue.  When  both 
names  became  generally  current,  the  name  Bishop  would  indi- 
cate the  duties  of  oversight  which  belonged  to  the  office,  while  the 
name  Presbyter  or  Elder  would  more  readily  indicate  the  dignity 
and  reverence  due  to  those  who  occupied  it.  This  distinction, 
though  certainly  not  always  observed,  may  be  illustrated  by  many 
passages :   thus  in  Acts  xx,  28,  1  Tim.  iii.  1,  etc.,  1  Pet.  v.  2,  the 


THE   PRESBYTER    AS   TEACHER.  75 

term  Bishop  or  Overseer  is  used  with  direct  reference  to  the  nature 
of  the  work  engaged  upon  ;  while  in  Acts  xv.  2,  etc.,  and  1  Tim. 
v.  1, 19,  the  term  Presbyter  or  Elder  is  used  with  immediate  refer- 
ence to  the  dignity  belonging  to  the  office.  It  may  therefore  be 
accepted  as  granted  on  all  hands  that  the  New  Testament  Bishop 
is  the  same  as  the  New  Testament  Presbyter.  Such  Bishops, 
who  are  nothing  more  than  Presbyters,  are  not  the  successors  of 
the  Apostles  of  whom  Episcopalians  are  in  search.  Those  con- 
troversialists, therefore,  who  still  endeavour  to  find  scriptural 
ground  on  which  to  base  the  exclusive  claims  of  Prelatical 
Bishops,  being  thus  obliged  to  abandon  the  old  argument  from 
the  employment  of  the  name  Bishop  in  the  New  Testament, 
employ  their  utmost  skill  and  ingenuity,  in  order  to  find  out  in  the 
records  of  Apostolic  times,  the  mention  of  any  individuals  who 
are  to  be  expressly  distinguished  from  Presbyters,  by  the  posses- 
sion of  certain  prerogatives  which  are  distinctly  and  conclusively 
Apostolic.  When  this  attempt  is  made  to  find  instances  in 
Scripture  of  ordinations,  at  the  hands  of  the  Apostles  themselves, 
to  the  Apostolic  office,  we  find  two  cases  invariably  adduced.  It 
is  maintained  that  the  office  of  Timothy  and  Titus  was  that  of 
the  Apostleship  directly  conferred  upon  them  by  the  Apostle  Paul ; 
and  it  is  also  affirmed,  that  this  is  the  official  standing  of  those 
who  are  named  the  Angels  respectively  of  the  seven  churches  of 
Asia. 

The  office  of  Timothy  and  Titus  seems  to  have  engaged  the 
attention  of  all  Episcopal  writers.  Many  other  names,  such  as 
those  of  Diotrephes,  Epaphroditus,  Barnabas,  etc.,  are  often 
mentioned  ;  but  whatever  uncertainty  may  attach  to  the  nature 
of  the  office  held  by  them,  it  is  generally  maintained  that,  beyond 
all  question,  Timothy  and  Titus  were  Bishops  in  the  Prelatical 
sense  of  the  term,  that  they  held  apostolic  rank,  and  that  in  con- 
sequence of  this  position  they  made  ordinations  of  Presbyters  in 
the  churches.  If  we  follow  the  historical  notices  regarding 
Timothy  and  Titus,  we  shall  find  them  always  closely  associated 
with  the  Apostle  Paul.     This  characteristic  was  laid  hold  of,  and 


7  6  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

is  made  prominent  in  the  writings  of  several  leading  church 
Fathers.  By  Tertullian  they  are  called  Apostolic  men  ;  by  Jerome, 
sons  of  the  Apostles ;  and  by  Augustine,  suppares  Apostolis, 
substitutes  of  the  Apostles,  almost  equal  to  them  (comp.  Brown, 
Puseyite  Episcopacy,  Letter  xii.  p.  194).  The  whole  tone,  too,  of 
Paul's  addresses  to  Timothy  and  Titus,  not  only  does  not  suggest 
the  idea  of  equality  of  rank,  but  plainly  implies  subordination.  He 
issues  his  instructions  to  them,  determines  their  duties  for  them 
and  urges  them  to  the  faithful  performance  of  these.  They  are, 
in  short,  Apostolic  delegates,  who  simply  act  authoritatively  so 
long  as  they  are  engaged  in  executing  what  the  Apostle  had 
appointed  them  expressly  to  do.  In  one  place  (2  Tim.  iv.  5), 
Paul  exhorts  Timothy  to  do  the  work  of  an  Evangelist.  This 
ranks  as  one  of  the  orders  of  church  office-bearers  mentioned  in 
Eph.  iv.  11;  and  Timothy  and  Titus  seem  to  be  fairly  reckoned 
in  this  class.  Their  functions  in  Ephesus  and  Crete  cannot  be 
shown  to  be  permanent.  Thus  Titus  was  to  remove  from  Crete, 
and  join  the  Apostle  at  Nicopolis  (Tit.  iii.  12).  Sharers  of 
Apostolic  rank  they  evidently  were  not,  neither  can  they  be 
regarded  as  prototypes  of  resident  diocesan  Bishops.  Of  any 
claim  on  their  behalf  to  pre-eminence  over  the  Presbyters,  save  in 
the  fulfilment  of  their  temporary  mission,  Scripture  yields  no 
trace.  With  reference  to  the  office  of  those  named  the  Angels  of 
the  churches  of  Asia,  it  is  surely  extremely  hazardous  to  build  an 
argument  upon  a  name  used  in  a  passage  of  Scripture  which 
presents  a  highly  idealized  picture  of  various  stages  of  church 
life.  Like  the  term  Apostle,  which  may  mean  generally  one  sent 
on  any  errand,  or  one  bearing  a  special  commission,  Angel  simply 
means  messenger,  and  may  be  applied  to  a  personage  compara- 
tively humble  or  the  most  exalted.  As  used  in  the  book  of 
Revelation,  the  term  Angel  seems  to  apply  to  the  ministry  of  the 
church  collectively ;  so  that  if  the  seven  churches  represent 
different  aspects  and  conditions  of  church  life,  the  Angels  repre- 
sent the  ministry,  in  distinction  from  the  general  membership. 
But  even  supposing  them  to  be  individuals,  we  have  no  proof 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS    TEACHER.  77 

that  they  were  other  than  Presbyters,  or  that  they  pretended  to 
and  exercised  Apostolic  prerogatives. 

And  now  we  turn  to  the  fundamental  question  under  this 
section,  Is  the  Apostolic  office  to  be  regarded  as  temporary  or 
permanent  ?  This  question  can  be  answered,  only  when  we 
understand  what  the  special  and  distinguishing  characteristics 
of  the  Apostles' office  were.  It  is  declared  to  have  been  indis- 
pensable to  the  vindication  of  one's  apostleship  to  show  that  he 
had  seen  the  Risen  Saviour,  and  was  thus  constituted  a  witness 
of  the  Resurrection  (Acts  i.  22  ;  1  Cor.  ix.  1),  that  he  enjoyed  a 
special  inspiration  securing  to  him  an  infallible  knowledge  of  the 
divine  will  (Gal.  i.  u,  12  ;  1  Cor.  xv.  1-3  ;  2  Pet.  i.  16),  and  that 
he  was  able,  not  only  to  work  miracles,  but  also  to  confer 
miraculous  gifts  upon  others  (2  Cor.  xii.  12  ;  Acts  viii.  18).  When 
an  addition  was  to  be  made  to  the  number  of  the  eleven  by  filling 
up  the  place  left  vacant  by  the  fall  of  Judas,  the  indispensable 
condition  for  candidature  was  fellowship  with  Jesus  during  his 
earthly  life.  '  Now  such  an  office,  consisting  of  so  many  extra- 
ordinary privileges  and  miraculous  powers,  requisite  for  the 
foundation  of  the  church  and  diffusing  of  Christianity,  was  not 
designed  to  continue  by  derivation  ;  for  it  contained  in  it  divers 
things  which  evidently  were  not  communicable,  and  which  no 
man  in  after  times,  without  gross  imposture  and  hypocrisy, 
could  challenge  to  himself.  Neither  did  the  Apostles  profess  to 
communicate  it.  They  did,  indeed,  appoint  standing  pastors  and 
teachers  in  each  church.  They  did  assume  fellow-labourers  in 
the  work  of  preaching  and  governance.  But  they  did  not  con- 
stitute Apostles  like  themselves.  Their  Apostolic  office  expired 
with  their  persons.'1  It  should  be  remembered  that  the  Apostles, 
while  superior  to  all  other  church  officers,  exercised  the  functions 
of  all  inferior  offices.  The  Apostle  was  also  Presbyter  and  Deacon. 
In  the  discharge  of  these  subordinate  functions,  Apostles  were 
patterns  to  those  whom  they  ordained,  and  in  this  sense  Presby- 
ters and  Deacons  were  successors  of  the  Apostles,  and  were 
1  Barrow's  I  Vorks,  vol.  i.  p.  74.  (Treatise  of  the  Pope's  Supremacy. ) 
F 


78  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

spoken  of  by  the  Apostles  as  their  fellow-labourers.  The  pre- 
rogatives of  the  Apostles  were  such  as  only  the  emergency  of  the 
times  required.  The  right  of  ordination  is  a  permanent  need  of 
the  church,  and  is  no  exclusive  possession  of  the  Apostles. 

4.  Parity  in  the  Ministerial  Office. — In  the  Epistles  of  the  New 
Testament,  we  have  frequent  reference  to  the  existence  of  a  con- 
stituted authority  in  the  church,  to  the  relation  subsisting  between 
two  classes  distinguished  respectively  as  rulers  and  ruled.  The 
duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  rulers  are  repeatedly  laid  down 
and  enforced,  and  similarly,  the  obligations  and  proper  attitude 
of  those  under  authority  are  clearly  expressed.  It  is  noticeable 
that  in  every  case  where  this  relation  of  ruler  and  ruled  within 
the  church  is  referred  to,  the  ruler  is  one  holding  a  church  office, 
and  the  ruled  is  the  flock  or  the  general  membership  of  the  church. 
There  are  overseers  of  the  work,  but  no  mention  is  made  of  over- 
seers of  those  who  hold  the  pastoral  office  in  the  several  churches. 
We  have  no  hint  of  any  higher  jurisdiction  than  that  rightfully 
belonging  to  all  who,  by  virtue  of  their  office,  labour  in  word  and 
doctrine. 

It  is  further  to  be  noted,  that  those  who  rule  are  not  dis- 
tinguished from  those  who  are  ministers  of  the  word,  as  though 
they  formed  of  necessity  a  separate  class,  much  less  a  superior 
grade.  If  we  place  together  the  7th  and  the  17th  verses  of  the 
thirteenth  chapter  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews,  we  shall  see 
that  those  who  watch  for  the  souls  under  their  care,  as  officially 
accountable  for  the  performance  of  this  spiritual  work,  are 
described  as  the  rulers  to  whom  obedience  is  due  from  the 
members  of  the  churches. 

If,  again,  we  consider  the  several  orders  of  church  officers 
named  in  the  Apostolic  Epistles,  whether  extraordinary  or 
ordinary,  we  shall  find  no  reason  to  suppose  that  there  was 
among  the  members  of  these  orders  any  official  inequality.  This 
might  have  been  fairly  expected  to  result  from  the  application  of 
a  broad  principle  laid  down  by  Christ  Himself  in  certain  memor- 


THE  PRESBYTER  AS  TEACHER.  79 

able  counsels  addressed  by  Him  to  His  own  disciples.  In  the 
most  express  terms  our  Lord  forbade  any  assumption  of  pre- 
eminence on  the  part  of  any  of  the  Apostles  (Matt.  xx.  20-28). 
What  was  proper  and  might  be  necessary  in  civil  governments, — 
gradations  and  distinctions  of  authority  and  rank, — was  to  find 
no  place  among  them.  c  All  majority  of  power,  all  greatness  of 
jurisdiction  of  one  over  the  rest,  is  by  our  Lord  forbidden  to  his 
ministers,' — is  the  sensible  remark  on  this  passage  by  David 
Dickson,  the  old  Scottish  commentator.  The  Apostles,  as  extra- 
ordinary office-bearers,  are  certainly  to  have  authority  in  the 
church ;  and  other  ordinary  office-bearers  must  afterwards,  on  the 
expression  of  the  church's  needs,  have  official  authority  and 
presidency  granted  them, — but  among  themselves  there  is  only 
to  be  a  relation  of  mutual  service,  no  one  is  to  have  authority  or 
pre-eminence  over  another.  It  is  evidently  assumed,  in  the 
Epistles  of  the  Apostles,  that  this  principle  applies  to  all  official 
orders  within  the  church.  Just  as  all  the  Apostles  were  enjoined 
to  maintain  their  original  parity,  the  same  rule  must  apply  to 
Presbyters  and  to  Deacons,  when  these  orders  shall  have  been 
instituted. 

During  the  Apostolic  and  immediately  succeeding  age,  we  find 
the  pastoral  or  teaching  and  the  ruling  functions  discharged  by 
one  officer.  After  the  general  admission  that  the  names  Bishop 
and  Presbyter,  as  used  in  the  New  Testament,  designate  the 
same  office-bearer,  we  shall  be  certainly  entitled  to  place  together 
the  several  functions  ascribed  to  such  officers,  whether  under  the 
one  name  or  the  other.  Now  we  find  Presbyters  exhorted  (1  Pet. 
v.  2),  by  exercising  oversight  (Episcopal  functions),  to  feed  the 
flock  ;  and  we  find  Presbyters  also  enjoined  (Acts  xx.  28)  to  have 
a  care  over  themselves  and  over  the  flock,  in  the  exercise  of 
Episcopal  functions,  feeding  the  church  of  God.  In  such 
passages,  it  is  clearly  intended  to  show  that  the  duty  of  oversight, 
that  is  to  say,  the  Episcopal  function,  has  reference  directly  to 
the  spiritual  tending  of  the  members  of  the  church.  Then  again, 
Heb.   xiii.  7  brings  together  in  one  person  the  ruler  and  the 


So  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

teacher.  In  this  passage  it  is  evident  that,  according  to  the 
Apostolic  rule,  the  right  to  govern  in  the  church  belongs  to  those 
who  are  ministers  of  the  word — that  the  ministry  of  the  word,  as 
the  higher  function,  involves  and  carries  with  it  the  prerogative  of 
ruling  as  the  lower  function.  Whoever,  therefore,  occupies  the 
official  rank  of  teacher,  is  by  reason  of  this  office  also  thereby 
instituted  a  ruler.  Thus  from  the  use  of  the  word  Bishop  or 
Overseer  (cpiscopos),  we  reach  the  assertion  of  the  truth  of 
ministerial  parity,  inasmuch  as  every  episcopos,  being  a  pastor  and 
teacher,  is  also  ex  officio  a.  ruler, — discharges  by  right  of  his  office 
the  full  circle  of  ministerial  functions,  pastoral  and  rectoral.  The 
same  conclusion  is  reached  from  the  use  of  the  name  Presbyter, 
which,  as  we  have  seen,  in  its  original  application  referred  more 
immediately  to  rule,  so  that  whatever  distinctions  in  the  members 
of  the  Presbyterate  might  afterwards  take  place  (i  Tim.  v.  17), 
whatever  additional  functions  certain  Presbyters  might  discharge, 
that  of  government  was  common  to  all.  When  we  take  a  full 
view  of  what  is  told  us  concerning  the  functions  of  the  Presbyter 
Bishop  {episcopos,  Presbyter),  we  find  no  indication  of  any 
higher  office,  whether  for  rule  or  for  delivery  of  the  truth,  but 
every  indication  of  parity  among  ministers  of  the  word  in  the 
discharge  of  their  twofold  functions. 

We  therefore  hold  that  there  is  Scripture  ground  for  maintain- 
ing the  complete  official  equality  of  all  Presbyter  Bishops.  There 
is  no  function  which  one  may  legitimately  discharge  which  any 
other,  bearing  that  office,  may  not  perform.  Inasmuch,  too,  as  the 
Apostles  had  no  successors  in  their  office,  there  is  no  trace  found 
of  any  rank  superior  to  that  of  Presbyter.  Episcopalians  persist 
in  claiming  for  their  Bishops  the  exclusive  right  of  administering 
the  affairs  of  the  clergy,  and  also  of  ordination.  Strip  them  of 
these  prerogatives,  and  Prelatical  bishops  have  no  distinctive 
functions.  In  Acts  xx.  28,  Presbyters  not  only  rule  over  the 
members,  but  exercise  supervision  over  one  another.  Ordinations 
are  reported  in  the  New  Testament  as  made  by  Presbyters,  they 
evidently  being  conceived  as  endowed  with  the  power  to  confer 


THE    PRESBYTER    AS   TEACHER.  8 1 

on  others  their  own  rank.  It  is  only  after  a  long  struggle,  and 
by  gradual  advances,  as  the  President  of  the  Presbytery  becomes 
transformed  into  a  Bishop,  and  the  functions  of  the  Presbytery 
are  absorbed  by  one  member,  that  the  right  of  ordination, 
originally  belonging  to  the  Presbyterian  conclave,  comes  to  be 
regarded  as  the  exclusive  privilege  of  an  absolute  Prelate. 

5.  Ordination  to  the  Ministerial  Office. — From  all  that  has  yet 
been  said,  it  might  seem  as  if  no  actual  line  of  demarcation  had 
been  drawn  between  the  office  of  Ruling  Elder  and  that  of 
Preacher,  inasmuch  as  the  name  Presbyter  and  the  ruling 
function  which  that  name  implies  have  been  freely  attributed  to 
both.  We  come  now  to  show  how  that  distinction  is  brought 
out  in  ordination.  It  has  been  argued  by  some  that  ordination 
as  a  Presbyter  being  conferred  upon  the  Ruling  Elder,  no  further 
ordination  is  proper  on  admission  to  the  pastoral  office.  The 
line  of  argument  which  those  holding  such  views  generally  follow 
is  this  : — Ministers  and  elders  have  different  offices,  but  are  of 
the  same  order ;  ordination  admits  to  order,  not  to  office  ;  and, 
therefore,  all  that  can  be  conferred  by  ordination  is  already 
conferred  in  admission  to  the  eldership.  It  is  further  maintained 
that  while  ordination  admits  to  order,  election  by  the  people 
admits  to  office.  In  opposition  to  this,  the  true  Presbyterian 
theory,  as  maintained  by  the  Westminster  divines  and  in  the  | 
Books  of  Constitution  adopted  in  the  Presbyterian  Churches, 
insists  that  ordination  admits  to  office,  and  confers  order  only 
because  it  confers  office.  By  way  of  illustrating  this  position, 
Dr.  Hodge  {The  Church  and  its  Polity,  p.  272)  refers  to  the 
distinction  of  order  and  office  in  civil  arrangements.  The 
nobility  in  any  land  is  an  order ;  under  that  order  are  included, 
or  rather,  that  order  is  made  up  of,  several  classes,  ranks,  offices. 
No  one  can  be  ennobled  by  being  in  a  general  way  reckoned  in 
the  order  of  nobles,  but  must  be  appointed  to  some  particular 
class  included  in  that  order — baron,  earl,  marquis,  duke.  So 
cne  is  introduced  to  the  clerical  order  only  by  receiving  some 


82  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

clerical  office.  Dr.  Bannerman  {The  Church  of  Christ \  vol.  i. 
pp.  4,  32,  470)  has  been  at  pains  to  show  that  it  is  the  gift  and 
calling  of  God  that  confer  the  office,  while  ordination  admits  to 
office.  Now  this  distinction  rather  affects  the  parties  eligible 
for  ordination  than  the  ordinance  itself.  It  would  therefore 
seem  simpler  and  more  accurate  to  say  that  ordination  confers 
the  office,  but  the  special  grace  and  blessing,  prayed  for  in  ordi- 
nation, and  necessary  for  the  discharge  of  the  functions  of  the 
office,  come  only  to  those  who  have  this  call  of  God.  The  Con- 
stitution of  our  Church  and  its  Formularies  presuppose  this  view 
of  ordination,  where  it  is  declared  that,  after  the  ordination  prayer, 
the  moderator  formally  receives  and  admits  the  new  minister  in 
the  name  of  the  Presbytery,  and  by  authority  of  the  Divine  Head 
of  the  church,  to  the  pastoral  charge  of  the  congregation.  The 
ordination  is  to  office,  and  so,  inasmuch  as  the  eldership  and  the 
ministry,  though  having  common  Presbyterial  functions,  are  yet 
distinct  offices,  there  is  properly  a  separate  ordination  to  each. 

6.  The  Ministerial  Office  in  the  History  of  the  Church. — It  is  not 
to  the  very  earliest  years  of  Christianity  that  we  can  go  back  fof 
the  first  view  of  the  preacher  as  a  distinct  and  recognized  office* 
bearer  of  the  church.  At  first  all  preached  and  all  baptized.  It 
is  when  we  pass  to  the  later  period  of  the  Apostolic  Age — perhaps 
to  the  last  decade  of  the  first  century — that  we  find  unmistakeable 
traces  of  the  regular  appointment,  in  the  several  churches,  of 
stated  and  regular  ministers  of  the  word.  The  Apostles  and 
Evangelists  exercised  their  ministry  wherever  they  went.  The 
elders  ordained  in  every  church,  besides  themselves  ministering, 
secured  an  edifying  and  orderly  exercise  of  the  gifts  of  unofficial 
but  spiritually  -  endowed  members.  When,  in  the  churches 
generally,  those  supernatural  gifts  were  discontinued,  the  dis- 
tinction among  the  Presbyters,  according  to  the  predominance 
of  preaching  or  ruling  power,  which  had  already  shown  itself  in 
the  Apostles'  time  (1  Tim.  v.  17),  became  more  marked;  the 
preaching  function  gained   prominence,  until  what  had   been 


THE    PRESBYTER   AS    TEACHER.  S3 

simply  a  distinction  of  gift  and  function  became  a  distinction  of 
offices.  Thus  the  two  ordinary  church  functions  exercised  by 
the  Apostles — the  ministry  of  the  word  and  the  administration 
of  discipline — came  to  be  regarded,  at  the  time  when  Apostles 
and  Apostolic  men  were  passing  away,  as  the  characteristic 
duties  of  the  pastoral  office.  Clement  of  Rome,  writing  before 
the  death  of  the  Apostle  John,  speaks  only  of  Presbyter  Bishops 
as  ministers  charged  with  the  spiritual  interests  of  the  church  ; 
and  Irenaeus,  during  the  second  half  of  the  second  century, 
speaks  of  Presbyters  as  having  a  succession  of  the  Episcopate 
from  the  Apostles,  especially  emphasizing  the  fact  of  their  having 
received  the  sure  grace  of  truth.  The  prevalent  conception  of 
the  Presbyter  Bishop,  immediately  aftej:  the  Apostolic  Age,  is 
that  which  represents  him  as  the  custodier  and  deliverer  of  sacred 
and  saving  truth.  Throughout  the  century  and  a  half  which 
intervened  between  the  Apostolic  Age  and  the  appearance  of 
Cyprian,  the  distinction  between  Bishop  and  Presbyter  was  one 
of  degree  rather  than  of  kind ;  the  pre-eminence  of  the  Bishop 
was  one  of  order  and  presidency  ;  and  the  Presbyter  and  Bishop 
exercised  in  common  the  twofold  Presbyterial  office,  in  the 
administration  of  discipline,  and  in  the  proclamation  of  the  truth. 
Even  during  the  third  century,  the  Presbyter,  though  secondary 
in  rank,  and  always  referred  to  as  subordinate,  is  yet  named 
alongside  of  the  Bishop  and  closely  associated  with  him  in 
spiritual  work.  The  qualifications  of  the  Presbyter  are  practically 
the  same  as  the  qualifications  of  the  Bishop.  And  even  when 
the  exclusive  right  of  ordination  had  been  claimed  for  the  Bishop, 
baptism  and  confirmation  were  still  administered  by  Presbyters. 
Whatever  hierarchical  claims  may  have  been  and  were  advanced 
theoretically  on  behalf  of  the  Bishop,  practically  he  was  a  parish 
minister,  and,  apart  from  special  crises  and  emergencies,  his 
work  was  that  of  a  parochial,  not  a  diocesan,  Bishop.  Every 
little  town  had  its  Bishop.  In  many  such  cases,  the  Christian 
community  must  have  formed  but  one  congregation,  and  that 
one  small.     His  ordinary  functions,  therefore,  would  be  those  cf 


84  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

the  Presbyter.  The  Bishop  had  thus  gradually  assumed  to 
himself  duties  previously  discharged  by  a  bench  of  Presbyters. 
The  movement  was  monarchical.  In  the  course  of  development, 
the  administration  of  discipline  which  belonged  to  several  Pres- 
byters was  administered  by  one  Presbyter  who  was  called  Bishop. 
This  was  the  only  meaning  of  Bishop  known  in  the  third  century. 
The  very  memory  of  the  New  Testament  Bishops,  who  were 
Presbyters  acting  jointly,  had  completely  passed  away,  till  in  the 
fourth  century  it  was  recovered  by  Jerome  and  other  painstaking 
students  of  the  divine  record.  For  a  time  the  one  Presbyter, 
who  had  arrogated  to  himself  full  Presbyterial  rights,  kept  up 
the  form  of  consulting  with  his  bench  of  Presbyters.  By  and  by 
this  form,  after  it  had  become  a  mere  form,  was  discontinued. 
So  far  as  the  church  service  was  concerned,  in  many  places  there 
were  only  the  Bishop  and  Deacons.  The  Presbyters  associated 
nominally  with  the  Bishop  were  there  probably  in  seats  of  honour, 
but  with  no  duties  to  perform.  These  had  been  assumed  by  the 
Bishop,  who  in  their  discharge  was  assisted  by  the  Deacons.  But 
Hist  in  this  third  century  sprang  up  the  notion  of  sacerdotal 
unctions  as  belonging  to  the  clergy.  From  being  a  Presbyter 
empowered  to  exercise  discipline,  the  Bishop  came  to  be  regarded 
as  an  Apostle,  commissioned  to  forgive  sins ;  from  being  a  labourer 
in  word  and  doctrine,  he  came  to  be  viewed  as  one  inspired  to 
communicate  infallible  truth.  The  idea  of  the  Presbyter  vanished 
in  that  of  the  Priest.  With  the  multiplication  of  smaller  Christian 
communities  the  number  of  Presbyters  increased.  Each  rural 
and  suburban  charge  was  ministered  to  by  Presbyters  under  the 
immediate  supervision  of  the  Bishop.  But  the  Presbyter's 
functions  had  altogether  changed.  As  the  sacerdotal  theory  of 
ecclesiastical  office  advanced,  the  function  of  preaching  became 
of  less  importance.  The  priest,  in  whom  the  old  Presbyter  is 
scarcely  recognizable,  occupied  himself  in  ritual  performances. 
His  work  lay  not  in  the  pulpit,  but  at  the  altar  and  in  the  con- 
fessional. During  the  Middle  Ages,  preaching  was  quite  an 
occasional  thing.     Members  of  certain  orders  were  commissioned 


THE   PRESBYTER   AS   TEACHER.  85 

to  engage  upon  the  work  from  time  to  time,  so  as  to  lend  a  helping 
hand  at  some  point  where  the  church  seemed  to  be  losing  hold, 
or  to  give  a  spasmodic  impulse  to  the  recognition  of  moral  and 
spiritual  truth.  The  preacher,  as  such,  had  no  official  or 
recognized  standing  in  the  church. 

The  early  history  of  our  Scottish  Church  is  interesting  in  the 
record  of  ecclesiastical  organization,  inasmuch  as,  for  a  long 
period,  its  work  was  carried  on  by  simple  Presbyters.  Its 
ordinations  were  made,  its  sacraments  were  dispensed,  its 
evangelistic  and  missionary  labours  were  wrought,  by  men  who 
could  lay  no  claim  to  any  Apostolic  succession  conveyed  by  the 
hands  of  Bishops.  Owing  mainly  to  their  isolated  position, 
the  British  churchmen  long  retained  the  comparatively  pure 
traditions  and  practices  of  the  early  church,  uninfluenced  by, 
and  unacquainted  with,  the  more  recent  developments,  ritual 
and  doctrinal,  of  the  Church  of  Rome.  Even  when  they  came 
into  contact  with  the  Romish  views,  and  conformed  their  general 
discipline  to  the  approved  pattern  of  the  age,  they  had  sufficient 
independence  of  thought  and  action  to  defend,  in  many  important 
particulars,  their  own  purer  creed  and  simpler  forms.  In  the 
twelfth  century,  however,  when  the  Culdees  had  already  sadly 
declined  from  the  fervour  and  pious  warmth  of  earlier  days,  King 
David  entered  energetically  on  the  work  of  reforming  the  church. 
Many  palpable  abuses  were  corrected  and  irregularities  checked, 
but  the  whole  tendency  of  the  movement  was  in  the  direction  of 
a  thoroughgoing  hierarchical  organization.  With  the  purest 
and  most  pious  intentions,  the  Scottish  king  devoted  himself  to 
the  building  of  Abbeys  and  the  endowment  of  Bishoprics.  But 
when,  in  two  centuries  or  so,  the  ardour  of  those  first  impulses 
had  completely  spent  itself,  abuses  sprang  up  far  more  terrible 
than  those  of  the  displaced  Culdees,  because  fostered  in  an 
ecclesiastical  society  more  numerous,  powerful,  wealthy,  and 
more  thoroughly  organized.  Before  the  era  of  the  Reformation, 
the  Scottish  Church  was  in  a  condition  at  least  as  deplorable  as 
that  of  any  of  the  continental  churches.     Now  it  is  important  for 


S6  PRESBYTERIANISM, 

our  present  purpose  to  note  that  the  terrible  degradation  of  the 
Scottish  Church  had  gained  the  attention  of  the  people ;  popular 
ballads  that  passed  from  lip  to  lip,  satirized  the  vicious  habits, 
and  ridiculed  the  extreme  ignorance  of  ecclesiastical  dignitaries. 
There  had  been  no  want  of  organization.  Bishops  and  Abbots 
maintained  almost  royal  state,  and  filled  the  highest  civil  offices. 
All  that  high  rank,  civil  and  ecclesiastical,  could  do,  had  been 
done  in  behalf  of  this  church.  The  Reformation  Age,  then,  found 
in  Scotland  a  fully-equipped  hierarchy,  without  any  spiritual 
results  to  show.  That  grave  abuses  might  arise  in  a  community 
professing  adherence  to  the  simplicity  of  primitive  times  had, 
indeed,  received  proof  in  the  history  of  the  decline  of  the  Culdees. 
Yet  their  decline  had  not  been,  and  could  not  have  been,  so 
complete.  The  idleness,  the  luxury,  the  vice,  which  displaced 
the  hierarchical  church  establishment  of  the  fifteenth  century 
in  Scotland,  were  in  the  same  degree  impossible  in  the  simpler 
orders  of  their  predecessors.  Reformation,  therefore,  began  in 
Scotland  with  a  reasonably  strong  aversion  to  all  hierarchical 
pretensions. 

In  the  Reformation  Age,  the  special  importance  of  preaching 
was  heartily  recognized.  Luther,  Calvin,  Knox — all  gave  to  the 
preacher  a  prominent  place  among  the  office-bearers  of  the  church. 
Pastors  and  Teachers  were  understood  to  be  names  applied  to 
the  occupants  of  one  office,  but  implying  respectively  the  posses- 
sion of  varying  individual  gifts,  which  fitted  for  the  discharge  of 
different  functions, — the  one,  for  exposition  and  interpretation  of 
Scripture  ;  the  other,  for  practical  exhortation  and  dispensation 
of  sacraments.  Here  we  have  no  severance  of  functions,  in  such 
a  way  as  to  separate  them  into  distinct  offices.  They  were 
properly  joined  in  one  individual  so  far  as  calling  was  concerned  ; 
but,  for  the  profit  and  advantage  of  the  church,  the  special 
attention  of  one  holding  the  office  might,  by  church  authority 
and  arrangement,  be  given  to  one  function  or  the  other.  The 
ministerial  office  was,  in  the  view  of  the  Reformers,  necessarily 
the  highest  ecclesiastical  office,  because  there  was  no  function  of 


THE  PRESBYTER  AS  TEACHER.  87 

worship  or  administration  which  the  Presbyter  was  not  competent 
officially  to  perform.  The  importance  attached  to  the  word  of 
God,  and  the  necessity  for  teaching  it  to  the  people,  determined 
the  Reformed  view  of  the  ministry  in  an  anti-hierarchical  sense. 
The  prominence  given  to  preaching  caused  other  ecclesiastical 
functions,  which  had  gained  in  Romanism  an  undue  prominence, 
to  sink  into  comparative  insignificance.  For  carrying  out  the 
Reformation  task,  however,  church  government  and  scriptural 
instruction  must  go  hand  in  hand.  Hence  the  Reformers  never 
fail  to  give  prominence  to  teaching  and  ruling,  and  always  repre- 
sent these  functions  as  combined,  without  preference  to  either, 
in  the  one  principal  church  officer.  In  all  the  Reformed  Churches, 
wherever  the  lines  originally  indicated  by  their  founders  have 
been,  in  their  general  tendencies,  preserved,  Prelacy  is  laid  aside 
with  Popery,  and,  with  the  revived  recognition  of  the  spiritual 
priesthood  of  believers,  the  ministerial  order  is  conceived  of 
according  to  the  model  of  New  Testament  simplicity. 

When  Knox  and  his  fellow-labourers,  in  1560,  drew  up  the 
Scottish  Confession  and  the  First  Book  of  Discipline,  this  cha- 
racteristic position  in  regard  to  the  Christian  ministry  was  made 
specially  prominent  : — Ail  spiritual  rights,  such  as  preaching  of 
the  word,  dispensing  of  sacraments,  ordaining  of  preachers,  and 
the  exercise  of  discipline,  are  received  only  from  Christ ;  by  Him 
they  are  conferred  upon  the  office-bearers  of  the  church,  who, 
in  the  exercise  of  such  rights,  are  subject  only  to  the  church 
judicatories.  It  is  further  laid  down  that  in  the  pastoral  office 
there  is  no  gradation  of  ranks,  and  that  none  of  the  clergy  exercise 
lordship  over  the  people,  but  that  they  use  only  the  ministry  of  the 
word  and  of  the  church  of  God.  In  connection  with  the  strongly- 
expressed  statements  regarding  the  parity  of  ministers  which  are 
to  be  found  in  these  authoritative  documents,  it  is  interesting  and 
important  to  consider  the  precise  significance  of  that  order  of 
superintendency,  which  had  a  place  in  the  earliest  ecclesiastical 
arrangements  of  the  Reformed  Church  of  Scotland.  It  has  been 
very  generally  affirmed  by  Episcopalians  (see  particularly  Bishop 


SS  PRESBVTERIANISM. 

Sage's  Fundamental  Charier  of  Presbytery  Examined)^  and  is 
even  repeated  by  some  inconsiderate  and  ill-instructed  Presby- 
terians, that  the  appointment  of  Superintendents  shows  that  the 
principles  of  Episcopacy  were  not  by  any  means  distasteful  to 
our  Reformers.  The  true  representation  of  the  circumstances 
affords  an  explanation  at  once  simple  and  reasonable.  Just  as 
in  a  special  emergency  in  the  original  institution  of  Christianity 
there  were  extraordinary  officers — Apostles,  Prophets,  Evangelists 
— whose  offices  ceased  with  the  peculiar  conditions  that  called 
them  into  being ;  so  in  another  season  of  displacement  of  the 
old  and  bringing  in  of  the  new,  a  like  need  demanded  like 
expedients  in  the  creation  of  emergency  offices.  All  arrangements 
on  the  part  of  our  Reformers,  in  their  endeavour  to  establish  an 
order  of  spiritual  instructors  and  rulers  for  the  people,  had  to  take 
into  account  the  sad  lack  of  fit  material,  and  the  wideness  of  the 
province  to  be  overtaken  in  pastoral  labour.  When  the  first 
Assembly  met,  there  were  found  to  be  only  twelve  qualified 
ministers.  How  were  these  twelve  men  to  perform  their  work  of 
the  ministry  for  Scotland  ?  It  was  at  once  seen  that  the  sudden 
reception  of  ignorant  men  into  the  ministry,  and  their  settlement 
throughout  the  country,  would  only  retard  the  work  of  Reforma- 
tion. The  ministers  already  ordained  were  distributed, — eight 
being  appointed  as  regular  and  resident  pastors  in  the  chief 
towns,  and  the  other  four  [with  the  addition  of  one  layman] 
having  large  districts  assigned  them,  and  the  name  of  Super- 
intendents. These  latter  were  not  officially  distinguished  from 
their  brother  Presbyters.  They  received  no  new  ordination, 
and  they  were  amenable  to  Presbyterial  discipline  like  other 
ministers.  Their  duties  (see  First  Book  of  Discipline^  chap.  vi. 
sec.  2)  consisted  in  planting  new  churches  and  appointing 
ministers  in  needful  and  suitable  parts  of  their  districts,  doing 
generally  the  work  of  evangelists,  preaching  thrice  every  week 
at  the  least,  and  examining  the  life,  diligence,  and  behaviour  of 
the  ministers.  Now  this  last  statement  looks  like  a  contradiction 
to  the  doctrine  of  ministerial  parity.     But  this  seeming  anomaly 


THE    PRESBYTER   AS   TEACHER.  89 

will  be  removed  by  considering  who  these  ministers  were.  In 
order  to  supply  the  needs  of  the  country,  many  who  were  unfit 
for  the  regular  ministry,  but  who  could  distinctly  read  the 
Common  Prayers  and  the  Scriptures,  were  appointed  to  the 
temporary  office  of  Reader.  These  men  instructing  others  were 
also  instructing  themselves.  By  and  by  they  might  show  advanced 
qualifications,  and  then  they  were  admitted  to  a  higher  order  of 
Exhorters.  who  not  only  read  but  gave  short  explanations  of  their 
readings,  and  made  appeals  founded  thereon.  They  might  be 
yet  further  advanced  to  the  administration  of  the  sacraments  and 
other  ministerial  functions.  In  regard  to  the  qualifications  of 
such  men,  the  Superintendent  who  travelled  and  wrought  among 
them  was  required  to  judge.  All  the  details  of  the  Superintendent's 
duty  show  him  to  be  an  extraordinary  officer.  Let  churches 
be  planted  generally  throughout  the  parishes,  let  a  sufficient 
number  of  qualified  men  be  raised  to  the  ranks  of  the  ministry, 
and  the  temporary  distinction  between  the  Superintendent  and 
his  brother  Presbyters  wholly  disappears.  When  we  reach  the 
Second  Book  of  Discipline,  which  displaced  the  First  in  1578,  the 
office  of  the  Superintendent  has  passed  altogether  out  of  view. 
The  shadow  of  Episcopal  terms  which  remained  in  the  form  of 
titles,  retained  for  considerations  of  policy,  and  which  sometimes 
injuriously  affected  the  interests  of  Presbyterianism,  was  finally 
swept  away  in  1638,  when  every  remnant  of  Prelatical  distinctions 
and  nomenclature  was  abolished. 

In  the  Scottish  Presbyterian  Churches  of  the  present  day,  all 
the  main  features  of  the  Reformation  representation  of  the 
minister  as  Pastor  and  Teacher  are  preserved.  He  holds  an 
office  than  which  there  is  none  higher  in  the  church.  Under  the 
authority  of  the  church,  he  teaches,  yet  not  as  an  oracle,  but 
simply  as  a  minister  of  the  word,  unfolding  its  truths  for  the 
edification  of  the  people.  He  rules  that  the  order  and  purity  of 
the  community  may  be  secured,  yet  not  in  the  exercise  of  any 
lordly  dominion,  but  watching  the  spiritual  interests  of  those  of 
whom  he  must  give  an  account. 


CHAPTER     IV. 

THE   DEACON. 

1.  Origin  of  the  Office. — In  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles  we  do  not 
find  the  word  Deacon  used  to  distinguish  the  bearer  of  any 
particular  office.  The  word  deaconship  or  diaconate  is  often 
used,  but  it  is  usually  translated  ministry,  and  it  is  just  this 
general  sense  that  it  bears.  There  is  a  diaconate  or  ministry  of 
the  word  (Acts  vi.  4),  as  well  as  a  diaconate  or  ministry  of  tables 
(Acts  vi.  2).  Thus  the  word  diaconate  or  deaconship,  as  used  in 
the  Acts,  is  a  general  term  for  ministry  of  any  kind,  and  hence  it 
requires  the  addition  of  some  determining  epithet  to  indicate  any 
special  church  office.  It  is  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Philippians — 
one  of  the  later  Epistles  of  St.  Paul — that  we  find  the  name 
Deacon  first  given  to  any  one  class  of  church  office-bearers.  In 
the  opening  lines  of  that  Epistle,  Deacons  are  mentioned  along 
with  Bishops,  these  two  orders  constituting,  as  it  would  seem,  the 
complete  official  staff  of  the  Christian  community  at  Philippi. 
The  next  Scripture  passage  in  which  we  find  mention  made  of 
Deacons  by  name  is  in  1st  Timothy  ;  and  there  the  qualifications 
which  fit  one  for  the  deaconship  are  stated  at  length.  From  these 
passages  we  get  no  information  regarding  the  origin  of  the  office. 

If,  then,  we  are  to  learn  from  Scripture  anything  about  the  first 
institution  of  the  office  of  Deacon,  the  circumstances  under  which 
the  earliest  appointments  to  the  deaconship  were  made,  and  the 
church  needs  which  the  new  order  of  office-bearers  was  intended 


THE    DEACON.  9  I 

to  satisfy,  we  must  go  back  upon  those  earlier  passages  in  the 
history  of  the  Apostolic  Church,  where,  though  the  name  ot 
Deacon  does  not  occur  in  its  official  application,  traces  may  be 
found  of  officers  set  apart  to  the  discharge  of  functions,  which  were 
the  special  duties  required  of  those  who,  before  the  close  of  that  age, 
had  the  once  general  name  of  Deacon  appropriated  particularly 
to  themselves  as  their  official  designation.  We  have  in  Acts  vi. 
an  account  of  the  election  of  seven  men  to  supply  a  want  that 
had  been  made  subject  of  complaint.  It  is  usual  to  call  the  men 
there  spoken  of  the  first  deacons.  We  should,  however,  remember 
that  even  though  we  may  be  convinced  that  they  were  the 
precursors  of  our  deacons,  and  that  their  office  is  practically 
identical  with  the  diaconate,  yet  this  name  is  not  given  them 
in  Scripture.  To  prevent  misunderstanding,  we  shall  give  them 
their  simple  scriptural  designation,  and  speak  of  them  as  c  the 
seven.'  A  complaint  had  been  made  to  the  Apostles  by  that 
portion  of  the  membership  of  the  church  at  Jerusalem  which  was 
not  purely  Hebrew — the  Greek  or  Hellenist  section, — that  the  poor, 
and  widows,  and  orphans,  belonging  to  the  purely  Hebrew  member- 
ship, were  being  attended  to  better,  and  were  being  more  liberally 
aided,  than  the  similar  classes  among  themselves.  The  Apostles 
listened  to  their  complaint,  found  apparently  that  there  was 
some  ground  for  it,  and  suggested  means  for  remedying  the  evil. 
The  work  was  not  such  as  the  Apostles,  already  fully  occupied 
with  the  ministry  of  the  word,  felt  it  their  duty  to  undertake. 
The  members  of  the  church,  therefore,  were  called  upon  to  elect 
of  their  own  number  seven  men,  who  would  have  the  confidence  of 
all,  for  their  uprightness  and  true  Christian  principle.  The  number 
was  in  this  particular  instance  fixed  at  seven,  probably  because 
it  was  considered  that  the  needs  of  the  Jerusalem  Church  of  that 
time  could  best  be  served  by  such  a  staff.  Superstition  stereo- 
typed the  number  of  deacons  in  all  churches  at  seven ;  and  in 
after  ages,  in  churches  of  great  dimensions,  where  the  Presby- 
tcrate  was  very  large,  the  diaconate  was  strictly  limited  to  this 
original  number.     The  names  of  all  the  seven  are  given,  and  it  is 


92  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

certainly  striking  to  observe  that  all  the  names  are  Greek.  This 
of  itself,  however,  is  no  proof  that  all  bearing  those  names  were 
Greeks  ;  for  in  the  Apostolate  we  have  Andrew  and  Philip,  most 
undoubted  Hebrews,  bearing  Greek  names.  Yet  when  we  put 
side  by  side  these  two  facts, — the  complaint  coming  from  the 
Greeks,  and  the  appointment  of  men  all  bearing  Greek  names  as 
office-bearers  to  endeavour  the  removal  of  that  which  occasioned 
the  complaint, — the  conviction  becomes  very  strong  that  these 
men,  for  the  most  part  at  least,  not  only  bore  Greek  names,  but 
belonged  to  the  Greek  section  of  the  church  at  Jerusalem.  This 
being  so,  it  may  further  be  concluded  with  good  probability  that 
the  seven  became  members  of  a  board,  as  specially  representing 
that  portion  of  the  church  out  of  which  they  themselves  sprang, 
and  that  their  presence  on  the  board  secured  for  it  the  confidence 
of  the  Greeks. 

This  will  enable  us  to  answer  the  question,  Who  were  the 
parties  charged  with  partiality,  or,  at  least,  with  the  neglect 
of  a  section  of  those  of  whom  they  had  the  oversight  ?  It  has 
commonly  been  assumed  that  the  complaint  was  against  the 
Apostles,  and  that  they  excused  themselves,  on  the  ground  that 
their  engrossing  ministerial  duties  prevented  them  making  the 
personal  investigations  necessary  for  a  fair  distribution  of  alms. 
This,  however,  is  not  said,  nor  does  it  seem  to  be  implied  in  the 
narrative.  We  are  rather  led  to  suppose  that  a  class  of  men  had 
already  charged  themselves  with  the  care  of  the  poor  and 
helpless  before  this  complaint  arose,  and  that  it  was  the  conduct 
of  those  dispensers  of  the  alms  of  the  church  which  occasioned 
this  murmuring  and  discontent.  Do  we,  then,  find  in  Scripture 
any  trace  of  the  existence  of  such  an  order  in  the  church  at 
Jerusalem  ?  Certainly,  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  there  is 
no  record  of  the  institution  formally  of  any  new  office  prior  to  the 
election  and  ordination  of  the  seven.  This  we  do  require, 
however,  in  order  to  show  that,  in  all  probability,  before  this 
appointment  there  were  men  specially  charged  with  the  super- 
vision of  the  poor.     For  a  time,  such  men  would  be  regarded 


THE   DEACON.  93 

simply  as  assistants  of  the  Apostles,  responsible  to  them.  In  the 
simplicity  of  primitive  ecclesiastical  arrangements,  the  Apostolate 
was  the  only  recognized  office  ;  and  though  Apostles  might  com- 
mission those  whom  they  regarded  as  faithful  and  competent,  to 
discharge  certain  duties,  the  church  looked  to  the  Apostles,  and 
not  to  their  assistants,  if  any  occasion  of  complaint  arose.  It 
seems  very  reasonable  to  regard  the  i  young  men  *  spoken  of  in 
Acts  v.  as  forming  an  incipient  guild,  as  constituting  a  not  yet 
formally  and  officially  recognized  order  of  assistants  to  the 
Apostles,  at  hand  to  relieve  the  already  overburdened,  of  any 
portion  of  the  work  which  might  be  assigned  them.  The 
general  designation  here  given  them — young  men — corresponds 
well  with  that  of  'helps' — the  name  given  afterwards  to  the  office- 
bearers who  discharged  similar  functions  (1  Cor.  xii.  28),  and 
answers  well  by  contrast  to  the  name  '  elders/  by  which  the 
office-bearers  charged  with  more  distinctively  spiritual  functions 
were  designated. 

If,  then,  we  recognize  in  the  ' young  men'  of  Acts  v.  the 
precursors  of  the  seven,  if  we  agree  that  they  did  before,  what 
afterwards  the  seven  were  specially  elected  to  do,  we  can  regard 
the  record  of  this  formal  institution  of  a  church  office  for  the  care 
of  the  poor,  and  for  the  discharge  generally  of  duties  that  might 
be  separated  from  the  ministry  of  the  word,  as  simply  the  adoption 
by  the  church  itself  of  the  previous  Apostolic  practice.  The 
Apostles'  assistants — the  young  men — were  now  recognized  by  the 
congregation,  and  to  their  number  were  added  the  seven  men, 
who  would  carry  with  them  into  the  church  court  the  special 
confidence  of  an  important  section  of  the  church.  What,  then, 
the  Apostles  meant  when  they  said,  It  is  not  reason  that  we 
should  leave  the  word  of  God  and  serve  tables,  was  simply 
this  :  We  desire  that  the  responsibility  for  the  discharge  of  those 
duties,  which  these  men  perform,  may  be  regularly  laid  upon 
them  by  the  church,  and  no  longer  upon  us.  The  office  of  the 
deaconship,  therefore,  strictly  speaking,  took  origin  in  the  formal 
act    which    rendered    those    who    had  previously    been    doing 

G 


94  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Deacons'  duties  personally  responsible  henceforth  for  the  dis- 
charge of  these  duties. 

2.  Duties  of  the  Deacon. — That  passage  in  the  Acts  which  records 
the  institution  of  the  office,  already  determines  the  duties  de- 
volving on  those  who  fill  that  office.  They  are  there  described 
under  the  general  designation  a  diaconate,  ministry,  or  service,  of 
tables.  Undoubtedly  the  idea  present  is  that  of  tables  on  which 
food  was  laid,  and  not  tables  for  the  counting  and  dividing  of 
money.  In  the  church  of  the  early  centuries  alms  were  commonly 
brought  by  the  Christian  people  to  their  assemblies  in  the  shape 
of  actual  gifts  in  bread  and  wine,  which  were  collected  for 
immediate  distribution  among  the  poor.  The  duties  of  an  office 
directly  concerned  in  the  collection  of  such  provision  for  bodily 
wants,  and  its  subsequent  distribution,  might  well  be  described  as 
a  ministry  of  tables.  If,  however,  aid  was  given  in  the  form  of 
money,  it  would  clearly  belong  to  the  Deacons  to  expend  this  so 
as  to  meet  the  necessities  of  those  under  their  care.  At  the  same 
time,  both  in  the  distribution  of  food  and  in  the  application  of 
money  gifts,  the  Deacons  seem  from  the  first  to  have  acted  under 
the  guidance  and  according  to  the  counsel  of  the  spiritual  office- 
bearers of  the  church.  According  to  Acts  xi.  29,  30,  the  alms  of 
the  churches  were  carried  by  the  Apostles  to  the  Elders  of  the 
congregation  at  Jerusalem,  under  whom  the  Deacons  would  act 
as  distributors. 

In  a  broad  and  general  way,  the  functions  of  those  men 
referred  to  in  Acts  v.  vi.  were  concerned  with  the  outward  affairs 
of  the  Christian  community, — which  in  their  days  happened  to 
be  the  diligent  collection  and  faithful  distribution  of  alms  to  the 
poor  ;  our  Deacons  have  also  to  do  with  the  outward  affairs  of 
the  Christian  community, — which,  in  the  altered  circumstances 
of  society,  consist  chiefly  in  the  collection  and  distribution 
of  church  funds  for  ministerial  support,  for  missionary  schemes, 
and  for  the  maintenance  of  the  church  fabric.  The  Deacon 
in  the  Presbyterian  Church  has  essentially  the  same  class  of 


THE   DEACON.  95 

duties  to  perform  as  those  had  who  were  appointed  in  Apostolic 
times  to  serve  tables.  This  cannot  be  said  of  the  Deacon  in  the 
Roman  Catholic  and  in  the  Anglican  Churches.  There,  in  the 
threefold  ministerial  order,  the  Deacon  occupies  the  third  place, 
and  ranks  with  ministers  of  the  word.  In  the  early  centuries,  other 
duties  were,  first  of  all,  superadded  to  those  originally  belonging 
to  the  office,  and  by  and  by  were  allowed  to  supersede  them. 
In  the  third  and  fourth  centuries,  it  was  received  as  feasible,  that 
the  Old  Testament  church  officers — High  Priest,  Priests,  and 
Levites  (quite  arbitrarily  fixed  at  three) — were  represented  in 
the  New  Testament  church  respectively  by  Bishop,  Presbyter, 
and  Deacon.  When  the  hierarchical  theory  had  been  fully 
developed,  the  very  subordinate  character  of  the  Levite's  position 
was  overlooked,  and  the  Deacon,  as  a  cleric,  was  allowed  to 
minister  at  the  altar,  to  baptize,  and  to  preach.  Now,  the 
Presbyterian  objection  to  this  view  of  the  Deacon's  office  and 
duties  is,  that  a  New  Testament  church  office  is  thus  altogether 
effaced,  and  a  new  office  created,  by  the  arbitrary  limitation  of 
spiritual  duties,  in  the  case  of  a  ministerial  office-bearer. 

Sometimes  objection  is  taken  to  the  statement  that  the  office 
of  Deacon  is  not  a  spiritual  office.  Yet  this  statement  is  most 
accurately  correct.  '  Although  the  Deacons'  Court  are  called 
to  apply  spiritual  principles  to  the  management  of  secular 
matters,  they  are  not  authorized  to  exercise  any  kind  of  spiritual 
rule.' '  It  is  evident  that  the  application  of  spiritual  principles 
to  all  the  affairs  and  business  of  life  is  the  duty  of  all  members  of 
a  Christian  church.  It  is  no  peculiar  function  of  the  deaconship, 
and  consequently  we  cannot  regard  the  deaconship  as  a  spiritual 
office  in  any  other  sense  than  that  in  which  we  would  apply  the 
term  to  church  membership.  The  early  Deacons  (if  we  may  give 
that  name  to  the  seven)  were  men  of  honest  report,  full  of  the 
Holy  Ghost  and  wisdom.  Being  endued  with  the  Holy  Ghost 
is  characteristic  of  all  true  Christians  ;  and  the  special  qualifica- 
tions for  office  in  these  men  seem  to  be  the  well-established 
1  The  Practice  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  p.  26. 


96  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

reputation  which  they  had  for  uprightness  of  character — most  in- 
dispensable where  suspicions  of  partial  dealing  had  been  aroused 
— and  prudence  in  the  management  of  every-day  affairs.  It  is 
further  noticeable,  that  when  we  are  told  of  Stephen,  how  he  became 
signally  successful,  not  in  the  Deacon's  office,  but  in  that  of  the 
Evangelist,  the  virtues  which  are  found  conspicuous  in  him  are 
not  the  business  qualifications  of  an  honest  report  and  prudence,  but 
the  directly  spiritual  graces  of  faith,  and  that  power  which  comes 
from  a  special  unction  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  The  work  of  preaching 
and  exhorting,  in  which  Stephen  laboured  so  successfully,  was 
performed  by  him  in  his  capacity  as  a  gifted  Christian  man,  and 
not  officially  as  a  Deacon.  Another  consideration  which  goes  to 
prove  that  the  Presbyterian  view  of  the  diaconate,  and  not  that 
of  the  Episcopalians,  is  correct,  may  be  found  in  the  traces  which 
we  have  in  the  New  Testament  of  the  existence  of  Deaconesses 
as  forming  a  recognized  order  of  office-bearers  in  the  church. 
Just  because  in  the  Deacon's  office  the  exercise  of  a  preaching  gift 
was  not  required,  but  only  the  discharge  of  duties  such  as,  in  most 
cases,  might  be  quietly  performed  from  house  to  house,  women, 
who  were  forbidden  to  speak  in  public  assemblies,  might  to  so 
large  an  extent  do  the  work  of  Deacons,  that  they  were  held  to  be 
not  unworthy  of  the  name  and  rank.  Indeed,  in  certain  depart- 
ments, such  as  the  visitation  of  women  sick,  or  in  prison,  or  in 
poverty,  the  female  Deacon  might  prove  peculiarly  suitable,  if 
not  altogether  indispensable.  The  earliest  mention  of  a  female 
Deacon  is  found  in  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans,  written  about 
a.d.  58  (see  chap.  xvi.  1),  where  Phoebe  is  spoken  of  as  a 
Deaconess — for  the  word  rendered  servant  is  just  this  word 
diakonos — at  Cenchrea,  near  Corinth.  It  has  been  disputed 
whether  in  1  Tim.  iii.  11  the  Apostle  means  to  refer  to  the  wives 
of  Deacons,  who  were  helpers  of  their  husbands  in  their  work, 
where  a  woman's  help  would  be  so  needful,  or  simply  to  women — 
for  this  is  the  word  used,  women*  which  may  mean  wives  if  the 
context  requires  it,  but  not  otherwise — who  filled  the  office  of 
Deacon.     Many  good   commentators   think  that  these   women 


THE   DEACON.  97 

were  the  Deacons'  wives  ;  but  others  point  out  that  there  is 
nothing  connecting  the  word  'women'  here  with  the  men  spoken 
of  before.  The  'even  so'  seems  to  introduce  a  new  class 
distinguished  from  the  men  Deacons  before  referred  to,  and  the 
want  of  the  article  seems  to  leave  the  word  women  to  be  taken 
quite  generally.  Fairbairn  thinks  that  there  is  an  intentional 
indefiniteness  here,  so  that  Deacons'  wives,  and  other  women 
discharging  Deacons'  duties,  should  be  included  under  the  one 
designation.  Whatever  view  we  take  of  the  passage,  there  can 
be  no  doubt  that  here  it  is  quite  recognized  that  women  are 
capable  of  discharging  the  duties  of  Deacons  ;  while,  in  speaking 
of  the  Bishops,  no  mention  is  made  of  women,  because  they 
were  expressly  excluded  from  preaching  and  teaching.  Clearly, 
then,  if  the  Deacon  had  been  a  preacher,  women  would  not  have 
been  mentioned  in  connection  with  the  discharge  of  the  official 
duties  of  the  deaconship.  Pressense'  (Life  and  Practice  in 
the  Early  Church,  pp.  69,  73)  has  shown  how  Christianity  opened 
up  a  sphere  for  women,  and  how,  while  all  Christian  women 
might  unofficially  discharge  the  duties  of  love,  the  early  church 
emphasized  its  view  of  the  beauty  of  such  service  by  giving  a 
recognized  place  to  female  Deacons,  and  even  in  some  cases 
having  them  consecrated  to  their  office  by  the  laying  on  of 
hands. 

In  our  Scottish  Presbyterian  Church,  it  has  been  distinctly 
recognized  and  authoritatively  stated  that  the  whole  policy  of 
the  church  consists  in  three  things,  viz.  in  doctrine,  discipline, 
and  distribution.  The  Deacons  are  the  distributors.  They  are 
spiritual  officers,  as  they  hold  office  in  a  spiritual  community, 
but  their  duties  have  reference  simply  to  the  distribution  of 
ecclesiastical  goods.  No  more  exact  and  comprehensive  state- 
ment of  the  duties  of  the  Deacon  on  Presbyterian  principles, 
suitable  for  all  times,  has  ever  been  given  than  that  of  the 
Second  Book  of  Discipline  (a.d.  1578), — Their  office  and  power 
is  to  receive  and  to  distribute  the  haill  ecclesiasticall  gudes 
unto  them  to  whom  they  ar  appoyntit  (chap.  viii.  3).     Whether 


98  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

the  church  goods  be  appropriated  to  ministerial  support  at 
home,  the  spread  of  religion  abroad,  the  furtherance  of  any 
church  or  congregational  scheme,  the  maintenance  of  the 
church  buildings,  or  the  help  of  the  congregational  poor, 
the  Deacons  have  officially  to  do  with  the  collection  and 
distribution  of  them.  No  more  than  this  can  be  given  to 
the  Deacon,  without  invading  the  province  of  some  other  office- 
bearer. 

3.  Rank  and  Rights  of  the  Deacon. — While  it  is  important,  in 
the  interests  of  the  deaconship,  to  define  exactly  its  province, 
and  to  distinguish  it  from  the  more  expressly  spiritual  offices  in 
the  church,  it  is  equally  necessary  to  remember  that  it  is  really 
an  ecclesiastical  office.  The  Deacon  is  not  a  mere  member  of 
a  congregational  committee  of  management.  He  is  not  to  be 
regarded  as  a  mere  trustee  over  church  property.  His  office 
is  one  of  the  permanent  ecclesiastical  offices,  according  to  the 
express  statements  of  the  New  Testament,  and  he  is  therefore,  in 
the  most  exact  technical  sense  of  the  term,  an  office-bearer  of  the 
church.  John  Knox  and  his  companions  in  the  work  of  arranging 
the  terms  of  the  policy  of  the  Reformed  Church  in  Scotland, 
failed  to  appreciate  the  true  rank  of  the  Deacon.  In  the  First 
Book  of  Discipline  Deacons  are  represented  simply  as  managers 
of  the  outward  affairs  of  the  congregation, — trustees  who  held 
their  appointment  only  for  a  year.  Now  we  could  not  seriously 
speak  of  the  ordination  of  a  man  to  an  office  to  which  he  was 
appointed  only  for  a  limited  period.  Ordination  can  never  be  given 
with  any  limitation  of  time  attached.  We  have,  indeed,  many 
instances  'in  Scripture  of  the  ordination  of  men  who  had  pre- 
viously had  possession  of  high  spiritual  gifts.  Saul  and  Barnabas, 
both  of  them  spiritual  men,  engaged  in  spiritual  work,  were 
ordained  by  the  laying  on  of  hands  ere  they  entered  on  their 
special  labours  as  missionaries  to  the  Gentiles.  The  ordination 
was  valid  until  the  office  to  which  it  gave  admission  had  been 
laid   down.      (Note  the   difference  between  this  view  and   the 


THE    DEACON.  99 

hierarchical  doctrine  of  the  indelibility  of  orders.)  Now  we 
maintain  that  the  Deacon,  as  one  of  the  regular  office-bearers 
of  the  church,  is  ordained  to  his  office  by  a  solemn  act  of  con- 
secration. The  ordination  service  is  equally  indispensable  with 
the  election  by  the  membership  of  the  congregation.  A  man 
elected  to  the  deaconship  is  not  a  Deacon  until  he  has  been 
ordained.  Those  seven  men,  whom  we  regard  as  the  precursors 
of  the  Deacon,  were  ordained  when  they  were  solemnly  set  apart 
to  their  office  by  prayer  and  the  laying  on  of  the  Apostles' 
hands.  The  Deacon,  therefore,  like  all  other  ordained  office- 
bearers, just  because  ordained,  must  hold  his  office  for  life.  He 
cannot  cease  to  be  a  Deacon  when  once  ordained  to  the  office, 
unless  his  resignation  has  been  accepted  by  those  who  have 
power  to  receive  it,  or  his  deposition  from  office  has  resulted 
from  his  being  convicted  of  some  fault.  Even  if  elected  to  a 
higher  ecclesiastical  office,  his  deaconship,  conferred  upon  him 
by  ordination,  continues.  He  still  remains  a  Deacon,  and 
besides  that,  an  Elder  and  a  Minister,  if  he  has  been  admitted 
to  these  offices  by  the  Elder's  and  the  Minister's  ordination. 
As  an  ordained  office-bearer  of  the  church,  the  position  which 
the  Deacon  occupies  is  as  distinctly  ecclesiastical  as  is  that  of 
Elder  or  Minister.  While,  therefore,  restricting  the  duties  of  the 
Deacon  to  that  class  of  duties  which  may  fairly  be  designated  by 
the  phrase  i  serving  tables,'  it  is  important  to  remember  the 
words  of  Ignatius  in  his  Epistle  to  the  Tralltans,  before  the  close 
of  the  first  century, — Deacons  are  not  ministers  of  meats  and 
drinks,  but  ministers  of  the  church  of  God. 

What  will  help  still  further  to  establish  the  true  rank  of  the 
Deacon,  is  the  right  interpretation  of  a  passage  that  is  often  used 
to  show  that  the  deaconship  is  only  a  lower  grade  of  the  mini- 
sterial office.  In  1  Tim.  iii.  13,  the  Apostle  says, — They  that 
have  used  the  office  of  a  Deacon  well,  purchase  to  themselves  a 
good  degree.  Some  maintain  that  this  means  that  those  who 
discharge  Deacons'  duties  will  thereby  prove  their  capacity  for 
the  office  of  Presbyter.     This,  of  course,  could  only  be  if,  in  the 


I  CO  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

deaconship,  they  had  already  officially  had  practice  in  those 
duties  which  belong  to  the  Presbyter,  as  ruler,  preacher,  or 
teacher.  The  good  degree,  however,  is  nothing  more  or  less 
than  a  good  standing, — the  honourable  consideration  due  to 
one  who  has  faithfully  performed  the  work  of  his  particular 
office.1  Qualification  for  the  deaconship,  when  displayed  in 
the  successful  and  regular  discharge  of  official  duties,  is  not 
regarded  as  entitling  the  possessor  of  such  qualification  to  be 
transferred  to  another  office,  in  which  it  might  not  be  so  in- 
dispensable. It  would  simply  secure  for  him  who  used  his  gifts 
in  the  deaconship,  an  honourable  position  in  the  church. 

4.  The  Deacon  in  the  History  of  the  Church. — In  the  Apostolic 
Age  there  clearly  was  an  office  corresponding  to  that  which  is 
called  the  Deaconship  in  the  Presbyterian  Church.  Whatever 
evangelistic  gifts  certain  individual  Deacons  might  possess,  they 
were  bound  as  Christian  men  to  exercise,  as  opportunity  offered  ; 
but  as  Deacons  they  were  simply  concerned  with  the  outward 
affairs  of  the  church,  consisting  at  that  time  for  the  most  part 
in  duties  of  charity,  and  generally  in  extending  help  to  the 
leedy.  Those  elected  to  this  office,  first  of  all  in  Jerusalem, 
vere  known  simply  as  the  Seven  :  then,  as  if  to  show  that  the 
lumber  of  officers  in  the  mother  church  was  not  an  essential  of 
he  office,  they  are  spoken  of  as  Deacons,  in  the  church  at 
Philippi  (Phil.  i.  i),  and  in  the  churches  of  Asia  in  which  Timothy 
was  specially  interested  (i  Tim.  iii.  8-12)  :  and  further,  they  were 
referred  to  under  names  which  call  attention  to  the  nature  of  their 
official  work, — he  that  giveth  and  he  that  showeth  mercy  (Rom. 
xii.  8),  and  helps  (1  Cor.  xii.  28).  Immediately  after  the  close  of 
the  Apostolic  Age  attempts  were  made  to  determine,  with  ever- 
increasing  exactness,  the  distinction  between  the  clergy  and  the 
laity ;  and  so  by  and  by  it  came  to  be  thought  that  if  Deacons 
were  to  be  claimed  as  office-bearers  in  the  church,  they  must 

1  This  view  has  Lven  well  expressed  by  Davidson,  Ecclesiastical  Polity  of 
the  New  Testament,  p.  140. 


THE    DEACON.  IOI 

belong  to  the  clerical  order.  In  the  endeavour  to  vindicate  the 
right  of  Deacons  to  be  so  reckoned,  spiritual  duties  were  one  by 
one  added  to  their  official  functions.  Field  {Of  the  Church, 
vol.  iii.  p.  197)  describes  the  change  in  these  words: — 'When 
the  treasure  of  the  church  increasing  was  committed  to  certain 
stewards,  and  the  poor  otherwise  provided  for,  they  (the 
Deacons)  were  more  specially  used  for  the  assisting  of  the 
Bishop  or  Presbyters  in  things  pertaining  to  God's  service  and 
worship.'  Justin  Martyr,  the  Clementine  Homilies,  and  Ter- 
tuliian,  all  between  the  middle  and  the  end  of  the  second 
century,  represent  the  Deacon  as  assisting  the  presiding  minister 
in  the  administration  of  the  Lord's  Supper,  aiding  the  Bishop 
in  maintaining  order  during  divine  service,  reporting  to  the 
Bishop  regarding  the  conduct  of  church  members,1  and  in  cases 
of  necessity,  as,  for  example,  in  visiting  a  dying  person,  dis- 
pensing the  sacraments  which,  in  ordinary  circumstances,  could 
only  be  done  by  a  Presbyter  or  Bishop.  When  the  hierarchical 
view  of  the  Christian  ministry  began  to  prevail,— first  clearly 
expressed  by  Cyprian  early  in  the  third  century, — it  was  generally 
maintained  that  a  parallel  existed  between  the  ranks  of  the 
Mosaic  priesthood  and  the  orders  of  the  Christian  clergy.     The 

1  In  his  very  fresh  and  interesting  work,  The  Organization  of  the  Early 
Christian  Churches,  Mr.  Hatch  has  fallen  into  the  error  of  supposing  that  the 
mere  reporting  of  such  irregularities  in  the  lives  of  church  members  as  had 
come  under  their  notice,  shows  that  the  exercise  of  discipline  was  in  early 
times  regarded  as  a  part  of  the  official  duties  of  the  Deacon.  After  quoting, 
from  the  Epistle  of  Polycarp  to  the  Philippians,  a  passage  describing  the 
qualifications  of  Deacons  in  language  strikingly  similar  to  1  Tim.  iii.  8-12, 
Mr.  Hatch  says  :  '  These  characteristics  clearly  imply  disciplinary  duties  r  the 
Deacons  are  to  be  blameless,  in  order  that  they  may  be  themselves,  like 
Bishops,  free  from  the  faults  which  they  are  to  note  in  others  ;  they  are  to 
be  "  not  slanderers,  nor  double-tongued,"  because  they  stood  in  the  relation 
of  accusers '  (p.  51,  note).  They  are  to  report  to  the  Bishops  about  those 
i:i  danger  of  sinning,  that  they  may  be  warned  by  the  Bishop.  This  is 
nothing  more  than  any  true  church  member  is  expected  to  do  in  the  Christian 
exercise  of  brotherly  care  and  love.  And  even  though  lighter  cases  might, 
on  the  deputation  of  the  Bishop,  be  decided  by  the  Deacon,  yet  evidently  the 
Bishop  was  alone  responsible,  and  the  Deacon  was  not  regarded  as  officially 
charged  with  any  disciplinary  functions. 


102  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Bishop  represented  the  High  Priest ;  the  Presbyter,  the  Priest ; 
and  the  Deacon,  the  Levite.  The  absurdity  of  the  supposed 
parallel  could  now  easily  be  shown.  Levites'  duties  were  not  in 
relation  to  those  of  the  Priests,  what  Deacons'  were  in  relation 
to  those  of  the  Presbyter  ;  nor  could  a  Levite  rise  to  priestly 
rank,  as  a  Deacon  could  to  Presbyterial  or  Episcopal  dignity. 
The  reason,  however,  for  insisting  on  the  parallel  lay  in  the 
wish  to  secure  an  appearance  of  scriptural  ground  for  placing 
Deacons  in  a  ministerial  or  clerical  order.  From  this  time  forth 
in  the  Catholic  Church  the  ancient  office  of  Deacon  became 
extinct,  and  the  lowest  clerical  order  assumed  the  name.  This 
was  affirmed  by  the  Council  of  Trent,  and  the  Pontifical  defines 
the  Deacon's  duties  thus  : — It  pertains  to  the  Deacon  to  serve  at 
the  altar,  to  baptize,  and  to  preach.  The  two  great  Reformers, 
Luther  and  Calvin,  urged  the  revival  of  the  office  according  to 
the  Apostolic  model.  John  Knox,  in  the  First  Book  of  'Discipline 
(a.d.  1560),  and  Andrew  Melville,  in  the  Secojid  Book  of  Dis- 
cipline (a.d.  1578),  clearly  defined  the  functions  of  the  Deacons 
as  church  officers  charged  with  the  care  of  the  outward  affairs 
of  the  several  congregations  to  which  they  belonged.  After  the 
Reformed  Church  of  Scotland  had  been  thoroughly  consolidated, 
and  especially  since,  owing  to  the  support  given  by  the  State,  or  at 
least  strictly  determined  by  the  State,  financial  matters  did  not 
call  for  any  very  particular  attention,  the  deaconship  in  many 
congregations  fell  into  abeyance.  It  was,  however,  all  along 
recognized  as  a  regular  office  in  the  church.  Special  recognition 
was  given  to  the  deaconship  in  the  Free  Church.  Deacons  are 
required  to  give  attention  to  the  secular  affairs  of  the  congrega- 
tion, see  to  the  collection  for  General  and  Congregational  Schemes, 
and  attend  to  the  poor  and  to  the  education  of  the  children  of 
the  poor. 


PART    II. 


CONSTITUTION  AND  GRADATION  OF  COURTS  IN  THE 
PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 


INTRODUCTORY. 

Idea  of  Church  Courts. — By  church  courts  Presbyterians  mean 
associations  the  membership  and  jurisdiction  of  which  are 
expressly  laid  down  in  the  constitution  of  the  church.  The 
functions  of  those  courts  have  been  described  as  legislative, 
executive,  and  judicial.  Under  the  legislative  functions  of  an 
ecclesiastical  court  are  included  the  framing  of  all  enactments 
and  laws  for  the  control  and  despatch  of  the  business  of  the 
church,  for  securing  the  effective  administration  of  discipline, 
and  generally,  for  the  vindication  and  elucidation  of  constitu- 
tional principles.  Under  the  executive  functions  are  embraced 
all  the  ordinary  proceedings  of  these  courts  in  the  organization 
and  superintendence  of  the  various  departments  of  church  work. 
And  under  the  judicial  functions  are  to  be  reckoned,  not  only 
the  infliction  and  removal  of  ecclesiastical  censures,  but  also  the 
consideration,  on  the  part  of  any  of  the  higher  courts,  of  matters 
referred  to  them  from  an  inferior  court.  Within  the  limits  of 
their  several  jurisdictions,  all  these  functions  may  be  discharged 
by  any  of  the  church  courts,  higher  or  lower,  whether  it  be  Kirk- 
session,  Presbytery,  Provincial  Synod,  or  General  Assembly. 

Although  the  particular  form  and  detailed  enumeration  of 
functions  belonging  to  the  several  church  courts  are  laid  down 

103 


1 04  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

in  terms  of  the  constitution  of  the  church,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  the  authority  of  such  courts  does  not  primarily  rest  upon 
this  constitution.  It  is  the  contention  of  Presbyterians  that  there 
is  in  God's  word  a  warrant  for  the  exercise  of  functions  which  for 
their  accomplishment  demand  the  establishment  of  congrega- 
tional elderships,  classical  Presbyteries,  and  more  comprehensive 
Synods.  The  constitution  does  not  determine  the  existence  or 
create  the  right  of  such  courts,  but  simply  states,  on  the  assump- 
tion that  the  validity  of  these  judicatories  has  been  established 
on  a  scriptural  basis,  what  the  principles  are  which  those 
agreeing  to  accept  that  particular  constitution  understand  to 
apply  to  the  composition  and  jurisdiction  of  these  courts. 


CHAPTER    I. 

COMPOSITION   OF  CHURCH   COURTS. 

1.  Membership  and  Jurisdiction  of  Church  Courts. — The  one 
indispensable  qualification  for  membership  in  any  court  of  the 
Presbyterian  Church  is  the  holding  of  the  office  of  Presbyter. 
As  we  have  already  shown,  Presbyters  are  of  two  orders, — 
Presbyters  who  rule  only,  and  Presbyters  who  both  rule  and 
teach.  There  is  no  court  of  the  Presbyterian  Church  which 
does  not  embrace  in  its  membership  both  of  these  orders  of 
Presbyters.  The  right  to  sit  in  these  courts  is  a  privilege  of 
office.  Those  who  are  not  office-bearers  have  no  right  to  judge 
and  direct  in  the  administration  of  discipline,  and  in  the  general 
government  of  the  church.  Against  this  Presbyterian  doctrine 
the  Independents  advance  the  claims  of  what  they  regard  as 
popular  rights.  They  maintain  that  church  power,  not  only  as 
to  its  original  fountain,  but  also  as  to  its  regular  exercise,  per- 
tains to,  or  inheres  in,  the  whole  body  of  the  Christian  people, 
and  that,  therefore,  matters  of  church  order  should  be  deter- 
mined not  by  office-bearers  in  church  courts,  but  by  the  church 
membership  in  the  general  gathering  of  the  congregation.  In 
opposition  to  this  view,  we  must  call  attention  to  the  whole 
argument  in  behalf  of  the  recognition  of  office  in  the  church. 
The  New  Testament  writers  often  speak  of  rulers  in  the  church, 
and  this  of  necessity  implies  the  presence  of  those  who  do  not 
rule,  but  are  ruled.     These  writers,  too,  make  mention  of  par- 

105 


106  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

ticular  gifts  by  the  possession  of  which  certain  individuals  in  the 
church  are  qualified  for  ruling, — which  gifts  have  to  be  developed 
and  educated  by  training  and  practice.  And  further,  in  a  church 
court,  constituted  as  Presbyterian  Church  courts  are,  that  can  be 
done  in  an  orderly  manner  and  so  as  to  secure  the  ends  of 
justice  and  order,  which  could  not  be  so  done  in  a  general  con- 
gregational meeting. 

It  is  commonly  objected  that  Christ,  in  describing  the  proper 
mode  of  dealing  with  an  offending  brother,  requires  that  the 
church  should  be  told,  whereas  upon  Presbyterian  principles  we 
should  tell  rather  the  eldership,  Gillespie1  has  answered  this 
objection  well,  by  showing  that  the  representative  body  of  the 
church  is  certainly  intended.  During  Christ's  life  on  earth,  the 
church  had  not  yet  been  constituted  ;  but  when  the  constitution 
of  the  church  was  developed,  this  was  done,  as  we  have  seen,  as 
far  as  possible,  according  to  the  Jewish  model.  Now  under  the 
Mosaic  dispensation,  what  was  done  by  the  Elders  was  said  to 
have  been  done  by  the  congregation  (Josh.  xx.  6).  This  form  of 
language  was  natural  and  would  be  continued  among  Christian 
writers.  In  the  discharge  of  those  functions  which  belong  to 
their  office,  the  office-bearers  of  a  church  must  be  regarded  as 
acting  for  and  representing  the  church,  and  what  they  do  in 
their  church  courts  must  be  regarded  as  the  act  of  the  church. 
At  the  same  time,  it  is  very  important  to  guard  against  any  over- 
statement of  the  jurisdiction  and  rights  of  office-bearers.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  the  constitution  of  church  courts  has 
been  determined  for  the  express  purpose  of  conserving  the  rights 
of  church  members,  and  securing  the  largest  possible  amount  of 
spiritual  advantage  to  the  Christian  people.  Office-bearers  are 
appointed  not  to  override  popular  rights,  but  to  give  effective 
expression  to  the  convictions  and  pious  consciousness  of  the 
whole  Christian  community.  Hence  alongside  of  the  authori- 
tatively expressed  decision  of  the  Presbyters, — members  of  the 
church  courts, — there  ought  to  be  an  explicit  statement  of  the 

1  Assertion  of  the  Government  of  the  Church  of  Scotland,  Part  II.  chap,  i, 


COMPOSITION   OF   CHURCH   COURTS.  107 

approval  and  consent  of  the  people.  Presbyterianism  is  greatly 
misrepresented  when  it  is  supposed  that  it  carries  on  its  pro- 
ceedings in  church  courts  with  a  lofty  disregard  of  the  sentiments 
of  the  ordinary  membership.  Calvin,  in  his  most  instructive  and 
sober  commentary  on  the  15th  chapter  of  Acts,  remarks  on  the 
sixth  verse,  that  while  only  Apostles  and  Elders  are  named,  the 
disputation  may  have  been  carried  on  in  the  presence  of  the 
people ;  and  on  the  twenty- third  verse,  he  speaks  of  the  modesty 
of  the  common  people  in  subscribing  to  the  decree  of  the  Apostles 
and  other  teachers,  and  notes  also  the  equity  of  the  apostles  in 
setting  down  nothing  concerning  the  common  cause  without 
admitting  the  people.  This  view  of  the  right  of  the  people  to  be 
consulted  in  all  matters  of  general  interest  and  importance  was 
heartily  recognized  and  acted  upon  by  the  great  leaders  of  the 
Scottish  Church  in  the  period  of  the  Second  Reformation. 
Henderson  and  Gillespie  have  clearly  and  fervently  expressed 
this  opinion  in  their  own  writings,  and  the  General  Assemblies  of 
their  time  (that,  for  instance,  of  1641)  have  given  to  it  the  most 
unequivocal  expression.  This  was  a  period  of  great  spiritual 
revival,  accompanied  by  a  proportionate  reawakening  to  a  sense 
of  the  importance  of  the  free  exercise  of  spiritual  rights.  It 
was  in  the  century  which  followed  this  time  of  warmth  and 
enthusiasm,  under  the  chilling  reign  of  moderatism  which  buried 
out  of  sight,  alike  the  saving  truths  of  Christianity,  and  the  rights 
of  those  whom  Christ  had  made  free,  that  this  essential  feature 
of  Presbyterianism  was  laid  aside,  and  the  will  of  the  people 
systematically  ignored.  It  is  surely  more  than  a  curious  coinci- 
dence that  the  period  of  Scottish  Church  history,  during  which 
church  courts  most  tamely  submitted  to  the  dictation  and 
encroachments  of  the  civil  courts,  was  the  period  during  which 
those  church  courts  manifested  a  lofty  disregard  of  that  people 
whom  they  professed  to  represent.  The  disregard  of  rightful 
obligations  is  sure  to  be  avenged  by  a  humiliating  subjection 
under  obligations  that  are  not  rightful. 

It  is  now  generally  admitted  among  all  the  sections  of  the 


IoS  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Presbyterian  Church,  that  what  affects  the  church  as  a  whole, 
what  is  of  importance  to  the  Christian  community  at  large,  may 
not  be  done  without  the  knowledge  and  understood  consent  of 
the  people.  Opposing  controversialists  commonly  overlook  such 
a  statement  as  this,  or  if  they  notice  at  all  the  enunciation  of  this 
principle  by  a  modern  writer,  they  treat  it  as  a  recent  develop- 
ment and  an  important  concession  to  Independency.  We  have 
seen  that  it  is,  on  the  contrary,  one  of  the  original  principles  of 
Presbyterianism.  It  is  not  a  concession  to  Independency,  but  a 
consistent  element  in  the  Presbyterian  constitution.  Against  the 
Independent  theory  there  is  recognized  exclusive  jurisdiction  in 
matters  of  church  government  as  belonging  to  the  church  courts ; 
but  against  all  hierarchical  tendencies,  it  is  acknowledged  that 
the  decision  of  those  church  courts  must  commend  themselves  to 
the  approval  of  the  enlightened  conscience  of  the  Christian 
people,  and  that  office-bearers  of  the  church  ought  to  reflect  the 
mind  of  those  in  the  church  that  are  spiritual.  It  is  undoubtedly 
right  to  say  that  Presbyterians  refuse  i  to  ordinary  members  the 
same  distinct  and  definite  place  and  influence  in  the  ordinary 
regulation  of  ecclesiastical  affairs  in  general,  as  they  have 
ascribed  to  them  in  the  appointment  of  their  own  office-bearers  ; 
in  other  words,  they  have  never  held  their  consent  or  concurrence 
in  the  decisions  pronounced  by  the  office-bearers  in  the  ordinary 
regulation  of  ecclesiastical  affairs  to  be  necessary  or  indis- 
pensable, so  that  the  withholding  or  refusal  of  their  consent 
nullified  or  invalidated  the  judgment,  or  formed  a  bar  in  the  way 
of  it  taking  practical  effect.' x  To  do  otherwise  than  this  would 
be  to  give  to  the  ordinary  membership  a  power  of  veto  over  the 
proceedings  of  the  office-bearers.  In  such  a  case,  the  common 
people,  the  unofficial  body,  would  be  an  upper  house  clothed 
with  an  unlimited  power  of  reversing  all  the  sentences  of  the 
regularly  constituted  courts.  In  appointing  office-bearers,  the 
ordinary  members  clearly  express  confidence  in  those  brethren 
for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duties  belonging  to  the  office 
1  Principal  Cunningham,  Historical  Theclo*y,  vol.  i.  p.  56. 


COMPOSITION    OF    CHURCH    COURTS.  ICQ 

with  which  they  entrust  them.  The  withholding  of  such  confi- 
dence is  a  wrong  to  those  who  have  accepted  office  on  the  under- 
standing that  they  were  in  possession  of  this  confidence.  So 
soon  as  this  is  withdrawn,  the  moral  influence  necessary  for, 
maintaining  official  authority  and  securing  official  efficiency,  is 
lost.  For  it  ought  to  be  remembered  that  none  of  the  charac-  , 
teristic  functions  of  a  spiritual  office  can  be  adequately  performed, 
unless  the  persons  of  the  office-bearers  are  respected,  and  their 
official  decisions  in  consequence  are  borne  out  by  the  approval  of 
the  people.  Hence  we  find  our  older  Presbyterian  writers,  who 
are  often  spoken  of  as  men  fanatically  attached  to  an  abstract 
theory  of  church  order,  and  too  regardless,  even  reckless,  of 
matters  of  individual  right  and  freedom, — we  find  such  men  as 
George  Gillespie,  for  example,  taking  what  to  many  might  seem 
an  undue  concern  for  the  recognition  of  the  voice  of  the  people 
in  all  matters  concerning  the  wellbeing  of  the  church.  He 
points  out  the  importance  in  a  case  of  discipline  of  having  the 
hearty  approval  and  consent  of  the  people  in  the  pronunciation 
of  a  censure  or  sentence  by  the  church  court.  So  far  as  the 
examination  and  judgment  are  concerned,  the  matter  is  wholly 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  the  appointed  judicatory.  Church 
members  are  deeply  concerned  and  interested  in  the  proceed- 
ings, but  only  members  of  the  church  court  have  a  right  to 
judge.  Yet  the  decision  must  be  such  as  to  commend  itself  to 
the  membership  generally,  otherwise  the  end  contemplated  in 
the  act  will  not  be  attained.  Only  when  those  who  had  been  the 
fellow-members  of  the  individuals  censured  and  deprived,  show 
their  acquiescence  in  the  decision  of  the  church  court,  will  that 
fear  and  shame  be  wrought  in  the  excommunicated  person, 
which  may  work  in  him  repentance,  and  warrant  his  restoration. 
Unless  the  general  membership  regard  him  as  the  office-bearers 
regard  him,  the  end  of  discipline  is  not  gained.  Hence  every 
effort  must  be  made  to  preserve  an  agreement  between  the  senti- 
ments of  office-bearers  and  people.  Gillespie  concludes  that  in 
such  cases,  '  though  the  Pastors  and  Elders  have  the  power  of 


1 10  PRLSBYTERIANISM. 

jurisdiction,  it  is  net  to  exercise  the  same.'  This  may  be  some- 
what too  strong  :  but  certainly  a  strong  current  among  the  people 
in  opposition  to  any  proposed  official  procedure  ought  to  call 
forth  on  the  part  of  office-bearers  a  careful  reconsideration  of  the 
case.  The  rulers  must  rule  ;  the  rights  and  jurisdiction  of  church 
courts  must  be  maintained  ;  yet  always  in  the  exercise  of  official 
duties  office-bearers  should  be  careful  to  manifest  toward  their 
people  the  spirit  of  him  who  wished  not  to  show  his  dominion 
but  to  make  himself  helpful. 

2.  Functions  common  to  all  Members  of  Church  Courts. — The 
qualifications  required  of  all  members  of  church  courts  are  such 
as  are  indispensable  to  the  holding  of  the  office  of  Presbyter. 
The  duties  which  all  members  alike  are  regarded  as  competent 
to  discharge  are  those  which  Presbytership  in  its  very  idea 
involves.  What  then  we  here  wish  to  know  is  what  those  duties 
are  which  all  Presbyters,  just  because  they  are  Presbyters,  and 
apart  from  any  distinctions  that  may  exist  among  them,  are  not 
Dnly  permitted,  but  required,  to  discharge.  Now  we  have  seen 
what  the  original  idea  of  the  Presbyter's  office  implies.  Admission 
to  the  order  of  Presbyter  introduces  into  the  governing  body. 
According  to  the  Books  of  Discipline,  both  orders  o{  Presbyters 
— that  is  to  say,  the  Ruling  Presbyter  jointly  with  the  Teaching 
Presbyter — are  to  watch  the  flock  committed  to  their  charge, 
to  examine  those  coming  to  the  Lord's  table,  to  admonish  all 
men  of  their  duty  according  to  the  gospel,  and  in  their  assemblies 
to  seek  the  promotion  of  good  order  and  the  execution  of  dis- 
cipline. The  final  end  of  all  assemblies,  it  is  further  declared, 
is  first,  to  keep  the  religion  and  doctrine  in  purity,  without  error 
and  corruption  ;  and  next,  to  keep  comeliness  and  good  order 
in  the  kirk.  In  treating  of  the  regular  duties  of  church  courts, 
Mr.  William  Guthrie,  in  his  Treatise  on  Elders  and  Deacons 
(chap,  vi.),  observes  that  these  may  be  matters  of  faith,  matters 
of  order,  matters  of  discipline,  or  matters  which  concern  the 
sending  forth  of  church  officers  ;  and  that  consequently  members 


COMPOSITION    OF   CHURCH    COURTS.  Ill 

of  church  courts  have  a  fourfold  power,  which  he  calls  respec- 
tively, in  the  scholastic  phraseology  of  his  day, — Dogmatic, 
Diatactic,  Critic,  and  Exusiastic.  *  In  all  these  powers,5  he 
says,  '  Ruling  Elders  have  a  share,  and  do  put  forth  the  same 
in  exercise  according  to  the  measure  that  belongs  to  the 
assembly  whereof  they  are  members.'  In  reference  to  all 
legislative  and  judicial  proceedings,  that  is  to  say,  in  all  matters 
that  may  be  deliberated  and  voted  upon  in  a  church  court,  the 
official  standing  and  powers  of  all  members  are  the  same.  In 
the  discussions  and  judgments  of  all  church  courts,  the  perfect 
parity  of  the  members  is  strictly  and  universally  recognized. 

The  only  question  likely  to  arise  under  this  head  relates  to  the 
right  of  Ruling  Elders  to  take  part  in  discussions  on  doctrinal 
points.  It  might  be  supposed  that  there  was  a  certain  impro- 
priety in  men  who  had  no  special  or  technical  theological 
training  sitting  in  judgment  upon  a  case  in  which  the  positions 
under  investigation  had  been  reached  by  critical  processes,  and 
subtle  and  sustained  speculation.  Yet  our  church  recognizes  no 
distinction  between  ministers  and  elders,  as  members  of  any 
church  court,  in  their  judicial  capacity.  Ruling  Elders  and 
Ministers  alike  are  allowed  to  discuss  and  vote  upon  all  doctrinal 
questions  which  may  be  propounded  in  the  court.  And  this 
position  is  undoubtedly  right.  It  may  be  that  in  some  special 
cases  only  Ministers  who  have  had  a  theological  training,  and, 
it  may  be,  only  a  small  proportion  of  these,  are  able  to  enter  into 
the  merits  of  the  separate  propositions  advanced.  There  may 
be  elements  in  the  statements  laid  before  the  court,  historical, 
critical,  metaphysical,  mystical,  which  comparatively  few  may  be 
able  to  follow  in  detail.  Are  those  who  are  incapable  of  doing 
so  to  be  therefore  declared  incompetent  to  sit  as  judges  ?  This 
does  not  follow  by  any  means.  The  processes  may  have  little 
or  nothing  to  do  with  the  question  which  engages  the  attention 
of  the  court.  What  is  alone  of  importance  for  members  of  a 
church  court  to  determine  is  whether  the  leading  principles 
enunciated,  and  specially  the  conclusions  reached,  are  agreeable 


1 1  2  PRESEYTERIANISM. 

to,  or  inconsistent  with,  the  accepted  standards  of  the  church. 
And  upon  such  a  question  as  this  it  is  of  the  highest  practical 
importance  that  it  should  be  made  clearly  known  how  the  general 
membership  of  the  church,  represented  by  men  who  reflect  its 
intelligence  and  spirituality,  regard  the  bearing  of  any  par- 
ticular tendency  of  thought  and  teaching  upon  the  religious 
life  of  the  people,  and  the  general  wellbeing  of  the  church.  In 
the  Presbyterian  eldership  there  are  certainly  many  thoroughly 
qualified  to  discuss  in  detail  the  merits  of  most  theological 
questions  arising  in  church  courts  ;  but  the  right  of  those  Elders, 
representing  the  people,  who  have  least  claim  to  a  technical 
knowledge  of  theology,  is  to  be  vindicated  on  the  ground  of  the 
Christian  people's  right  to  decide  upon  what  is,  and  what  is  not, 
inconsistent  with  that  form  of  doctrine  which  they  have  accepted. 
To  refuse  or  limit  the  Elders'  right  to  judge  in  doctrinal  cases, 
would  be  to  remove  this  whole  department  of  church  govern- 
ment out  of  the  range  of  popular  review.  To  reserve  such 
questions  for  experts,  would  be  to  overlook  the  members'  strong 
personal  interest  in  the  church's  creed.  If  a  church  Confession 
be  so  intricate  that  only  theological  experts  can  understand  it, 
there  is  surely  much  reason  for  having  it  simplified.  If  it 
contains  elements  purely  critical  or  metaphysical,  references 
and  allusions  curiously  erudite  and  technical,  these  should  be 
removed.  But  so  long  as  any  formula  is  accepted  as  the 
standard  of  doctrine  for  the  church,  it  must  be  regarded,  while 
it  so  remains,  as  understood  by  the  membership,  and  their 
representatives  are  charged  to  take  measures  against  its  sub- 
version, and  to  oppose  whatever  threatens  its  integrity.  The 
principle  of  Presbyterian  parity  demands  that  in  judging  of 
doctrinal  cases  no  distinction  be  made  between  the  two  classes 
of  Presbyters  as  constituent  members  of  church  courts.  This 
certainly  is  one  of  the  functions  common  to  Ruling  Elders  and 
Ministers,  because  the  determining  of  doctrine,  as  well  as  the 
administration  of  discipline,  belongs  to  the  province  of  church 
government  with  which  those  who  rule  have  officially  to  do. 


COMPOSITION    OF   CHURCH    COURTS.  II3 

3.  Functions  Peculiar  to  the  Clerical  Members  of  Church  Courts. — 
Though  Ruling  Elders  and  Preaching  Elders  have  in  church 
courts  equal  rank  and  authority,  each  enjoying  the  same  voting 
power,  and  the  same  privilege  of  debate,  there  are  certain 
functions  which,  not  Ruling  Elders,  but  only  Preaching  Elders, 
are  competent  to  discharge.  After  the  court  has  deliberated,  and 
by  vote  or  general  assent  has  reached  a  judgment,  there  may  be 
required  a  formal  and  solemn  deliverance  of  the  resolution  which 
has  been  thus  agreed  upon.  Those  legislative  and  judicial 
functions  which  are  common  to  all  members  have  been  per- 
formed, and  now  there  remain  certain  executive  acts  which  can 
be  performed  only  by  those  holding  the  ministerial  office.  And 
so  Guthrie,  in  the  place  from  which  we  have  before  quoted, 
says  : — The  execution  of  some  decrees  of  the  church  assemblies, 
such  as  the  imposition  of  hands,  the  pronouncing  the  sentence 
of  excommunication,  the  receiving  of  penitents,  the  intimation  of 
the  deposition  of  Ministers,  and  such  like,  do  belong  to  Ministers 
?lone. 

It  is  sometimes  objected  that  the  principle  of  Presbyterian 
Parity,  so  much  insisted  upon  by  us,  is  strangly  overlooked  in  the 
practical  arrangements  of  our  Presbyterian  Churches,  inasmuch 
as  only  the  members  of  one  class  of  Presbyters  are  regarded  as 
eligible  for  the  presidency  in  our  church  courts.  i  If  there  be 
Elders,'  says  Dr.  Davidson,  'whose  sole  office  is  to  rule,  why 
are  they  never  allowed  to  preside  at  meetings  of  the  church,  or 
to  be  Moderators  of  Sessions,  Presbyteries,  and  Synods  ?  One 
should  suppose  that  their  experience  in  ruling,  to  which  they  are 
exclusively  devoted,  would  give  them  a  better  title  to  preside  at 
such  assemblies  than  the  Preaching  Elders.  But  as  far  as  we 
may  judge  from  practice,  Ministers  of  the  gospel  proceed  on  the 
supposition  that  they  themselves  are  always  superior  in  presiding 
and  governing,  although  they  have  other  weighty  duties  to 
perform,  to  men  who  have  nothing  to  do  with  any  other  depart- 
ment of  spiritual  labour.' ■  Now,  in  answer  to  this  sweeping 
1  Ecclesiastical  Polity  of  the  New  Testament,  pp.  147,  148. 


1 14  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

charge,  the  obvious  rejoinder  at  once  suggests  itself,  that  to  say 
regarding  Ruling  Elders  that  they  never  are  allowed  to  preside  is 
not  absolutely  correct.  The  famous  George  Buchanan  was 
chosen  Moderator  of  the  General  Assembly  of  1567,  though  he 
was  no  more  than  a  Ruling  Elder,  and  had  never  entered  the 
ministerial  office.  This  case  is,  indeed,  singular  ;  yet  there  is 
in  it  certainly  nothing  inconsistent  with  Presbyterian  principles. 
Such  an  appointment  could  never  have  been  made  if  Presby- 
terians entertained  any  notion  of  exclusive  clerical  powers,  such 
as  are  claimed  by  hierarchical  bishops.  According  to  the 
principles  of  Presbyterianism  already  laid  down,  the  Minister 
is,  indeed,  of  a  superior  order,  as  holding  a  superior  office  to  that 
of  the  Ruling  Elder  ;  but,  in  the  province  common  to  both,  the 
members  of  the  one  order  have  no  jurisdiction  over  those  of 
the  other.  In  the  matter  of  ruling  there  is  parity  among  all 
Presbyters,  and  no  objection  absolute  on  principle  can  be 
brought  against  the  presidency  in  Presbyterian  Church  courts 
of  one  who  simply  occupies  the  ruling  office.  In  reference  to 
the  Kirk-session,  the  For?n  of  Church  Government  simply  says, 
It  is  most  expedient  that,  in  these  meetings,  one  whose  office 
is  to  labour  in  the  word  and  doctrine  do  moderate  in  their 
proceedings.  But  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  our 
church  constitution,  such  a  non-ministerial  president  or  mode- 
rator would  be  under  the  necessity  of  vacating  the  chair,  in 
favour  of  a  ministerial  member,  so  soon  as  certain  circumstances 
arose  demanding,  on  the  part  of  the  president,  the  exercise  of 
powers  which  belong  only  to  the  ministerial  order.  And  hence, 
as  a  matter  of  practice  and  convenient  arrangement,  it  has  been 
adopted  as  a  positive  rule,  and  so  inserted  in  the  constitutional 
treatises  of  the  Presbyterian  Churches,  that  only  those  members 
should  preside,  who,  by  virtue  of  their  office,  are  competent  to 
discharge  all  the  duties  and  execute  all  the  findings  of  the 
particular  courts  in  which  they  sit.  It  would  be  inconvenient 
to  have  in  the  chair  at  a  meeting  of  Kirk-session,  for  example, 
one  who  could  not  formally  deliver  the  decision  of  the  eldership 


COMPOSITION    OF    CHURCH    COURTS.  1 1  5 

in  a  case  of  discipline.  Now  this  a  mere  Ruling  Elder  cannot 
do.  It  belongs  to  the  ministerial,  not  to  the  ruling,  office.  In 
the  Presbytery,  again,  all  the  members — Ruling  Elders  and 
Ministers — may  engage  in  the  examination  of  candidates  for  the 
ministry,  and  they  may  jointly  consider  whether  the  gifts  and 
character  of  those  presenting  themselves  are  such  as  warrant 
their  admission  into  the  ministerial  order ;  but  the  conveying 
of  this  decision  must  be  left  to  one  of  the  clerical  members  of  the 
court.  Or  again,  in  the  case  of  a  licentiate  being  presented 
before  a  Presbytery,  as  the  choice  of  a  congregation  within  its 
bounds,  Ruling  Elders,  as  well  as  Ministers,  may  judge  of  the 
validity  and  regularity  of  the  proceedings  connected  with  the 
call ;  but  the  ordination,  as  admission  to  the  ministerial  order, 
can  be  given  only  by  members  of  that  order.  It  is  therefore  a 
perfectly  reasonable  arrangement  to  confine  the  occupancy  of  the 
presidential  chair  to  that  class  of  members  which  is  officially 
capable  of  performing  all  the  duties  that  can  possibly  be 
included  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court.  There  is  no  slight 
offered  to  the  ruling  eldership  in  reserving  the  formal  presidency 
for  those  who,  besides  being  Ruling  Elders,  are  also  constitution- 
ally qualified  for  discharging  executive  functions  which  never 
have  been,  and  never  can  be,  exercised  in  a  Presbyterian 
Church,  except  by  members  of  the  ministerial  order. 

Besides  this  distinction  in  regard  to  power  between  Ruling 
Elders  and  Ministers,  there  is  another  difference  which  serves 
further  to  account  for  and  justify  that  practice  of  the  church  to 
which  reference  is  here  made.  Ministers  are  the  standing 
members  of  all  church  courts.1  Without  the  presence  of  one  or 
more  Ministers,  no  number  of  Ruling  Elders  could  constitute  a 
Session,  a  Presbytery,  or  any  other  regular  church  assembly. 
Ruling  Elders  have  equal  rights  with  Ministers  to  be  present  and 
to  discharge  the  duties  of  membership  ;  but  even  should  no 
Ruling  Elder  appear,  it  might  be  possible  to  constitute  and  to 
perform  all  the  functions  of  any  church  court,  inferior  or  superior. 
1  Compare  The  Church  a?id  its  Polity,  by  Dr.  Hodge,  pp.  301-305. 


1 16  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Thus,  for  example,  before  a  Kirk-session  can  proceed  to  any 
business,  there  must  be  present,  as  a  quorum,  two  members  along 
with  the  moderator.  Now  it  occasionally  happens  that  there  are 
three  Ministers  over  a  congregation.  When  any  one  of  these  is 
acting  as  moderator,  the  other  two  sit  as  members  of  Session. 
Should  it  so  happen  that,  in  answer  to  any  intimation  of  meeting, 
only  these  three,  without  any  Ruling  Elder,  should  appear,  a 
quorum  would  be  made.  Such  an  occurrence  could  only  take 
place  under  most  exceptional  circumstances,  and  it  might  be 
unadvisable  to  proceed.  Still  it  is  evident  that  in  such  a  case 
a  meeting  of  Kirk-session,  composed  only  of  Ministers,  could  be 
held.  Any  number  of  Ruling  Elders,  members  of  a  Session, 
could  not  constitute  a  meeting  of  Session.  In  reference  to  the 
Presbytery,  the  matter  is  yet  more  simple.  The  absence  of 
representative  elders,  however  much  it  might  be  regretted,  would 
not  hinder  the  clerical  members  present  from  constituting,  and 
proceeding  with  any  business  that  might  properly  come  before 
the  court.  This  distinction  between  Ministers,  as  the  permanent 
and  essential  members  of  a  Presbytery,  and  Ruling  Elders,  as 
members  by  virtue  of  the  commission  of  representation  which 
they  bear  from  their  respective  congregations,  is  an  integral 
part  of  our  constitution.  This  positive  difference  is  probably 
grounded  on  the  distinction,  before  referred  to,  between  the 
official  capabilities  of  Ruling  Elders  and  Ministers.  As  a 
constitutional  distinction  which  secures,  as  indispensable,  the 
presence  of  one  or  more  Ministers  in  every  Presbyterian  Church 
court,  it  forms  a  reason  for  confining  the  selection  of  moderator 
to  the  ministerial  order. 

The  remark  of  Dr.  Davidson,  that  Ruling  Elders,  being  only 
rulers,  should  be  better  qualified  for  presiding  than  office-bearers 
who  exercise  other  functions  besides  that  of  ruling,  looks  at  first 
sight  plausible,  but  is  really  quite  superficial.  In  the  choice  of  a 
president,  no  society  is  accustomed  to  regard  a  minimum  of 
official  occupation  as  a  qualification  for  such  a  dignity.  The 
Lord  Chancellor  is  not  only  a  Peer,  but  also  a  member  of  the 


COMPOSITION    OF    CHURCH    COURTS.  1 1  7 

bench  legally  qualified  to  judge  in  the  court  of  final  appeal  at 
law.  The  lords  of  the  Court  of  Appeal  are  Peers,  and  so 
members  of  the  House  of  Lords,  and  besides  this  they  are 
qualified  from  their  legal  standing  to  decide  upon  points  of  law  ; 
and  from  those  possessing,  not  the  single,  but  the  double, 
qualification,  the  president  is  taken.  The  mistake  underlying 
the  criticism  quoted  above,  seems  to  be  a  false  notion  of  what  the 
position  of  president  implies.  If  it  was  only  required  of  the 
chairman  that  he  should  preserve  order,  and  secure  the  rights  of 
debate  to  all  members,  then  one  with  the  very  minimum  of 
qualification  for  membership  would  be  eligible  and  fit  for  the 
appointment.  But,  as  we  have  seen,  the  president  in  Presby- 
terian Church  courts  must  be  the  mouthpiece  of  the  court,  and  so 
he  must  have  the  executive  power,  and  be  thus  personally 
qualified  to  do  what  the  most  highly  qualified  member  can  do. 
Just  as  in  the  House  of  Lords  we  distinguish  ordinary  Peers  and 
Peers  who  are  also  legal  authorities,  and  have  the  president 
chosen  from  the  latter  ;  so  also  in  the  Presbytery,  we  have  Ruling 
Elders  and  Elders  who  are  also  Ministers,  and  from  these  last 
the  moderator  is  chosen. 

It  is  also  wrong  to  say  that  according  to  Presbyterian  principles 
the  Minister  is  regarded  as  superior  in  presiding  and  governing. 
The  phrase  is  loose  and  inaccurate,  and  misrepresents  the 
Presbyterian  position.  For  certain  good  reasons,  as  we  have 
shown,  the  Minister  is  regarded  by  Presbyterians  as  alone 
thoroughly  qualified  for  the  presidency  of  church  courts.  As 
a  matter  of  convenience  and  order,  the  constitution  of  our 
church  has  limited  the  selection  of  president  to  the  ministerial 
order.  The  functions  of  the  two  classes  of  Presbyters  are 
different ;  otherwise,  there  would  not  be  two  classes,  but  only 
one.  The  Minister  discharges  the  functions  of  Ruling  Elder,  and 
certain  other  characteristic  functions  besides.  And  because  the 
president  may  be  officially  called  to  discharge  ministerial 
functions,  as  well  as  those  of  the  eldership,  he  is  chosen  from  the 
ranks  of  the  ministry.     But  we  do  not  claim  for  Ministers  any 


1 1 3  PRFSBYTERIANTSM. 

superiority  in  governing.  Whether  any  particular  act  of  govern- 
ment have  reference  to  doctrine,  or  discipline,  or  distribution, 
the  judicial  power  of  Ministers  and  Elders,  as  members  of  church 
courts,  is  simply  equal.  As  Ruling  Elders  are  not  relieved  of  the 
duties  of  a  worldly  calling,  it  is  evident  that  there  was  originally 
no  idea  of  placing  upon  them  the  burden  of  all-engrossing 
duties.  But  unless  the  whole  circle  of  ministerial  work  may  be 
fairly  regarded  as  devolving  upon  the  Elder,  it  cannot  be 
supposed  that  in  the  business  of  church  courts  he  will  be 
adequate  for  the  discharge  of  every  manner  of  duty  just  as  the 
Minister.  If  the  Elder  claims  to  ordain  and  generally  to  discharge 
executive  functions,  then  he  should  preach  and  administer  the 
sacraments,  and  in  that  case  the  office  of  the  eldership  is 
abolished,  and  only  the  ministry  remains. 


CHAPTER   II. 

GRADATION   OF  CHURCH   COURTS. 

1.  Principle  of  Gradation  of  Church  Courts. — It  is  a  recognized 
characteristic  of  Presbyterianism  that  there  is  a  regular  series  of 
church  judicatories,  beginning  with  a  purely  congregational  court 
and  ending  with  one  which  is  representative  of  all  the  congrega- 
tions throughout  the  country  associated  by  the  acceptance  of  a 
common  form  of  government.  The  courts  essential  to  a  regularly 
developed  Presbyterian  constitution  are  the  Kirk-session,  the 
Presbytery,  and  the  Synod.  In  certain  Presbyterian  Churches, 
between  the  Presbytery  and  the  Supreme  Court,  Provincial  Synods 
are  introduced,  comprising  under  each  several  Presbyteries,  and 
all,  again,  embraced  under  the  General  Assembly.  In  this 
arrangement  we  have  all  the  scriptural  principles  of  church  polity 
fully  acknowledged  and  developed.  The  rights  of  the  Christian 
people  associated  together  in  a  single  congregation  are  expressly 
recognized  in  the  constitution  of  the  Kirk-session,  which  has 
cognizance  of  all  the  affairs  and  interests  of  that  one  particular 
community ;  while  in  the  local  Presbytery,  and  in  Provincial 
Synods  (where  such  courts  exist),  each  congregation  has  a  double 
representation.  And  while  individual  and  particular  rights  are 
thus  emphasized,  the  grand  principle  of  the  unity  of  the  church 
is  not  lost  sight  of.  This  doctrine  is  prominently  exhibited  in 
the  regularly  graduated  combination  of  the  separate  congrega- 
tions  by   means   of  a   series   of  courts,  each  representative  of 

119 


1 20  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

groups  of  church  members  and  churches,  increasingly  compre- 
hensive,  until  when  the  last  is  reached  it  is  representative  of  the 
whole. 

There  is  here  a  careful  avoidance,  on  the  one  hand,  of  the 
extreme  which  exaggerates  the  idea  of  church  unity  so  as  to 
sacrifice  to  it  the  interests  and  the  rights  of  individual  members 
and  particular  congregations ;  and,  on  the  other  hand,  the 
extreme  which  exaggerates  the  idea  of  congregational  rights  and 
the  independency  of  local  churches,  so  as  to  lose  sight  of  the 
common  bond  by  which  not  only  members  of  the  one  local 
church,  but  also  members  of  other  similar  churches,  are  united 
together  in  church,  as  distinguished  from  congregational,  fellow- 
ship. 

In  reference  to  church  government,  the  principle  involved  in 
the  Presbyterian  arrangement  of  church  courts  is  the  right  of 
supervision  and  review  on  the  part  of  more  comprehensive 
assemblies  of  the  proceedings  of  inferior  and  local  courts.  The 
proceedings  of  the  Session  are  subject  to  the  review  of  the  Presby- 
tery, and  from  the  inferior  court  an  appeal  may  be  taken  to  the 
superior.  Against  this  Presbyterian  theory  of  courts  of  review, 
the  Independents  have  always  protested.  Some  of  those  objectors 
are  opposed  to  all  manner  of  interference  with  the  proceedings  of 
any  local  church,  for  which  they  claim  sole  power  to  determine 
and  regulate  all  its  affairs.  The  more  thoroughgoing  Indepen- 
dents, like  Dr.  Davidson,  demur  to  consultative  assemblies  as 
well  as  to  authoritative  courts.  It  is  admitted  that  occasional 
Synods  may  be  useful  for  advice  in  emergencies.  '  Yet  it  is  not 
wise  to  resort  to  them  often.  They  ought  not  to  be  lightly 
summoned,  or  hastily  appealed  to.  Nothing  but  unusual  diffi- 
culty or  injustice  should  bring  them  into  being.'1  Others,  again, 
more  frankly  and  heartily  admit  the  advantage  of  frequent  meet- 
ings of  church  Councils,  yet  strictly  confining  the  powers  of  such 
Synods  to  the  simple  offering  of  counsel  and  advice.  Thus  most 
of  the  American  Congregationalists,  following  the  practice  of  the 
1  Ecclesiastical  Polity  of  the  New  Testament,  p.  269. 


GRADATION  OF  CHURCH  COURTS.  12  1 

Puritan  and  Pilgrim  Independents,  have  variously  constituted 
Synods,  Councils,  and  Associations  resembling  closely  the  church 
courts  of  Presbyterianism,  save  in  the  right  of  authoritative  con- 
trol. If  the  particular  church  whose  proceedings  had  been  under 
review  is  not  satisfied  with  the  decision,  then  the  Council  has  no 
binding  power  to  enforce  its  judgment.  Inasmuch,  however,  as 
the  Association  can  cut  off  from  its  fellowship  any  refractory 
congregation,  the  principle  of  Presbyterianism  is  practically 
admitted.  What  is  thus,  without  express  avowal  of  the  principle, 
done  among  many  Independents,  is  clearly  avowed  as  a  charac- 
teristic doctrine  of  Presbyterianism.  The  Presbytery  has  juris- 
diction over  the  Session,  and  the  Synod  has  jurisdiction  over 
the  Presbytery.  The  control  is  authoritative  and  not  simply 
advisory. 

Under  this  explicit  recognition,  in  the  appointment  of  courts 
of  review,  of  the  principle  that  it  is  the  right  and  duty  of  the 
members  of  the  church  to  interest  themselves  in  the  affairs  of 
all  the  churches,  Presbyterians  simply  apply  to  their  ecclesias- 
tical life  the  maxim  of  the  Apostle,  Look  not  every  man  on  his 
own  things,  but  every  man  also  on  the  things  of  others.  That  a 
church,  that  is,  a  congregation,  no  more  than  an  individual,  can 
reach  the  Christian  aim  by  selfish  attention  to  private  and  par- 
ticular interests,  has  been  admirably  shown  by  Owen,  who,  though 
an  Independent,  adopted  many  of  the  characteristic  principles  of 
Presbyterianism.  '  The  church  that  confines  its  duty  unto  the 
acts  of  its  own  assemblies,  cuts  itself  off  from  the  external  com- 
munion of  the  church  catholic  ;  nor  will  it  be  safe  for  any  man 

to  commit  the  conduct  of  his  soul  to  such  a  church The 

end  of  all  particular  churches  is  the  edification  of  the  church 
catholic  unto  the  glory  of  God  in  Christ And  that  particu- 
lar church  which  extends  not  its  duty  beyond  its  own  assemblies 
and  members,  is  fallen  off  from  the  principal  end  of  its  institution. 
And  every  principle,  opinion,  or  persuasion,  that  inclines  any 
church  to  confine  its  care  and  duty  unto  its  own  edification  only, 
yea,  or  of  those  only  which  agree  with  it  in  some  peculiar  practice, 


122  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

making  it  neglective  of  all  due  means  of  the  edification  of  the 
church  catholic,  is  schismatical.' l 

In  the  form  of  church  government  prepared  by  the  Westminster 
divines,  and  adopted  by  the  Presbyterian  Church  in  Scotland, 
the  principle  of  the  gradation  of  the  church  courts  is  summarily 
laid  down  :— It  is  lawful,  and  agreeable  to  the  word  of  God,  that 
there  be  a  subordination  of  congregational,  classical,  provincial, 
and  national  assemblies,  for  the  government  of  the  church.  In 
the  Westminster  Assembly  there  were  long-continued  and  keen 
debates  on  the  right  of  church  Synods  ;  but  these  generally 
turned  on  questions  of  interpretation,  reference  on  all  sides  being 
made  to  church  meetings  alluded  to  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles, 
and  opinion  diverging  only  in  regard  to  the  authority  claimed  by 
these  assemblies  over  the  churches.  We  should  not  expect  to 
find  exact  models  of  procedure  in  assemblies  called  when  the 
church  was  still  constitutionally  unformed,  yet  from  their  example 
many  useful  hints  may  be  gathered. 

2.  Scripture  Examples  of  Church  Courts.  —  In  seeking  support 
from  Scripture  for  the  principle  laid  down  of  the  subordination 
of  local  church  assemblies  to  more  general  Synods,  reference 
is  usually  made  to  the  case  of  the  Council  at  Jerusalem.  It 
is  maintained  that  we  have,  in  the  narrative  of  Acts  xv.,  a 
striking  example  of  a  court  of  review, — a  church  assembly  which 
deliberated  on  matters  referred  to  it  from  a  particular  local 
church,  and  issued  decrees  which  those  making  the  reference 
were  enjoined  to  keep.  The  question,  which  had  occasioned  diffi- 
culty in  the  church  at  Antioch,  concerned  the  continued  obliga- 
tion of  Jewish  legal  ceremonies  ;  and,  local  parties  being  unable 
to  reach  a  unanimous  decision  on  the  matter,  delegates  were 
appointed  to  state  the  case  before  a  meeting  of  the  church  at 
Jerusalem,  and  obtain  an  authoritative  decision.  There  are  two 
points  in  connection  with   this  Council  which   demand   careful 

1  Owen,  On  the  Nature  and  Government  of  the  Gospel  Church, — Works, 
vol.  xvi. 


GRADATION    OF    CHURCH   COURTS.  1 23 

investigation,  in  order  that  we  may  sec  how  far,  and  in  what 
particulars,  it  can  be  legitimately  used  as  illustrative  of  the 
Presbyterian  principle  of  subordination  in  church  courts  :  1st, 
The  character  and  composition  of  the  Council ;  and  2nd,  The 
kind  of  obligation  attaching  to  its  decrees.  A  proper  under- 
standing of  these  two  points  is  indispensable  for  the  purposes  of 
our  present  discussion. 

(1.)  The  composition  of  the  Council  is  indicated  by  the  use  of 
the  terms  Apostles  and  Elders  as  the  designations  of  its  members. 
Independents  are  accustomed  to  lay  much  stress  upon  the  peculiar 
and  special  circumstances  of  the  church  at  Jerusalem  at  that 
period.  The  Apostles  were  residing  there,  and,  as  inspired  men, 
they  stood  to  the  church  of  that  day  in  place  of  the  written 
revelation  of  the  divine  will  afterwards  given.  A  church  meeting 
at  Jerusalem,  in  which  the  Apostles  were  convened,  would  be  in 
those  days  something  very  different  from  a  meeting  of  any  number 
of  churches  elsewhere  and  without  the  Apostles'  presence.  In 
according  a  peculiar  eminence  and  weight  of  authority  to  the 
Apostles,  Presbyterians  and  Independents  will  be  found  heartily 
agreed.  Admitting  the  unique  claims  of  the  Apostles,  no  fair- 
minded  and  enlightened  Presbyterian  will  claim  to  find,  in  a 
Council  with  so  exceptional  a  membership,  an  example  and  pattern 
in  detail  of  an  ordinary  Presbytery  or  Synod  in  the  modern  sense 
of  the  term.  It  is  only  maintained  that  here  we  have  a  church 
court, — whatever  its  peculiar  conditions  and  character  may  have 
been, — in  which  the  question  referred  to  it  from  another  church 
court  at  Antioch,  was  taken  up  and  discussed.  Some  have 
supposed  that  the  pattern  of  a  subordination  of  one  court  under 
another  might  be  got  rid  of  by  maintaining  that  the  church  at 
Antioch  voluntarily  submitted  this  particular  question  to  the  church 
at  Jerusalem,  and  that  the  decision  was  that  simply  of  umpires 
whose  judgment  was  accepted  in  terms  of  this  particular  arrange- 
ment. This  view  is  quite  untenable.  The  acceptance  of  it  would 
render  inexplicable  the  application  of  the  Council's  decrees  to 
other  churches  (Acts  xvi.   4),  which  had  not  joined  in  making 


1 24  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

the  original  reference.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  we  consider  the 
account  given  of  the  composition  of  this  court,  we  find  the 
Apostles  made  specially  prominent.  That  they  were  endowed 
with  the  supernatural  gift  of  inspiration  is  admitted  by  all  parties 
in  the  present  discussion.  Whether  these  inspired  men  exercised 
their  peculiar  endowment  as  members  of  this  Council,  is  the 
point  in  dispute.  Milton,  in  seeking  to  relieve  himself  of  conclu- 
sions drawn  from  the  proceedings  of  this  Council,  denies  that 
there  is  any  precedent  afforded  here,  and  calls  its  decision 
an  oracular  declaration  of  inspired  Apostles.  To  a  candid 
and  impartial  reader  it  must  surely  appear  that  the  record  is 
carefully  framed  so  as  to  avoid  such  an  impression.  Paul,  who 
was  not  a  whit  behind  the  chief  of  the  Apostles,  might  have  given 
his  decision  at  once  in  Antioch  if  only  an  oracular  apostolic 
declaration  was  wanted.  And  even  at  Jerusalem,  it  evidently 
will  not  do  to  say  that  the  Apostles,  as  inspired  men,  made  pro- 
posals to  the  assembled  Elders — for  inspiration  does  not  propose 
but  authoritatively  declares  :  this  would  be  to  subject  inspired 
utterances  to  discussion,  and  so  to  deprive  them  of  their  charac- 
teristic authority.  Nor  will  it  do  to  say,  that  the  apostolic 
declarations  were  simply  accepted  by  the  Elders,  for  this  would 
be  to  make  these  nominal,  and  not  real,  members  of  the  Council. 
Had  the  Apostles  been  acting  under  the  influence  of  their  peculiar 
inspiration,  they  would  not  have  gathered  the  Elders  to  deliberate, 
but  would  have  themselves  authoritatively  issued  a  decree.  To 
submit  the  matter  to  discussion  in  such  a  case  would  be  to  pre- 
tend to  reach  by  deliberation  what  had  already  been  determined 
by  authority.  There  is  certainly  no  evidence  of  the  use,  on  the 
part  of  the  Apostles,  of  their  peculiar  prerogative  of  immediate 
inspiration,  but  care  is  taken,  in  representing  the  various  stages 
of  the  proceedings  and  the  varying  current  of  opinion,  to  show 
that  the  conclusion  was  reached  after  mature  deliberation  and 
fair  discussion.  Besides  this,  we  have  express  notice  taken  of 
the  active  and  conspicuous  part  which  one  who  was  a  simple 
Presbyter— an  Elder,  and  not  an  Apostle — played  on  this  occasion. 


GRADATION    OF    CHURCH    COURTS.  1 25 

After  Peter  had  demonstrated  the  privileges  and  liberty  which 
belonged  to  the  new  dispensation,  and  so  inclined  the  minds  of 
the  assembled  Elders  that  they  gave  an  attentive  hearing  to  the 
delegates  from  Antioch,  James,  the  Lord's  brother,  and  not  one 
of  the  Twelve,  formulated  the  judgment  of  the  court  on  the 
matter  that  had  engaged  the  attention  of  Apostles  and  Elders. 
When  James,  the  Elder,  could  thus  discharge  the  official  duties 
of  president  of  the  Council,  it  is  evident  that  the  Apostles  sat 
there  as  Elders  among  their  brethren.  Some  have  supposed  that 
not  only  Apostles  and  Elders,  that  is  to  say,  church  office-bearers, 
were  members  of  this  Council,  but  that  it  comprised  the  entire 
membership  of  the  church  of  Jerusalem.  In  support  of  this  view 
some  Independent  controversialists  point  to  the  mention  that  is 
made  of  the  brethren  alongside  of  the  Apostles  and  Elders.  Now 
we  should  observe  that  in  Acts  xv.  4,  it  is  said  that  the  delegates 
Paul  and  Barnabas,  reaching  Jerusalem,  were  received  by  the 
church  as  well  as  by  the  Apostles  and  Elders,  and  that  they 
stated  the  occasion  of  their  coming  to  all  of  these  ;  yet  at  verse  6 
the  consideration  of  the  matter  is  expressly  confined  to  the 
Apostles  and  Elders.  The  *  men  and  brethren '  of  Peter  and  James 
(vv.  7,  13)  may  mean  only  the  Apostles  and  Elders,  but  the  multi- 
tude (ver.  12)  who  listened,  in  all  probability  included  non-official 
church  members  who  might  listen  and  gain  personal  conviction 
without  assuming  judicial  power.  And  finally,  when  it  is  said 
(ver.  22),  that  it  pleased  the  Apostles  and  Elders,  with  the  whole 
church,  the  phraseology  employed  suggests  a  distinction  between 
Apostles  and  Elders  as  officially  issuing  a  declaration,  and  the 
church  membership  as  heartily  acquiescing. 

(2.)  As  to  the  kind  of  obligation  attaching  to  the  decision  of 
this  Council,  the  language  used  in  issuing  it,  seems  to  show  that 
it  was  authoritative  and  not  merely  advisory.  The  decrees  are 
laid  upon  the  churches,  and  delivered  by  the  Apostles  to  church 
members  as  precepts  which  have  been  ordained  for  them  to  keep. 
The  ground  of  this  authority  is  undoubtedly  to  be  sought  in  the 
altogether  peculiar  powers,  and  in  the  universal  range  of  juris- 


126  PRESBYTERIAXISM. 

diction  belonging  to  the  Apostles.  The  decrees  were  laid,  not 
simply  upon  the  church  at  Antioch,  but  also  upon  all  the  Gentile 
churches  visited  by  Paul  and  his  companions,  because  the 
Apostles  who  sat  in  the  Council  had  jurisdiction  over  all  the 
churches.  As  universal  pastors,  the  Apostles  were  representa- 
tives of  the  whole  church,  and  therefore  the  decrees  of  Councils 
of  which  they  were  members,  would  have  binding  obligation 
over  all.  Dr.  Davidson,  while  denying  that  we  have  in  the 
Council  anything  like  a  precedent  for  church  courts  in  the 
Presbyterian  sense,  admits  that  there  is  certainly  not  here  an 
example  of  a  mere  consultative  or  advisory  association,  such  as 
Modern  Independents  would  favour.  Whatever  view  may  be 
taken  of  the  place  and  nature  of  this  meeting  of  Apostles  and 
Elders,  there  ought  to  be  no  dirference  of  opinion  as  to  the 
authoritative  character  of  the  decrees  which  were  issued.  It  is 
true  that  the  particular  injunctions  had  immediate  reference  to 
the  peculiar  moral  and  social  conditions  of  the  age.  We  must 
distinguish  between  the  binding  obligation  of  a  decree  as  issued, 
and  the  permanent  obligation  of  all  the  details  of  that  decree. 
For  those  to  whom  it  was  originally  addressed,  all  the  injunc- 
tions contained  in  it  were  obligatory.  For  those  who  live  under 
altered  circumstances,  the  principle  continues  in  force,  and  the 
application  of  it  to  the  changed  conditions  of  their  lives. 

An  interesting  commentary  on  the  record  of  the  proceedings 
of  the  Council  of  Jerusalem  will  be  found  in  Acts  xxi.  17-25.  This 
latter  passage  refers  to  a  period  at  least  eight  years  subsequent  to 
the  meeting  of  the  Council.  Paul  has  again  come  to  Jerusalem, 
and  this  time  with  the  knowledge,  prophetically  communicated 
to  him,  that  there  bonds  and  imprisonment  await  him.  So  soon 
as  he  enters  the  city,  the  brethren  receive  him.  Not  losing  any 
time,  a  formal  meeting  is  arranged  for  the  following  day.  James 
and  all  the  other  Elders — Presbyters — are  present.  Here  was 
evidently  a  meeting  of  the  Presbytery  or  Eldership  —  James 
being  a  member,  and  evidently  acting  as  president.  The  Mis- 
sionary   Apostle   gives   his    encouraging    report,   and    awakens 


GRADATION  OF  CHURCH  COURTS.  1 27 

feelings  of  devout  thankfulness  in  the  hearts  of  the  brethren. 
But  a  similar  trouble  has  presented  itself  in  Jerusalem  to  that 
which  before  had  shown  itself  in  Antioch.  The  local  church 
court  of  Jerusalem  must  do  its  duty  in  taking  measures  for  the 
peace  and  wellbeing  of  its  own  membership.  James  calls  to 
remembrance  the  decrees  concerning  the  Gentiles  (ver.  25).  These 
constitute  a  standing  law,  and  he  will  not  propose  anything  incon- 
sistent with  them.  But  a  false  construction  has  been  put  upon 
Paul's  use  of  these  decrees.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Presbytery  to 
interpret  its  own  law,  and  to  endeavour  thus  to  remove  occasions 
of  prejudice  and  misunderstanding.  This  explaining  of  a  law 
so  as  to  determine  its  application  in  a  particular  case,  is  a  dis- 
tinct and  characteristic  function  of  Presbytery. 

3.  Advantages  of  Gradation  in  Church  Courts. — The  character- 
istic Presbyterian  principle  of  the  gradation  of  church  courts 
can  thus  be  vindicated  on  rational  and  on  scriptural  grounds. 
It  can  further  be  shown  that  this  principle  is  also  of  high 
practical  value.  There  are  at  least  these  two  great  advantages 
bound  up  with  this  Presbyterian  principle  of  the  subordination 
of  church  courts, — the  individual  member  is  freed  from  the 
danger  of  unjust  decisions  which  might  result  from  local  pre- 
judices, and  he  is  also  forcibly  reminded  that,  as  a  member  of 
any  congregation  of  the  church,  he  is  a  member  of  that  whole 
church.  These  are  advantages  which  belong  to  Presbyterianism 
constitutionally  as  distinguished  from  Congregationalism. 

(1.)  To  have  an  opportunity  of  appeal  from  a  local  court  to 
one  representing  a  wider  area,  is  clearly  in  the  interests  of  justice 
to  the  individual.  Any  case  arising  in  a  small  community  is 
in  great  danger  of  being  prejudged.  Office-bearers  regularly 
resident  in  the  district  may  almost  unconsciously  have  become 
partisans,  or  their  circumstances  may  be  such  as  to  give  this 
impression  to  parties  in  the  case.  Thus  the  moral  effect  of  their 
decision  is  greatly  weakened.  The  end  contemplated  is  not 
gained  when  the  party  dealt  with  is  allowed  to  feel  that  he  has 


128  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

been  made  the  victim  of  local  prejudices,  and  that  his  case  has 
not  been  tried  upon  its  real  merits.  In  the  interests  of  church 
discipline,  as  well  as  for  the  preservation  of  individual  rights,  it 
is  desirable  that  an  opportunity  should  be  given  of  appealing  to 
a  court  not  amenable  even  to  the  suspicion  of  personal  bias  or 
adverse  prepossession.  It  may  be,  too,  that  the  particulars  of 
a  case  may  be  such,  that  a  satisfactory  and  convincing  judgment 
can  be  reached  only  when  the  membership  of  the  court  engaged 
in  the  judgment  is  fairly  representative  of  the  culture  and 
intelligence  of  the  church.  Without  in  the  least  trenching  on  the 
doctrine  of  Presbyterian  Parity,  it  is  evident  that  there  are 
individual  Presbyters  throughout  the  church,  whose  opinions  in 
regard  to  particular  questions  that  arise  in  church  courts  carry 
very  special  weight.  There  are  individual  Presbyters — Ministers 
and  Elders — scattered  over  the  several  Presbyteries  and  Synods 
of  our  churches,  and  often  appearing  in  General  Assemblies, 
who  have  established  for  themselves  a  reputation  in  one  or  more 
departments  of  sacred  and  ecclesiastical  learning, — in  church 
procedure,  in  doctrinal,  critical,  or  historical  questions.  They 
have  only  single  votes  like  other  Presbyters  ;  yet  evidently  it  is 
desirable,  when  any  specially  important  question  arises,  that  an 
opportunity  should  be  given  to  those  immediately  interested  to 
have  the  deliberate  judgment  of  the  greatest  number  possible  of 
those  who  have,  in  those  departments,  gained  a  reputation  for 
high  acquirements.  In  the  regular  ascent  of  our  church  courts, 
then,  we  have  the  moral  weight  of  the  decision  increased,  on  the 
one  hand,  by  the  removal  of  all  suspicion  of  the  narrowing 
influence  of  local  prejudices,  and,  on  the  other  hand,  by  the 
inclusion  of  such  men  as  can  speak  among  their  brethren  with 
authority  on  the  matters  under  review. 

(2.)  Scarcely  less  important  than  this  emancipation  from  local 
prejudice,  as  a  result  of  gradation  in  church  courts,  is  the  impulse 
thereby  given  to  the  fuller  appreciation  of  the  idea  of  the  unity 
of  the  church.  Believers  are  members  one  of  another.  This 
principle  is  realized  in  the  smallest  Christian  fellowship  meeting, 


GRADATION  OF  CHURCH  COURTS.  1 29 

where  two  or  three  are  gathered  together  in  the  one  name.  It 
has  express  recognition  given  to  it  in  the  regularly  organized 
congregation.  It  is,  however,  acknowledged  by  every  Christian 
that  the  principle  applies  beyond  this  limit ;  and  it  is  admitted 
to  be  only  right,  that  in  the  very  constitution  of  the  church  the 
widest  possible  expression  should  be  given  to  this  truth.  If  the 
actual  condition  of  the  church  were  in  accordance  with  the 
accepted  ideal,  the  bond  of  church  fellowship  would  simply  be 
that  old  apostolic  symbol, — one  Lord,  one  faith,  one  baptism. 
But  in  order  to  realize  this  comprehensive  idea  of  the  church  in 
its  unity,  it  would  be  necessary  that  all  the  churches  should 
have  absolutely  the  same  terms  of  communion,  —  that  the 
grounds  of  reception  into,  and  ejection  from,  one  congregation 
should  have  the  same  force  in  every  other.  This,  however, 
since  the  confederation  of  churches  began,  has  never  been 
completely  realized.  Wherever  any  individual,  or  group  of 
individuals,  becomes  strongly  convinced  of  the  truth  and 
importance  of  some  principle  not  accepted  by  or  not  insisted 
upon  by  others,  an  obligation  may  arise  to  maintain  a  separate 
position.  Romanists  insist  upon  the  sovereign  authority  of  the 
Pope  ;  Prelatists  renounce  Papal  claims,  but  maintain  the 
apostolic  succession  of  their  own  Bishops,  or,  at  least,  their 
exclusive  right  to  rule  ;  Presbyterians  maintain  Presbyterian 
Parity,  and  the  government  of  the  church  by  representative 
assemblies  ;  Congregationalists  renounce  Presbytery,  as  well  as 
Popery  and  Prelacy,  and  maintain  the  ultimate  ecclesiastical 
authority  of  the  particular  local  congregation.  Romanists,  Pre- 
latists, Presbyterians,  Congregationalists, — severally  maintain  as 
fundamental  certain  opinions,  which  mutually  exclude  one  an- 
other.1 Entertaining  such  diverse  views  of  church  government, 
these  churches  must  remain  apart.  Christian  unity  is  wider  far 
than  any  denomination  :  but  the  church  unity,  to  which  a  system 
of  church  polity  can  give  expression,  refers  to  the  particular  body 
bound  together  under  the  same  standards.  In  the  earliest  times 
1  Compare  Hodge,  The  Church  and  its  Polity,  pp.  92-97. 


130  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

necessarily  the  idea  of  the  union  of  churches  meant  the  entire 
company  of  the  believers.  Gradually  the  exigencies  of  the 
situation  called  for  the  imposition  of  more  definite  terms  of 
communion.  The  idea  of  the  church  fixes  the  conditions  of 
membership.  It  has  been  clearly  shown  by  Mr.  Hatch,  that  in 
the  early  church  there  were  three  successive  periods  in  each 
of  which  there  appeared,  in  a  regularly  advancing  form,  this 
doctrine  of  the  unity  of  the  church.1  In  the  earliest  period,  the 
condition  of  church  fellowship  was  simply  a  changed  life, — 
church  union  here  resulting  from  a  common  relation  to  the 
same  ideal  and  the  same  hope.  In  the  second  period,  there 
was  required  in  addition,  the  profession  of  a  definite  creed, — 
church  unity  here  was  one  of  common  beliefs.  In  the  third 
period,  acceptance  of  the  Catholic  Church  order,  as  well  as  of 
the  Catholic  faith  and  manner  of  life,  was  required, — church 
unity  here  following  upon  agreement  in  regard  to  organization 
and  from  membership  in  the  same  external  confederation. 
This  last,  as  comprehending  the  other  two,  is  that  which  now 
alone  prevails.  It  has  to  be  guarded  against  the  chilling 
influence  of  mere  externalism  ;  but  when  thus  guarded,  it  seems 
alone  adequate  to  the  varied  and  complex  conditions  of  modern 
church  life.  It  is  noticeable,  that  distinctions  in  church  govern- 
ment, more  than  differences  in  doctrine,  have  resulted  in  separate 
church  organizations.  What  we  say  of  denominational  church 
unity  concerns  only  such  distinctions  as  church  constitutions  and 
particular  confessions  introduce.  We  say  that  the  Presbyterian 
Church  is  one  in  a  sense  quite  different  from  that  in  which  we 
affirm  that  all  true  believers  —  all  that  hold  the  Head  —  are 
members  of  the  one  church  of  the  living  God.  Practically  the 
bounds  of  a  particular  church  are  determined  by  subjection  to 
the  one  supreme  court.  '  The  Presbyterians  of  Scotland,  subject 
to  the  same  General  Assembly,  constitute  one  church  ;  those 
subject  to  another  Assembly  constitute  another.'2    The  idea  of 

1  Hatch,  Organization  of  the  Early  Christian  Churches  t  pp,  182-184. 

2  Hodge,  The  Church  and  its  Polity,  p.  95. 


GRADATION    OF    CHURCH    COURTS.  131 

church  unity  entertained  in  Prelatical  Churches  leads  to  an 
exaggerated  centralization,  either  in  an  individual,  the  Pope,  or 
in  a  bench  of  Prelatical  Bishops.  In  Congregationalism,  the  idea 
is  lost  sight  of  altogether  through  the  exaggerated  prominence 
given  to  particular  and  individual  rights.  The  representative 
principle  in  Presbyterianism  maintains  the  doctrine  of  the 
unity  of  the  church  without  the  surrender  of  those  rights  which 
belong  inalienably  to  the  Christian  people.  The  individuals 
originally  concerned  in  any  case,  when  they  claim  the  judgment 
of  superior  courts  of  the  church,  are  made  to  realize  the  place 
which  they  occupy  in  the  interest  and  sympathies  of  the  members 
of  that  church  to  which  they  belong  ;  and,  at  the  same  time, 
the  members  of  those  courts,  as  representatives  of  their  church, 
are  reminded  of  their  responsibilities  and  duties  in  relation  to 
the  most  distant  and  obscure  of  those,  whose  burdens  they  must 
share,  as  members  of  the  one  body  and  fellow-members  of  the 
same  church. 


CHAPTER    III. 

FUNCTIONS  OF  THE  SEVERAL  CHURCH   COURTS. 

1.  The  Kirk -session,  or  Congregational  Presbytery.  —  For  the 
model  of  the  Kirk-session  of  our  Presbyterian  Churches,  we 
can  go  back  to  New  Testament  times.  Owing  to  the  peculiar 
circumstances  of  the  early  church  and  the  condition  of  con- 
temporary society,  the  Presbytery  of  the  Apostolic  Age,  and  of 
the  immediately  following  centuries,  corresponded,  as  to  the 
functions  which  it  discharged,  to  the  meeting  of  Kirk-sessicn 
rather  than  to  the  meeting  of  Presbytery  in  the  modern  sense. 
The  function  of  primitive  Presbyters  consisted  primarily  in  the 
exercise  of  discipline.  As  a  court,  the  Presbytery  of  the  early 
Christian  ages  corresponded  to  the  Jewish  synedrion ;  held  its 
meetings  on  week-days,  and  reviewed,  and  gave  judgment  upon, 
the  conduct  of  those  who  were  members  of  the  church.  Just 
because  these  were  its  functions,  the  primitive  Presbytery  or 
meeting  of  the  eldership  was  long  the  only  regular  and  uni- 
versally recognized  church  court.  The  exercise  of  discipline 
was,  among  the  early  Christians,  made  far  more  prominent,  and 
the  sessions  of  the  court,  in  which  discipline  was  administered, 
were  far  more  frequent,  than  with  us.  Face  to  face  with  pagan 
corruptions,  the  Christian  brethren  were  more  concerned  about 
the  maintaining  of  a  pure  life,  than  the  profession  of  a  detailed 
and  elaborate  creed.  Whether  the  membership  of  the  court 
was   large   or   small,  whether  it  embraced  the  office-bearers  of 

132 


FUNCTIONS    OF   THE    SEVERAL   CHURCH    COURTS.         1 33 

several  smaller  congregations  in  the  one  city,  or  consisted 
simply  in  the  office-bearers  of  a  single  congregation,  in  either 
case,  it  was  characteristically  a  court  for  the  administration  of 
discipline. 

The  primitive  Presbytery  thus  affords  a  singularly  accurate 
model  of  the  Kirk-session  of  the  present  day.  We  may  now 
endeavour  briefly  to  indicate  some  of  the  characteristics  of  this 
court,  as  to  membership,  jurisdiction,  and  functions. 

(1)  Me?nbershifi  of  the  Kirk-session. — The  standing  of  Pres- 
byter or  Elder  in  connection  with  that  congregation,  of  which 
the  particular  Kirk-session  is  the  regular  representative  court, 
is  the  only  condition  of  membership.  The  minister  of  the 
congregation  and  all  the  elders  elected  and  acting  in  the  congre- 
gation are  members  of  that  Kirk-session.  The  number  varies 
according  to  the  size  and  requirements  of  the  congregations. 
The  elders  should  be  sufficiently  numerous  to  allow  such  sub- 
division of  the  duties  of  the  office  as  will  permit  the  discharge 
of  these  without  undue  interference  with  the  lawful  worldly 
calling  of  individual  members.  Those  elders  who  are  not 
pastors  are  officially  distinguished  by  the  designation  Ruling 
Elders.  This  indicates  the  general  function  of  the  court.  In 
the  exercise  of  this  function  of  rule,  there  is  perfect  equality 
among  all  the  members  of  the  Session.  '  In  all  assemblies  of 
the  church,  Ruling  Elders,  being  thereto  rightly  called,  have 
power  to  sit,  write,  debate,  vote,  and  conclude  in  all  matters  that 
are  handled  therein.' ■  The  only  appearance  of  inequality  arises 
from  the  confining  of  the  moderatorship  to  the  clerical  members 
of  the  court.  The  principle  upon  which  this  constitutional  rule 
is  based  has  been  already  discussed.  It  need  only  be  said  here 
that  executive  acts  belong  only  to  the  minister,  and  these  are  pre- 
cisely the  peculiar  duties  of  a  Moderator  of  Session.  He  formally 
declares  the  judgment  of  the  eldership.  As  president  he  gains 
no  undue  power ;  nor  is  he  in  a  position  to  veto  any  legitimate 
business,  for  should  he  decline  to  convene  the  Session,  or  refuse 
1  Treatise  of  Ruli?ig  Elders  and  Deaco?is,  by  James  Guthrie,  chap.  vi. 


134  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

to  allow  discussion  on  any  matter,  any  member  feeling  aggrieved 
may  complain  to  the  Presbytery. 

(2)  Jurisdiction  of  the  Kirk-session. — The  range  of  authority 
belonging  to  an  eldership  is  determined  by  the  bounds  of  that 
congregation  by  which  its  members  have  been  elected,  and  to 
which,  as  individual  communicants,  they  belong.  In  primitive 
times,  it  would  seem  that  often,  if  not  always,  the  congregations 
in  one  city,  whether  few  or  many,  had  but  one  eldership, — as,  for 
example,  at  Jerusalem  and  Ephesus.  The  legitimacy  of  this 
arrangement  was  recognized  in  the  Scottish  Church  of  the 
Reformation.  In  the  Second  Book  of  Discipline,  it  is  declared 
that  though  elderships  are  in  particular  kirks,  yet  they  exercise 
the  power,  authority,  and  jurisdiction  of  the  kirk.  In  those  times 
many  churches,  especially  in  country  districts,  could  not  obtain  a 
complete  eldership,  and  so  three  or  four  churches  were  wont  to 
unite  in  forming  a  Session,  care  being  taken  to  have  each  con- 
gregation represented.1  In  any  case,  the  power  of  any  particular 
eldership  was  confined  to  the  Christian  community  from  which 
they  had  been  chosen.  The  regular  and  sufficient  planting  of 
ministers  in  parishes,  led  ultimately  to  the  ranking  of  Sessions  as 
strictly  parochial  institutions.  The  Kirk-session,  in  respect  of 
jurisdiction,  came  to  be  precisely  a  parochial  Presbytery.  The 
whole  government  of  the  particular  congregation  is  within  the 
jurisdiction  of  the  Session  ;  only  nothing  inconsistent  with  the 
accepted  constitution  of  the  church  can  be  done  in  Session, 
without  incurring  censure,  and  reversal  or  cancelling  of  its 
judgment,  from  a  higher  court. 

(3)  Functions  of  the  Kirk-session. — The  general  supervision 
of  the  congregation,  so  as  to  advance  in  every  possible  way  its 
spiritual  interests,  is  the  official  duty  of  the  elders  as  a  body 
meeting  in  the  Session.  The  exercise  of  this  spiritual  oversight 
requires  that  the  Session  should  keep  itself  informed  regarding 
the  membership  of  the  church,  by  having  prepared  an  accurate 
communion  roll.     The  duty  of  revising  this  roll  belongs  to  the 

1  See  Second  Book  of  Discipline,  chap.  vii.  sect.  10. 


FUNCTIONS   OF   THE    SEVERAL   CHURCH    COURTS.         135 

Session,  which  determines  all  changes  upon  it,  in  the  way  of 
removals  and  additions.  No  individual  member  can  be  deprived 
of  membership  except  by  a  sessional  act.  The  eldership  con- 
siders whether  any  member  is  worthy  of  censure,  and  also  what 
the  form  of  that  censure  is  to  be  :  the  moderator  is  then 
empowered  to  declare  formally  the  finding  of  the  court,  and 
execute  its  sentence.  It  is  not  in  the  power  of  the  minister,  or  of 
any  individual  elder,  to  suspend  a  member ;  but,  on  his  personal 
responsibility,  he  may  advise.  Admission  to  ordinances  is  also 
determined  by  the  eldership, — all  the  members  having  the  right, 
as  well  as  the  minister,  to  examine,  and  satisfy  himself  of  the 
fitness  of  any  applicant, — enrolment  and  reception  into  church 
fellowship  being  distinctly  a  function  of  the  Kirk  -  session. 
Although  the  minister  is  not  under  the  jurisdiction  of  his  Session, 
it  is  yet  the  Session's  duty  to  see  to  it  that  the  ordinances  of 
word  and  sacrament  are  regularly  and  fitly  dispensed  ;  and  if 
need  be,  it  may  call  on  the  Presbytery  to  consider  the  matter. 
In  reference  to  distribution  of  church  goods,  the  eldership  must 
see  it  done  justly. 

2.  The  Deacons'  Court. — The  Deacons'  Court  is  not  to  be 
regarded  as  a  church  court  in  the  same  sense  as  Sessions, 
Presbyteries,  and  Synods  are  so  called  in  the  Presbyterian 
Church.  For  while  Presbyters  or  Elders  are  members  of  this 
court,  Presbytership  is  not  the  qualification  of  membership. 
The  Deacons'  Court  embraces  in  its  membership  all  the  office- 
bearers of  the  congregation, — ministers,  elders,  and  deacons. 
The  presence  of  the  minister,  however,  is  not  necessary  in  order 
to  form  a  quorum.  If  present,  he  presides  ;  if  not,  any  member 
of  the  court  may  be  appointed  chairman.  The  functions  of  the 
Deacons'  Court  are  properly  restricted  to  the  temporal  affairs 
of  the  church  and  congregation.  In  the  earliest  period  of  the 
history  of  the  Reformed  Church  of  Scotland  there  was  no 
special  court  of  deacons,  and  in  consequence  there  was  con- 
siderable   confusion    regarding    the    functions    which    deacons 


136  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

were  supposed  to  discharge.  In  the  Minutes  of  the  Scottish 
Assembly  of  1562  we  find  an  entry  that  seems  indifferently  to 
require  the  presence  of  an  elder  or  a  deacon  at  a  Synod  meeting  : 
1  The  kirk  ordains  that  the  superintendents  appoint  their  Synodal 
Conventions  .  .  .  and  that  they  give  sufficient  advertisements  to 
the  particular  kirks,  that  the  minister  with  an  elder  or  deacon 
may  repair  toward  the  place  appointed  by  the  superintendents, 
at  the  day  that  shall  be  fixed  by  them,  to  consult  upon  the 
common  affairs  of  their  diocese.'  Again,  in  the  Minutes  of  the 
Assembly  of  1563,  we  find  deacons  similarly  joined  with  ministers 
and  elders.  It  was  ordained  that  if  any  person  find  himself 
hurt  by  any  sentence  given  by  any  ministers,  elders,  or  deacons 
of  the  kirk,  it  shall  be  lesum  (lawful)  to  the  person  so  hurt  to 
appeal,  etc.  From  these  references  it  is  evident  that  other  duties 
than  those  connected  with  the  outward  affairs  of  the  church  were 
discharged  by  deacons  in  the  Scottish  Church  under  the  First 
Book  of  Discipline.  It  was  in  the  Second  Book  of  Discipline 
that  the  duties  of  deacons  were  theoretically  restricted  to  distri- 
bution. This  was  recognized  in  an  Act  of  Assembly  17 19, — 
that  deacons,  as  such,  shall  have  no  decisive  voice,  either  in  the 
calling  of  ministers,  or  in  the  exercise  of  church  discipline.  In 
those  Presbyterian  Churches  of  the  present  day  where  the 
deaconship  is  maintained  in  efficiency,  the  functions  of  the 
Deacons'  Court  are  clearly  defined  so  as  to  exclude  all  reference 
to  discipline.  In  the  Practice  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland 
this  is  specially  emphasized.  The  court  is  not  authorized  to 
exercise  any  kind  of  spiritual  rule,  and  has  no  power  of  discipline 
even  over  its  own  members.  As  a  congregational  court,  however, 
the  Deacons'  Court  has  a  distinct  jurisdiction  upon  which  the 
Session  cannot  intrude.  Equally  with  the  Session  it  is  under 
immediate  jurisdiction  of  the  Presbytery — this,  however,  being 
ordinarily  restricted  to  the  review  and  annual  investigation  of 
the  record  and  accounts  of  the  court. 

3.  The  Presbytery.— As  a  church  court  the  Presbytery  may  b© 


FUNCTIONS   OF   THE    SEVERAL   CHURCH    COURTS.         1 37 

regarded  as  the  unit  in  the  Presbyterian  system.  Here  the 
representative  principle  which  distinguishes  Presbyterianism 
from  all  other  forms  of  church  government,  is  first  practically 
applied.  The  constitution  of  the  Kirk-session,  indeed,  involves 
the  representation  of  the  membership  of  the  church  by  means  of 
elected  office-bearers  ;  but,  unless  the  representative  idea  were 
developed  in  the  regular  succession  of  superior  courts,  members 
of  the  congregational  Session  would  be  little  more  than  the  dele- 
gates of  those  electing  them,  and  the  status  of  representatives 
would  not  be  maintained.  In  the  Presbytery  the  principle  of 
representation  is  applied,  not  simply  to  the  congregational 
membership,  but  also  to  the  congregational  eldership.  Every 
congregational  Session  is  represented  in  the  local  Presbytery 
according  to  an  arrangement  determined  by  the  constitution. 
The  bounds  of  a  Presbytery  are  fixed  simply  by  considerations 
of  convenience.  A  district  is  marked  out  of  such  dimensions  as 
will  allow  Presbyters  residing  within  it  to  convene  as  often  as 
required  at  one  stated  place.  Thus,  a  city  or  a  large  town,  like 
Glasgow  or  Greenock,  will  be  regarded  as  the  Presbytery  seat, 
and  will  give  its  name  to  the  Presbytery,  and  surrounding 
parishes,  which  have  most  ready  access  to  such  a  centre,  will  be 
embraced  within  the  bounds  of  that  Presbytery.  Hence  the 
limits  of  a  Presbytery  are  quite  variable.  Circumstances  may 
be  such  as  to  demand  or  render  advisable  the  division  of  one 
Presbytery  into  two  or  more.  Thus,  in  the  Church  of  Scotland 
previous  to  1707,  there  was  only  one  Presbytery  in  Orkney,  but 
in  that  year  the  Assembly  divided  the  Orkney  Presbytery  into 
two — the  Presbytery  of  Kirkwall  and  the  Presbytery  of  the 
North  Isles  ;  while  still  later,  in  1725,  a  further  subdivision  was 
made  and  three  Presbyteries  formed,  called  respectively  the 
Presbyteries  of  Kirkwall,  of  Cairston,  and  of  the  North  Isles. 
Again,  in  1830,  the  Shetland  Presbytery  was  divided  into  two. 
And  now  in  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland  there  is  but  one 
Presbytery  of  Orkney,  and  one  Presbytery  of  Shetland,  as  in  the 
earlier  period.     Besides  such  changes  affecting  the  number  of 


138  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Presbyteries,  applications  may  be  made  for  having  a  particular 
charge  separated  from  one  Presbytery  and  annexed  to  another. 
And  inasmuch  as  physical  conditions  and  local  circumstances 
generally  determine  the  boundaries  of  Presbyteries,  the  area  and 
membership  of  these  courts  vary  greatly  even  in  the  same  church. 
In  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  for  example,  we  have  the 
Presbytery  of  I  slay  embracing  five  regular  charges,  and  that  of 
Glasgow  embracing  ninety. 

The  membership  of  the  Presbytery  consists  of  all  the  ministers 
of  full  and  regular  charges  within  the  district,  together  with  a 
representative  ruling  elder  for  each  congregational  Session.  The 
evident  principle  which  determines  this  arrangement  is  the 
securing  equal  representation  of  the  two  different  orders  of 
Presbyters.  In  ordinary  circumstances  there  is  but  one  minister 
over  each  congregation,  and  when  matters  are  in  this  normal 
condition  throughout  a  Presbytery,  its  membership  is  equally 
divided  between  teaching  and  ruling  elders.  Then  the  moderator 
being,  for  reasons  which  we  have  already  stated,  chosen  from  the 
clerical  members,  a  voting  majority  may  be  given  to  the  ruling 
elders.  Thus  in  a  Presbytery  of  six  charges,  there  will  be  six 
ruling  elders,  and  five  clerical  members,  with  the  moderator,  who 
has  no  deliberative  vote.  This  decided  advantage  on  the  side  of 
non-clerical  members  ought  to  be  noted.  Where,  however,  any 
minister,  on  account  of  age  and  infirmity,  has  had  granted  him  a 
colleague  and  successor,  so  long  as  both  are  associated  in 
ministerial  work  in  the  congregation,  both  have  seats  in  the 
Presbytery.  This  increases  the  proportion  of  the  clerical  mem- 
bership, and  when  regard  is  had  to  the  whole  church  may  be 
held  as  counterbalancing  the  excess  of  non-clerical  membership 
just  referred  to.  From  a  comparison  of  the  reports  for  several 
years,  it  appears  that  in  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  for  example, 
the  average  number  of  colleagueships  is  just  about  equal  to  the 
number  of  Presbyteries.  Hence  even  the  admission  of  all  the 
colleagues  to  the  membership  of  their  Presbyteries  need  not  be 
regarded  as  disturbing  the  equilibrium  of  lay  and  clerical  repre- 


FUISXTIOXS   OF   THE   SEVERAL   CHURCH    COURTS.         139 

scntation.  In  addition  to  this,  when  a  theological  seminary 
belonging  to  the  church  is  situated  within  the  bounds  of  a 
Presbytery,  the  professors,  as  ordained  ministers,  are  mem- 
bers of  that  Presbytery.  Whatever  temporary  inequality  the 
presence  of  colleague  ministers  and  professors  of  theology  may 
occasion  is  righted,  so  far  as  the  particular  Presbytery  is 
concerned,  by  means  of  the  principle  of  equal  representation 
of  ministers  and  elders  carried  out  in  the  composition  of  the 
supreme  court  according  to  the  practice  of  most  Presbyterian 
Churches. 

The  mode  of  conducting  meetings  of  Presbytery  has  varied 
from  time  to  time.  In  the  earlier  periods  of  the  Scottish 
Reformed  Church,  and  during  the  reign  of  English  Puritanism, 
the  meetings  of  Presbytery  were  largely  utilized  for  purposes  of 
practical  religion,  for  doctrinal  discussion,  and  study  of  the 
Scriptures.  Several  Acts  of  Assembly  of  the  Scottish  Church, 
as,  for  example,  those  of  1598  and  1638,  ordain  weekly  meetings 
of  Presbytery,  all  absentees  incurring  censure,  and  enjoin  par- 
ticularly that  some  ( common  head  of  religion'  (Act  of  1598),  or 
1  some  controverted  head  of  doctrine '  (Act  of  1638),  be  handled 
in  e'very  Presbytery  publicly,  and  disputed  among  the  brethren, 
at  the  first  meeting  of  the  month.  It  was  recommended  seriously 
to  all  the  Presbyteries  within  the  church  (Act  of  Assembly  1694), 
to  set  up  the  use  of  the  exercise  and  addition,  that  is,  an  exposi- 
tion of  Scripture  with  an  extended  application.  This  had  been 
the  practice  of  the  Scottish  Church  in  the  earliest  years  of  the 
Reformation.  '  There  was  a  meeting,'  says  Dr.  M'Crie,  speaking 
of  the  forms  of  church  government  under  Knox,  '  called  the 
weekly  exercise,  or  prophesying,  held  in  every  considerable  town, 
consisting  of  the  ministers,  exhorters,  and  learned  men  in  the 
vicinity,  for  expounding  the  Scriptures.  This  was  afterwards 
converted  into  the  Presbytery,  or  classical  assembly.'  Even 
after  the  Presbyteries  had  been  constituted  in  regular  manner, 
this  exercise,  as  the  references  just  made  to  Acts  of  Assembly 
show,  continued  to  occupy  a  prominent  place  in  their  proceed- 


1 40  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

ings.  Among  the  English  Puritans  these  exercises  were  zealously 
observed  until  forcibly  stopped  by  Elizabeth.  At  present  the 
general  practice  is  to  open  meetings  of  Presbytery  with  a  full 
devotional  service  of  praise,  reading  of  the  Scriptures,  and 
prayer.  In  many  Presbyteries  it  is  the  custom  to  devote  the 
first  hour  of  meeting  to  such  devotional  exercises. 

The  functions  of  the  Presbytery  are  most  conveniently  grouped 
under  a  threefold  division.1  (1)  There  are  certain  functions 
which  have  their  original  source  in  the  action  of  the  Presbytery. 
These  principally  refer  to  the  granting  of  licence  and  ordination. 
It  will  be  seen  that  this  covers  a  very  large  field  of  operations. 
The  duties  involved  in  the  granting  of  licences  to  preach 
embrace  the  superintendence  of  students  and  their  periodical 
examination  during  their  preparatory  course  of  training,  inquiry 
as  to  the  regularity  and  completeness  of  that  course,  and  finally, 
the  trial  of  their  general  fitness  for  the  office  of  the  ministry.  In 
regard  to  ordination,  again,  the  functions  of  the  Presbytery  are 
yet  more  extensive.  The  Presbytery  is  specially  charged  with 
the  oversight  of  vacant  congregations ;  appoints  one  of  its 
clerical  members  Moderator  of  Session  during  the  vacancy,  and, 
in  a  manner  varying  in  details  according  to  the  special  circum- 
stances of  different  denominations,  makes  arrangements  so  as  to 
further  the  orderly  settlement  of  a  regular  pastor.  Then  so  soon 
as  a  probationer,  one  who  has  received  Presbyterial  licence,  is 
presented  as  under  call  to  the  vacant  charge,  the  Presbytery, 
having  satisfied  itself  as  to  the  regularity  of  the  call,  proceeds  to 
take  him  on  trial  for  ordination.  These  trials  involve  the  produc- 
tion of  evidence  as  to  his  previous  licensure,  and  the  undergoing 
of  any  further  examination  which  the  Presbytery  may  regard  as 
necessary  to  prove  his  fitness  for  that  special  work  to  which  he 
is  called.  Further,  all  the  formal  acts  in  announcing  to  the  con- 
gregation interested  the  steps  that  are  being  taken,  are  Presby- 
terial functions.  In  the  discharge  of  these  duties  all  members  of 
Presbytery  share,  except  that  the  serving  of  edicts,  as  being 
1  The  Practice  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland %  chap.  ii.  Part  II. 


FUNCTIONS  OF  THE  SEVERAL  CHURCH  COURTS.   141 

done  at  the  regular  diets  of  public  worship,  can  only  be  executed 
by  a  minister.  The  act  of  ordination,  however,  as  solemn 
admission  to  the  ministerial  order,  belongs  exclusively  to  the 
clerical  members  of  the  Presbytery.  And  further,  inasmuch  as 
the  Presbytery  gives  licence  and  ordination,  it  is  the  function  of 
this  court  to  consider  when  it  may  be  necessary  to  deprive  any 
individual  or  suspend  him  from  the  exercise  of  the  privileges 
which  it  had  originally  granted.  (2)  An  important  department 
of  Presbyterial  work  is  that  involved  in  the  superintendence  and 
review  of  courts  under  its  jurisdiction.  *  All  Presbyteries/  says 
an  Act  of  Assembly  1700,  '  are  required  to  be  careful  in  revising 
the  registers  of  the  judicatures  under  their  immediate  inspection.' 
Upon  any  occasion  the  Presbytery  may  demand  the  production 
of  the  records  of  Kirk-sessions  within  the  bounds.  It  is  custo- 
mary to  call  for  these  records  once  a  year,  immediately  before  the 
meeting  of  the  Provincial  Synod  preceding  the  meeting  of  the 
General  Assembly.  This  rule  of  an  annual  inspection  of  Session 
records  in  the  Scottish  Church  dates  from  the  period  of  the 
second  Reformation.  An  Act  of  Assembly  1639  enjoins  that  the 
Session  books  of  every  parish  be  presented  once  a  year  to  the 
Presbyteries,  that  they  may  be  tried  by  them.  The  Presbytery 
judges  whether  the  inferior  court  has  kept  within  its  province  in 
the  particular  business  which  it  has  undertaken,  and  whether  its 
decisions  and  course  of  procedure  have  been  according  to  the 
laws  of  the  church.  In  connection  with  the  procedure  or 
interests  of  congregational  Sessions,  the  Presbytery  has  to  deal 
with  references  and  appeals.  Complaints  against  the  action  of 
the  [Moderator  of  a  Session  can  only  be  made  to  the  Presbytery. 
Such  complaints  may  come  from  the  Session,  from  individual 
elders,  or  from  simple  members  of  the  congregation,  and  must  be 
made  in  the  form  of  a  petition.  A  particular  Kirk-session,  having 
exhauste3Tfs~pmvers  in  any  case,  may  refer  that  case  siinpliciter 
to  the  Presbytery.  And  in  certain  circumstances  Kirk-sessions 
are  enjoined  by  the  law  of  the  church  to  take  no  action,  but  to 
refer  the   matter  at  once  to  the  superior  judicatory.     In  the 


142  .  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

exercise  of  this  function  of  review,  one  of  the  grand  recom- 
mendations of  the  Presbyterian  system  comes  into  light.  The 
Presbytery  affords  opportunity  to  all  under  its  jurisdiction  who 
feel  aggrieved  by  any  local  action  or  neglect,  to  secure  satisfac- 
tion through  a  patient  examination  of  their  case  before  a  com- 
petent judicial  body.  (3)  The  Presbytery  has,  further,  certain 
functions  to  discharge  in  consequence  of  its  relations  to  the 
Synod  and  Assembly  as  superior  courts.  Just  as  the  Kirk- 
sessions  are  required  annually  to  submit  their  records  to  the 
Presbytery  under  which  they  are,  the  Presbyteries  are  required 
to  submit  their  records  to  the  inspection  and  judgment  of  the 
Synod  to  which  they  belong.  The  powers  of  the  Synod  in  regard 
to  the  Presbytery  books  are  precisely  the  same  as  those  of  the 
Presbytery  over  the  Session  books.  Errors  in  procedure,  whether 
in  reference  to  method,  or  in  reference  to  the  subjects  dealt 
with,  on  the  part  of  the  Presbyteries,  may  be  corrected,  and  the 
parties  reprimanded  by  the  Synod,  which  exercises  toward  Pres- 
byteries all  the  functions  of  a  court  of  review.  Consequently  due 
care  must  be  taken  by  each  Presbytery  that  an  accurate  copy  of 
its  proceedings  be  regularly  kept.  Further  also,  appeals  and 
references  may  be  made  from  the  Presbytery  to  the  Synod  just 
as  by  Kirk-sessions  to  the  Presbytery.  In  the  case  of  one 
Presbytery  feeling  aggrieved  by  the  action  of  another  Presbytery, 
relief  can  only  be  had  by  complaint  lodged  before  the  Synod 
which  has  jurisdiction  over  the  Presbytery  charged  with  the 
offence.  The  Presbytery  also  may  make  a  direct  proposal  to 
the  General  Assembly  in  regard  to  legislation,  indicating  the 
importance  of  some  modification  of  any  law,  or  urging  the 
desirability  of  passing  some  new  enactment.  This  is  done  by 
transmitting  the  proposal  as  an  overture  to  the  General  Assembly. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  Presbytery  may  be  required  to  express  an 
opinion  on  some  proposal  originating  in  the  Assembly,  which  has 
been  transmitted  in  the  form  of  an  overture  to  the  Presbytery. 
According  to  the  Barrier  Act  passed  in  1697,  no  proposal  of  the 
General  Assembly  can  be  passed  into   a  binding   law  of  the 


FUNCTIONS   OF   THE   SEVERAL   CHURCH   COURTS.        1 43 

church  until  the  consent  of  a  majority  of  Presbyteries  has  been 
secured  in  response  to  the  overtures  sent  down. 

The  relation  which  the  Presbytery  bears  to  the  more  compre- 
hensive courts,  Synod  and  Assembly,  is  the  occasion  of  many  of 
the  express  enactments  of  the  constitution,  which  form  practical 
restrictions  upon  the  exercise  of  Presbyterial  powers.  Thus  a 
single  Presbytery  independent  of  all  other  Presbyteries  might 
make  any  sort  of  conditions  in  granting  licence ;  might  require 
or  dispense  with  a  university  curriculum  ;  might  require  a  two,  or 
a  three,  or  a  four  years'  theological  course.  But  the  constitu- 
tion of  each  denomination  lays  down  certain  conditions  to  be 
observed  uniformly  by  all  the  Presbyteries.  Such  licence  forms 
a  main  qualification  for  ordination.  The  licentiate  admitted 
by  ordination  to  a  seat  in  any  Presbytery  becomes  thereby  a 
member  of  Synod,  with  consequent  jurisdiction  over  the  other 
Presbyteries  forming  that  Synod.  Licensing  and  ordaining, 
therefore,  are  matters  that  affect  not  a  single  Presbytery  but 
other  Presbyteries ;  and  hence  by  terms  of  association  a  restric- 
tion is  put  upon  the  inherent  powers  of  each  Presbytery.  The 
constitution  is  not  a  grant  of  powers  to  the  church  courts,  but  a 
restriction  of  powers. 

All  Presbyterial  functions  which  can  be  discharged  by  the  joint 
action  of  members  of  a  Presbytery  are  performed  by  all  the  mem- 
bers of  that  court,  whether  ministers  or  ruling  elders,  except  such 
acts  as  are  competent  only  to  those  who  hold  the  ministerial 
office.  We  have  already  shown  that  the  moderator  of  Presbytery 
is  properly  chosen  from  among  the  clerical  members,  inasmuch 
as  they  only  have  the  executive  power.  The  one  main  exception 
to  the  full  equality  in  the  Presbytery  of  ruling  elders  and  ministers 
lies  in  the  matter  of  ordination.  It  is  most  certainly  the  true 
theory  of  Presbyterianism,  that  only  ministerial  members  of 
Presbytery  take  part  in  the  act  of  ordaining  to  the  office  of  the 
ministry.  Ordination,  says  the  Directory,  is  the  act  of  a  Presby- 
tery. The  power  of  ordering  the  whole  work  of  ordination  is  in 
the  whole  Presbytery.    This  is  enacted  to  prevent  single  congrega- 


144  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

tions  taking  upon  them  such  duties.  All  members  of  Presbytery 
engage  in  ordering  and  managing  the  ordination,  but  the  act 
itself  belongs  only  to  those  members  who  have  themselves  had 
the  like  ordination,  and  are  in  possession  of  that  office  to  which 
the  ordination  admits.  '  Every  minister  of  the  word  is  to  be 
ordained  by  imposition  of  hands,  and  prayer,  with  fasting,  by  those 
preaching  Presbyters  to  whom  it  doth  belong.'  '  Preaching  Pres- 
byters orderly  associated,  either  in  cities  or  neighbouring  villages, 
are  those  to  whom  the  imposition  of  hands  doth  appertain,  for 
those  congregations  within  their  bounds  respectively.'  When 
elsewhere  in  the  Directory  members  of  Presbytery  are  spoken  of 
in  connection  with  ordination,  it  is  evident  that  only  ministers  are 
intended.  The  idea  that  ruling  elders  should  take  part  in  the 
ordination  of  ministers  is  quite  inconsistent  with  Presbyterian 
principles  and  practice.  '  If  ordination,'  says  Dr.  Hodge,  '  were 
merely  induction  into  the  order  of  Presbyters,  from  which  some 
members,  by  a  subsequent  process,  were  selected  to  preach,  and 
others  to  rule,  then  the  service  might  from  its  nature  belong  to 
all  Presbyters  ;  but  as  beyond  dispute  ordination  is  an  induction 
into  a  particular  office,  it  cannot,  according  to  our  constitution, 
belong  to  any  who  do  not  hold  that  office.'1  If  the  right  to 
preach  the  word  belongs  to  ministers,  so  also  does  the  right  to 
ordain  to  the  office  of  preacher  belong  only  to  them.  The  power 
to  ordain  really  belongs  to  every  minister  who  has  been  ordained, 
only,  on  the  principle  referred  to  in  the  preceding  paragraph, 
ministers  as  members  of  Presbytery  under  a  constitution  have 
agreed  not  to  exercise  that  power,  except  in  an  orderly  way  by 
Presbyterial  co-action. 

4.  The  Provincial  Synod. — In  all  essential  respects,  the  Synods 
of  the  Scottish  Churches,  Established  and  Free,  maybe  described 
as  larger  Presbyteries.  A  Provincial  Synod  embraces  a  greater 
or  less  number  of  Presbyteries,  and  its  membership  is  simply 
made  up  of  all  the  members  of  those  Presbyteries,  both  ministers 
1  The  Church  and  its  Polity,  p.  291. 


FUNCTIONS   OF   THE   SEVERAL   CHURCH   COURTS.         I45 

and  elders,  together  with  a  minister  and  elder  as  corresponding 
members,  from  one  or  more  neighbouring  Synods,  commissioned 
to  represent  such  court  or  courts.  In  both  the  Scottish  Churches 
just  named  there  are  sixteen  Provincial  Synods.  These,  like 
the  Presbyteries,  vary  greatly  in  their  dimensions.  In  the  Free 
Church,  the  Synods  of  Glasgow  and  Aberdeen  have  each  eight 
Presbyteries  included  ;  while  some  have  only  three  ;  and  Orkney 
and  Shetland  Presbyteries,  owing  to  their  insular  positions,  are 
both  invested  with  Synodical  powers.  The  Synod  of  Glasgow 
and  Ayr  embraces  244  ministerial  charges  :  the  Synod  of  Gallo- 
way only  26.  In  the  earliest  period  of  the  Scottish  Reformation 
Provincial  Synods  were  held  twice  a  year  under  the  presidency 
of  the  superintendent  of  the  district.  The  order  of  Provincial 
Synods  in  Scotland  presently  followed  was  originally  fixed  by  an 
Act  of  Assembly  in  1638,  when  the  number  was  settled  at  sixteen, 
though  the  distribution  of  Presbyteries  was  then  somewhat  differ- 
ent from  the  present.  The  intention  and  main  use  of  this  institu- 
tion is  to  form  a  connecting  link  between  Presbyteries  in  a  large 
church  and  the  supreme  court.  In  consequence  of  this  intermedi- 
ary position,  the  functions  of  the  Synod  are  comparatively  narrow 
in  range.  It  is  mainly  a  court  of  review,  and  so  is  principally 
occupied  with  the  examination  of  the  books  of  Presbyteries 
within  its  jurisdiction,  with  the  consideration  of  complaints, 
appeals,  or  references  from  the  Presbyteries,  and  the  summarizing 
of  reports  on  Sabbath  schools,  on  the  state  of  religion  and 
morals,  etc.,  from  materials  afforded  by  the  inferior  courts.  In 
the  exercise  of  the  same  right  as  that  possessed  by  Presbyteries, 
the  Synod  can  approach  the  supreme  court  on  any  subject  by 
means  of  an  overture.  Such  a  proposal  must  be  formally  sub- 
mitted to  the  Synod,  and  when  supported  by  a  majority  in  the 
Synod  is  transmitted  to  the  Assembly.  The  Synod  is  directly 
responsible  to,  and  under  the  immediate  jurisdiction  of,  the  General 
Assembly.  The  record  of  the  Synod's  proceedings  must  be 
produced  before  the  Assembly,  and  is  dealt  with  just  as  the  Pres- 
bytery's record  is  dealt  with  by  the  Synod.     In  the  exercise  of 


146  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

discipline,  besides  entering  upon  all  cases  of  complaint,  appeal, 
and  reference  from  Presbyteries,  the  Synod  may  call  the  attention 
of  a  Presbytery  to  any  matter  which  it  should  deal  with,  and 
enjoin  the  Presbytery  to  institute  proceedings. 

5.  The  General  Assembly. — The  General  Assembly  is  the  highest 
court  in  the  Presbyterian  Church,  and  is  representative  of  the 
whole  church  whose  name  it  bears.  Whatever  powers,  therefore, 
are  inherent  in  the  church  must  also  be  inherent  in  the  Assembly 
as  the  supreme  court.  Its  proceedings,  however,  are  regulated 
by  the  accepted  constitution  of  the  church,  by  which  the  rights  of 
all  inferior  courts  are  preserved.  It  is  concerned  directly  with 
the  affairs  of  the  entire  denomination,  and  hence  it  determines 
the  number,  bounds,  and  designations  of  all  Presbyteries  and 
Synods  under  its  jurisdiction.  Then,  just  as  the  Presbytery 
reviews  the  proceedings  of  Kirk-sessions  within  its  bounds,  and 
Synods  review  the  decisions  and  transactions  of  Presbyteries 
within  their  provinces,  so  also  the  General  Assembly  reviews  the 
proceedings  and  examines  the  records  of  Provincial  Synods. 
All  complaints,  appeals,  and  references  from  Synods  come  before 
the  Assembly.  The  functions  of  the  supreme  court  of  the  church 
are  well  stated  in  the  Second  Book  of  Discipline  (chap.  vii.  §  22) : 
1  This  Assembly  is  instituted  that  all  things  omitted,  or  done 
amiss,  in  the  provincial  assemblies,  maybe  redressed  and  handled; 
and  things  generally  serving  for  the  weal  of  the  whole  body  of 
the  kirk  within  the  realm  may  be  foreseen,  intreated,  and  set 
forth  to  God's  glory.' 

The  General  Assembly  is  representative  of  the  whole  church. 
All  the  Presbyters  of  the  church  are  not  members  of  Assembly, 
but  all  are  represented  there.  In  the  Kirk-session  all  the  elders 
of  the  congregation  are  members  ;  in  the  Presbyteries  all  the 
Kirk-sessions  are  represented  by  a  minister  and  elder ;  in  the 
Provincial  Synods  the  Presbyteries  are  not  represented  but 
embraced ;  and  in  the  Assembly.  Presbyteries  are  not  embraced, 
but  are  all  represented.     The  constitutions  of  Presbyteries  and 


FUNCTIONS    OF   THE    SEVERAL    CHURCH    COURTS.         147 

Synods  arc  exactly  the  same,  but  in  the  constitution  of  the 
General  Assembly  the  representative  principle  reaches  another 
stage  of  development.  Presbyteries  and  Synods  represent  the 
Kirk-sessions ;  the  General  Assembly  represents  the  Presbyteries. 
In  the  Kirk-session  there  is  only  one  minister  and  several  elders, 
and  the  representation  is  one  minister  and  one  elder ;  and  in  the 
Presbytery,  where  both  orders  of  Presbyters  are  present  in  equal 
numbers,  the  same  principle  of  equal  proportion  in  representa- 
tives for  the  Assembly  ought  to  be  maintained.  This  equality  of 
representation  to  both  ministers  and  elders  is  not  observed  in  all 
Presbyterian  Churches.  The  Established  Church  of  Scotland, 
for  example,  following  the  long  accepted  practice  of  the  Scottish 
Church,  admits  a  much  smaller  number  of  elders  than  of  ministers 
to  her  supreme  court.  An  Act  of  Assembly  1694  seems  to  deter- 
mine the  principle  which  in  its  main  features  has  been  followed 
ever  since.  All  Presbyteries  consisting  of  twelve  parishes  or 
under  shall  send  two  ministers  and  one  elder;  those  above  twelve 
and  not  over  eighteen  shall  send  three  ministers  and  one  elder  ; 
those  above  eighteen  and  not  over  twenty-four  shall  send  four 
ministers  and  two  elders  ;  those  above  twenty-four  shall  send  five 
ministers  and  two  elders  ;  and  (added  by  an  Act  of  171 2)  those 
over  thirty  shall  send  six  ministers  and  three  elders.  So  far  as 
Presbyterial  representation  is  concerned,  this  allows  considerably 
under  one-half  to  elders  as  compared  with  ministers.  In  addition, 
sixty-seven  elders  are  elected  by  Town  Councils  to  represent  the 
Royal  Burghs  of  Scotland,  and  each  Scottish  University  may 
send  a  representative.  Dr.  Hill  gives  the  following  abstract  of 
an  actual  Roll  of  one  Assembly  as  a  specimen  of  the  general 
scale  of  representation  :  Two  hundred  ministers  representing 
Presbyteries,  eighty-nine  elders  representing  Presbyteries,  sixty- 
seven  elders  representing  Royal  Burghs,  and  five  ministers  or  elders 
representing  Universities.  According  to  a  report  of  statistics 
presented  to  the  Presbyterian  Council  at  Philadelphia  in  1880, 
the  General  Assembly  of  the  Established  Church  of  Scotland 
then  consisted  of  247  ministers  and  178  elders,  chosen  precisely 


1 48  PRESBYTERI ANISM, 

according  to  the  plan  above  indicated.  Writing  at  the  beginning 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  Steuart  of  Pardovan  says,  — '  Our 
practice  would  be  more  easily  accounted  for,  if  delegations  were 
only  from  Presbyteries,  and  the  delegates  equally  both  of  ministers 
and  elders.'  In  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland  the  true  Presbyterian 
theory  of  representation  is  consistently  carried  out.  One-third  of 
the  membership  of  every  Presbytery  constitutes  the  membership 
of  the  General  Assembly ;  and  this  applies  to  ministers  and 
elders  alike.  In  a  Presbytery  of  six  charges,  for  example,  two 
ministers  and  two  elders  are  sent  as  representatives.  If  there  be 
seven  charges  or  seven  ministerial  members  in  a  Presbytery,  then 
every  third  year  three  ministers  and  three  elders  will  be  sent. 
The  election  of  members  belongs  only  to  Presbyteries  ;  and  this 
undoubtedly  is  the  only  method  that  accords  with  the  ideal  of 
Presbyterian  Church  government.  The  Roll  of  the  Free  Church 
Assembly  for  1882  contained  the  names  of  372  ministers  and  372 
elders.  The  presence  of  colleague  ministers  in  Presbyteries  does 
not  disturb  this  equality  of  ministers  and  elders  in  the  Assembly. 
If  a  Presbytery  of  six  ministerial  charges  had  three  colleague- 
ships,  giving  nine  clerical  members  and  only  six  elders ;  still  the 
representation  would  be  three  ministers  and  three  elders.  Should 
it  be  impossible  to  secure  all  or  any  of  the  representative  elders 
from  the  eldership  of  the  local  Presbytery,  these  may  be  chosen 
from  other  Presbyteries  of  the  church.  The  General  Assembly 
of  the  Presbyterian  Church  of  Ireland  is  not  representative,  so 
far  as  the  clerical  membership  is  concerned,  but  embraces  all  the 
ordained  ministers  of  the  church.  It  is  only  distinguished  from 
the  Synod  of  the  United  Presbyterian  Church,  and  the  Synod 
of  the  Presbyterian  Church  of  England,  by  having  Provincial 
Synods  under  it.  In  the  Presbyterian  Churches  of  America  the 
principle  of  equal  representation  of  ministers  and  elders  in  their 
supreme  courts  seems  to  be  generally  observed. 

The  thoroughly  representative  character  of  the  General  Assembly 
renders  it  less  permanent  as  to  its  membership  than  any  of  the 
other  church  courts.     The  clerical  membership  of  a  Presbytery 


FUNCTIONS    OF   THE    SEVERAL    CHURCH    COURTS.         149 

may  continue  for  years  unaltered,  but  in  the  Assembly  the  clerical 
as  well  as  the  lay  element  varies  from  year  to  year.  As  the 
supreme  court,  its  decisions  cannot  be  appealed  against,  and  yet 
evidently  all  its  decisions  cannot  have  the  impress  of  absolute 
finality,  nor  can  one  Assembly  be  expected  to  endorse  all  the 
views  of  previous  Assemblies.  It  seems  correct,  however,  to 
maintain  that  all  judicial  decisions  of  the  Assembly  are  irre- 
versible. Thus,  if  one  Assembly,  taking  into  consideration  some 
appeal,  empowers  a  Presbytery,  if  satisfied  as  to  the  advisability 
of  the  procedure,  to  come  to  a  certain  resolution  ;  if  that  Presby- 
tery passes  that  resolution,  and  a  minority  complains  of  this  to 
the  Assembly,  the  former  decision  of  Assembly  empowering  the 
Presbytery  to  come  to  such  a  finding  will  finally  bar  the  way 
against  entertaining  any  such  appeal.  If  one  Assembly  suspends 
any  minister  in  the  exercise  of  discipline,  another  Assembly 
cannot  rescind  this  decision,  but  may  judge  whether  the  ends  of 
discipline  have  been  attained  by  the  length  of  suspension  already 
endured.  Yet  one  Assembly  is  not  bound  by  the  precedents  of 
former  Assemblies.  The  Assembly  of  1883  cannot  review  the 
decisions  of  the  Assembly  of  1882,  but  in  a  case  similar  to  one 
of  the  previous  year,  it  may  reach  a  conclusion  diametrically 
opposite.  As  to  the  binding  force  of  the  Assembly's  decisions,  so 
long  as  they  do  not  contravene  any  principle  of  the  constitution 
and  are  not  inconsistent  with  God's  word, — that  is,  so  long  as 
they  keep  within  the  limits  of  the  power  belonging  to  the  church, — 
they  are  to  be  regarded  as  bearing  authority  over  all  the  church ; 
but  these,  in  so  far  as  they  are  resolutions  and  rules,  and  not 
judicial  findings,  may  be  superseded  by  the  enactments  of  another 
Assembly.  If  any  measure  is  proposed  which  may  in  any  way 
affect  the  constitution,  whether  by  addition,  or  by  subtraction,  or 
by  modification  of  any  other  kind,  it  is  not  within  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  Assembly  to  pass  it  into  law.  The  Barrier  Act,  as  already 
referred  to,  comes  into  operation,  and  the  proposal  can  be  given 
effect  to  only  after  a  favourable  return  from  the  Presbyteries  has 
been  received. 


150  PRESBYTERIANISM. 

Thus  the  truly  liberal  characteristics  of  Presbyterianism  appear 
in  the  jealous  care  with  which  the  rights  of  the  people  are  guarded 
at  every  turn.  The  constitution  has  been  so  framed  that  no 
arbitrary  decisions  can  be  enforced,  no  party  proposal  hastily 
carried,  before  the  mind  of  the  church  has  been  prepared  for  its 
hearty  and  intelligent  acceptance.  From  court  to  court  measures 
progress  and  ripen, — the  opinion  of  the  church  is  at  once  sought 
and  enlightened, — and  all  the  advantages  of  a  popular  and  con- 
stitutional government  are  secured.  The  intelligent  Protestant, 
ardent  in  his  love  of  civil  and  religious  liberty,  need  not  be 
ashamed  to  own  and  acknowledge  the  Presbyterian  form  of 
church  government  by  Kirk- sessions,  Presbyteries,  Provincial 
Synods,  and  General  Assemblies. 


In  the  Presbyterian  Churches  of  Great  Britain,  North  America, 
and  the  British  Colonies,  the  general  principles  illustrated  in  this 
treatise  are  carried  out  in  all  essential  respects.  When  we  turn, 
however,  to  the  Continent  of  Europe,  we  find  a  considerable 
number  of  smaller  religious  societies,  exhibiting  more  or  less 
perfectly  the  characteristics  of  Presbyterian  Churches.  Leaving 
out  of  account  the  Lutheran  communities,  which,  notwithstand- 
ing certain  approximations  to  a  Presbyterian  constitution,  have 
yet  certain  elements  in  their  polity  altogether  inconsistent  with 
the  genius  of  Presbyterianism,  we  may  fairly  claim  the  Reformed 
Continental  Churches  as  examples  of  imperfectly  developed  Pres- 
byterian Churches.  Some  of  these,  so  far  as  the  letter  of  their 
constitution  is  concerned,  approach  very  near  that  model  of 
ecclesiastical  polity  which  we  have  endeavoured  to  sketch.  The 
Reformed  Churches  of  Bohemia,  Moravia,  and  Hungary,  are 
only  prevented  by  the  restrictions  of  the  Austrian  State  from 
carrying  out  the  principles  of  Presbyterianism  in  all  their  fulness. 
Even  as  it  is,  these  churches  have  their  Kirk-sessions,  Presby- 


FUNCTIONS   OF   THE   SEVERAL   CHURCH    COURTS.         151 

teries,  and  Synods,  and  the  want  of  decisive  authority  in  their 
enactments  is  occasioned  simply  by  the  refusal  of  the  State 
to  grant  autonomy  to  the  Reformed  Church  in  any  substantial 
form.  The  Reformed  Church  in  Germany  suffers  similarly  from 
the  jealous  interference  of  the  State,  which  insists  upon  appoint- 
ing the  members  of  the  consistories.  In  France,  the  Reformed 
Church  in  connection  with  the  State  is  in  the  same  way  hampered 
by  State  control ;  whereas  the  numerous  small  evangelical  societies 
separate  from,  the  State,  now  brought  together  in  the  Union  of 
the  Evangelical  Churches  of  France,  have  adopted  a  Synodal- 
Presbyterian  constitution.  In  these  different  societies  under  the 
Union  the  practice  is  not  yet  uniform  ;  some,  however,  have 
regularly  constituted  Sessions,  and  recognize  the  offices  of  elders 
and  deacons,  and  expressly  state  that  the  government  of  the 
church  is  vested  in  the  Presbyteries  and  General  Assembly. 
Very  imperfect  in  constitution  is  the  young  native  Protestant 
Church  of  Italy — called  the  Free  Italian  Church.  It  has  neither 
Presbytery  nor  Synod,  but  has  an  Assembly  composed  of  deputies 
from  the  various  churches,  and  has  the  regular  office-bearers  of  a 
Presbyterian  Church, — minister,  elders,  and  deacons.-  There  are 
thus  the  materials  present  for  the  regular  constitution  of  Presby- 
terian Church  courts  as  soon  as  the  growth  of  the  church  may 
render  their  establishment  necessary. 


INDEX. 


Angel  of  the  churches,  Meaning  of 

the  term,  76. 
Apostolic  office  temporary,  77. 
Apostolic   succession,    No    Scripture 

ground  for,  72. 
Assembly,  General,  146. 
Assembly,  A  representative  court,  146. 
Authoritative     decisions    in     church 

courts,  125. 

Barrier  Act,  142,  149. 

Bishops  not  successors  of  the  Apostles, 

72. 
Bishops  and  Presbyters  in  the  New 

Testament  the  same,  74. 
Bishops  and  Presbyters  in  the  Early 

Church,  83. 

Calvin's  constitution  of  elderships, 

57- 
Calvin's  theory  of  the  ruling  eldership, 

47. 

Calvinism  not  peculiar  to  Presby- 
terianism,  3. 

Characteristics  of  Presbyterianism,  4. 

Church,  Presbyterian  idea  of,  15. 

Church  Courts,  Idea  of,  103  ;  functions 
common  to  all  members  of,  no  ; 
presidency  of,  113  ;  Scripture  ex- 
amples of,  122  ;  authoritative  de- 
cisions of,  125. 

Clergy  and  Laity  distinguished,  24. 

Clerical  orders,  Undue  stress  laid 
upon,  27. 

Congregationalism  as  a  form  of  churcn 
government,  1,  3. 

Consistorial  system  in  France,  59. 

Consistory  an  imperfect  Kirk-session, 
55- 


Continental  Reformed  Churches,  150. 
Council  of  Jerusalem,  122. 
Courts  of  review,  120,  127. 
Culdees  had  only  Presbyter  Bishops, 

85. 
Cyprian's    sacerdotal    view    of    the 
ministry,  69. 

Deacons,  Duties  of,  94 ;  qualifica- 
tions of,  95  ;  ordination  of,  98 ;  in 
the  history  of  the  church,  100. 

Deacons'  duties  in  the  Early  Church, 
100. 

Deacons  in  relation  to  matters  of 
discipline,  101,  note. 

Deacons'  Court,  Constitution  of,  135. 

Deaconship,  Origin  of  the,  90. 

Dichotomy  of  church  offices,  35. 

Distribution  the  function  of  Deacons, 

97- 
Divine  Right.    In  what  sense  claimed 

for  Presbytery,  8. 
Doctrinal    types.       How    related    to 

forms  of  Church  Polity,  6. 

Elder.     See  Ruling  Elder. 
Elderships,    Advantages    of,    51  ;    as 

constituted  by  Calvin,  57  ;   in   the 

Reformed  Church  of  Scotland,  59. 
Erastian  view  of  eldership,  62. 
Executive  functions  of  church  courts, 

103. 
Extraordinary  offices  in  the  church, 

33- 

Finality     of    General    Assembly' 

decisions,  149. 
Forms  of  Church  Polity,  Various,  1. 
France,  Reformed  Church  of,  151. 


INDEX. 


*53 


Free  Italian  Church,  151. 
Functions  of  church  courts,  103. 

GERMANY,  Reformed  Church  of,  151. 

Gifts  and  church  office,  20. 

Gifts,  Prevalence  of,  in  Early  Church, 

43- 

Government,  the  function  of  Presby- 
ters, 41. 

Grace   not   conferred   by   ordination, 

32- 
Gradation,    Principle    of,    in    church 

courts,  119. 
Gradation,  Advantages  of,  127,  150. 

IMPERFECT  Presbyterian  Church  con- 
stitutions, 150. 
Independents,  Church  Polity  of,  3. 
Italian  Free  Church,  151. 

Jerusalem,  Council  of,  122. 
Judicial  functions   of  church  courts, 

103. 
Jurisdiction  of  church  courts,  105. 
Jus  Divinum,  8. 

Kirk-session,  Meeting  of,  132;  mem- 
bership of,  133  ;  jurisdiction  of, 
134  ;  functions  of,  134. 

Laity  and  Clergy  distinguished,  24. 
Laying  on  of  hands,  29  ;  how  regarded 

by  Knox,  33  ;  by  the  Westminster 

divines,  33. 
Layman?  Is  the  Ruling  Elder  a,  47. 
Legislative  functions  of  church  courts, 

103. 
Literature  of  Presbyterianism,  10. 
Luther  on  the  rights  of  the  Christian 

people,  54. 

Members  of  the  church,  Rights  of 
the,  107. 

Methodists,  Church  government  of 
the,  2. 

Ministerial  character  of  the  Presbyter's 
office,  68. 

Ministerial  office  in  the  history  of  the 
church,  82. 

Montanism  as  an  anti-hierarchical  re- 
action, 26. 

Names  given  to  Ruling  Office  in  the 
New  Testament,  45. 

Office,  Idea  of,  in  the  Presbyterian 
Church,  20. 


Offices  in  the  Presbyterian  Church,  33. 
Order,  Ideas  of,  in  Early  Church,  23. 
Orders,  Undue  stress  laid  upon,  27. 
Ordination,  Significance  of,  29  ;  words 

used  to  express,   31  ;  of  Deacons, 

98  ;  to  the  ministerial  office,  81 ;  an 

act  of  Presbytery,  143. 
Overtures  to  General  Assembly,  142, 

145  ;  to  Presbyteries,  142. 

Parity  of  clergy,  7,  78  ;  importance 
of,   in  Scottish  Reformed  Church, 

Preacher,  Office  of,  recognized,  65. 

Preacher's  office,  Reformers'  view  of, 
86. 

Prelatical  Bishops  not  successors  of 
Apostles,  72  ;  Timothy  and  Titus 
not,  75.  ^ 

Presbyter  in  Early  Church,  53. 

Presbyters,  Teaching  and  Ruling,  dis- 
tinguished, 40. 

Presbyterianism  a  form  of  church 
government,  4. 

Presbytery,  Court  of  the,  136 ;  mem- 
bership of  the,  137 ;  functions  oi 
the,  140. 

Presidency  of  church  courts,  113. 

Pressense'  on  development  of  Preacher's 
office,  66,  note. 

Puritans,  Eldership  among  the,  61. 

Reformed  Church  of  Bohemia,  etc., 
150. 

Reformed  Church  of  Germany,  151 ; 
of  France,  151. 

Reformers'  views  of  the  Preacher's 
office,  86. 

Representation,  Principle  of,  in 
General  Assembly,  146. 

Review,  Courts  of,  120,  127  ;  Inde- 
pendents' objections  to,  120  ;  Scrip- 
ture examples  of,  122. 

Ruling  Elder  in  Presbyterian  Church, 
8  ;  Scripture  proof  for,  37  ;  already 
in  Synagogue,  38 ;  distinguished 
from  Teachers,  40 ;  duties  of  the,  49. 

Ruling  Eldership,  Theories  of  the,  47  ; 
in  the  history  of  the  church,  52. 

Sacerdotal,  Preacher's  office  not, 
68. 

Sacerdotalism,  No  trace  of,  in  New 
Testament,  71. 

Scripture  proof  for  Presbyterian  office- 
bearers, 34  ;  ruling  eldership,  37. 

Session.     See  Kirk-session. 


154 


INDEX. 


Succession,    Apostolic,    indefensible, 

72  ;  earliest  trace  in  Tertullian  and 

Irenocus,  73. 
Superintendents  in  Scottish  Reformed 

Church  not  Prelates,  88. 
Synagogue  arrangements  adopted  in 

Apostolic  Church,  38. 
Synods,  Provincial,  144. 

Trichotomy  of  church  offices,  35. 

Union  of  Evangelical  Churches  of 
France,  151, 


Unity  of  church  maintained  by 
Presbyterianism,  8  ;  rendered  pro- 
minent by  gradation  of  courts, 
128. 

Westminster  Assembly  on  the 
ruling  eldership,  62  ;  on  ordina- 
tion to  office,  33. 

Women  discharging  Deacons'  duties 
96. 

'  Young  men  '  of  Acts  v.,  Relation  of 
to  first  Deacons,  93, 


f^antiboafcs  for  Bible  Classes 
anti  ^rtttate  l&tutrents. 

EDITED     BY 

REY.    MARCUS    DODS,    D.D., 

AND 

REV.    ALEXANDER    WHYTE,    D.D. 

*-+«^>t  »         

IN  PREPARATION. 

PALESTINE.       With    Maps.      By   Rev.    Arch.   Henderson,  M.A., 
Crieff.  [Nearly  Ready. 

THE  SABBATH.     By  Rev.  Professor  S almond,  D.D.,  Aberdeen. 

THE  GOSPEL  ACCORDING  TO  ST.  JOHN.     By  Rev.  George  Reith, 
M.A.,  Glasgow.  {Shortly. 

THE  BOOK  OF  ACTS.     By  Rev.  Professor  Lindsay,  D.D.,  Glasgow. 
Part  II.,  Chaps,  xiii.  to  xxviii.  [Shortly, 

THE  FIRST  EPISTLE  TO   THE  CORINTHIANS.      By  Rev.   Marcus 
Dods,  D.D.,  Glasgow. 

THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  PHILIPPIANS.      By   Rev.   James  Mellis, 
M.A.,  Southport. 

THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  COLOSSIANS.     By  Rev.  Simeon  R.  Macphail, 
M.A.,  Liverpool. 

CHURCH  AND  STATE.     By  A.  Taylor  Innes,  Esq.,  Advocate,  Edin- 
burgh. 

CHRISTIAN  ETHICS.     By  Rev.  Professor  Lindsay,  D.D.,  Glasgow. 

THE  WORK  OF  THE  SPIRIT.      By  Rev.  Professor  Candlish,  D.D. 

APOLOGETICS.     By  Rev.  James  Iverach,  M.A.,  Aberdeen. 

THE  BOOK  OF  EXODUS.     By  James  Macgregor,  D.D.,  late  of  New 
College,  Edinburgh. 

THE  DOCTRINE  OF  SIN.     By  Rev.  Professor  Candlish,  D.D. 

[For  Volumes  already  issued  see  next  page. 


HANDBOOKS  FOR  BIBLE    CLASSES. 


NOW   READY. 

THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  GALATIANS.     By  James  MacGregor,  D.D., 
late  of  New  College,  Edinburgh.     Price  is,  6d. 

THE  POST-EXILIAN  PROPHETS.     With  Introductions  and  Notes.     By 
Rev.  Marcus  Dods,  D.D.,  Glasgow.     Price  2s. 

A  LIFE  OF  CHRIST.     By  Rev-.  James  Stalker,  M.A.        Price  is.  6d. 

THE  SACRAMENTS.      By  Rev.  Professor  Candlish,  D.D.    Price  is.  6d. 

THE  BOOKS  OF  CHRONICLES.      By  Rev.   Professor  Murphy,  LL.D., 
Belfast.     Price  is.  6d. 

THE  CONFESSION  OF  FAITH.       By  Rev.  John  Macpherson,  M.A.* 
Findhorn.     Price  2s. 

THE  BOOK  OF  JUDGES.   By  Rev.  Principal  Douglas,  D.D.    Price  is.  3d. 

THE  BOOK  OF  JOSHUA.    By  Rev.  Principal  Douglas,  D.D.  Price  is.  6d. 

THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  HEBREWS.     By  Rev.   Professor  Davidson, 
D.D.,  Edinburgh.      Price  2s.  6d. 

SCOTTISH  CHURCH  HISTORY.     By  Rev.  N.  L.  Walker.    Price  is.  6d. 

THE  CHURCH.     By  Rev.  Prof.  Binnie,  D.D.,  Aberdeen.     Price  is.  6d. 

THE   REFORMATION.      By  Rev.  Professor  Lindsay,  D.D.        Price  2s. 

THE  BOOK  OF  GENESIS.     By  Rev.  Marcus  Dods,  D.D.  Price  2s. 

THE  EPISTLE  TO  THE  ROMANS.     By  Rev.   Principal  Brown,  D.D., 
Aberdeen.     Price  2s. 

PRESBYTERIANISM.     By  Rev.  John  Macpherson,  M.A.    Price  is.  6d. 

LESSONS  ON  THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST.      By  Rev.  Wm,  Scrymgeour, 
Glasgow.     Price  2s.  6d. 

THE  SHORTER  CATECHISM.     By  Rev.  Alexander  Whyte,  D.D., 

Edinburgh.      Price  2s.  6d. 

THE    GOSPEL    ACCORDING    TO     ST.     MARK.       By    Rev.    Professor 
Lindsay,  D.D.,  Glasgow.     Price  2s.  6d. 

A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  CHRISTIAN  MISSIONS.     By  George  Smith, 
LL.D.,  F.R.G.S.     Price  2s.  6d. 

A  LIFE  OF  ST.  PAUL.      By  Rev.  James  Stalker,  M.A.    Price  is.  6d. 

THE  BOOK  OF  ACTS.      By  Rev.    Professor  Lindsay,  D.D.      Part  I., 
Chaps,  i.  to  xii.     Price  \s.  6d, 


NEW     SERIES 


OF   THE 


FOREIGN    THEOLOGICAL    LIBRARY. 

ANNUAL  SUBSCRIPTION  : 
One  Guinea  (payable  in  advance)  for  Four  Volumes,  Demy  8vo. 


The  First  Issue  for  1884  comprises — 
WEISS  ON  THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST.     VoL  III.  (completion). 
SARTORIUS  ON  THE  DOCTRINE  OF  DIVINE  LOVE.     One  Vol. 

1  880      GODET'S  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  EPISTLE  OF  ST.  PAUL  TO  THE 
ROMANS.     Vol.  I. 
HAGENBACH'S  HISTORY  OF  DOCTRINES.     Vols.  I.  and  II. 
DORNER'S  SYSTEM  OF  CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINE.     Vol.  I. 

1881  -GODET'S  COMMENTARY  ON  THE  EPISTLE  OF  ST.   PAUL  TO  THE 
ROMANS.     Vol.  II. 
DORNER'S  SYSTEM  OF  CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINE.     Vol.  II. 
HAGENBACH'S  HISTORY  OF  DOCTRINES.     Vol.  III.  (completion). 
MARTENSEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ETHICS.     (Individual  Ethics.) 

1  882.    DORNER'S  SYSTEM  OF  CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINE.     Vols.  III.  and  IV. 
WEISS'S    BIBLICAL    THEOLOGY     OF     THE     NEW    TESTAMENT. 

Vol.  I. 
MARTENSEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ETHICS.     (Social  Ethics.) 

1883.    WEISS  ON  THE  LIFE  OF  CHRIST.     Vols.  I.  and  II. 

WEISS   ON  BIBLICAL  THEOLOGY   OF  NEW  TESTAMENT.      Vol. 

II.  (completion). 
GOEBEL  ON  THE  PARABLES.     One  Vol. 


The  Foreign  Theological  Library  was  commenced  in"  1846,  and 
from  that  time  to  this  Four  Volumes  yearly  (or  1G0  in^all)  have 
appeared  with  the  utmost  regularity. 

The  Publishers  decided  to  begin  a  New  Series  with  1880,  and  so 
give  an  opportunity  to  many  to  subscribe  who  are  possibly  deterred 
by  the  extent  of  the  former  Series. 

The  Publishers  are  sanguine  enough  to  believe  that  a  Series 
containing  the  works  of  writers  so  eminent,  upon  the  most  important 
subjects,  cannot  fail  to  secure  support. 

The  Binding  of  the  Series  is  modernized,  so  as  to  distinguihs  it 
from  the  former  Series. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


FOREIGN  THEOLOGICAL  LIBRARY, 


N.B. — Any  two  Years  in  this  Series  can  be  had  at  the  Subscription  Price 
of  Two  Guineas.  A  single  Year's  Books  (except  in  the  case  of  the  current 
Year)  cannot  be  supplied  separately.  Non-Subscribers,  price  10s.  6d.  each 
volume,  with  exceptions  marked. 

1864 — Lange  on  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.     Two  Volumes. 

Keil  and  Delitzsch  on  the  Pentateuch.     Vols.  I.  and  II. 

1865 — Keil  and  Delitzsch  on  the  Pentateuch.     Vol.  III. 

Hengstenberg  on  the  Gospel  of  John.     Two  Volumes. 

Keil  and  Delitzsch  on  Joshua,  Judges,  and  Ruth.     One  Volume. 

1866 — Keil  and  Delitzsch  on  Samuel.     One  Volume. 
Keil  and  Delitzsch  on  Job.     Two  Volumes. 
Martensens  System  'of  Christian  Doctrine.     One  Volume. 

1867 — Delitzsch  on  Isaiah.     Two  Volumes. 

Delitzsch  on  Biblical  Psychology.     (12s.)     One  Volume. 
Auberlen  on  Divine  Revelation.     One  Volume. 

1868 — KeiVs  Commentary  on  the  Minor  Prophets.  Two  Volumes. 
Delitzsclis  Commentary  on  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.  Vol.  I. 
Harless'  System  of  Christian  Ethics.     One  Volume. 

1869— Hengstenberg  on  Ezekiel.     One  Volume. 

Stier  on  the  Words  of  the  Apostles.  One  Volume. 
KeiVs  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament.  Vol.  I. 
Bleek's  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.     Vol.  I. 

1870 — KeiVs  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament.     Vol.  II. 

Bleek's  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.     Vol.  II. 
Schmid's  New  Testament  Theology.     One  Volume. 
Delitzsch 's  Commentary  on  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.     Vol.  II. 

1871 — Delitzsch }s  Commentary  on  the  Psalms.     Three  Volumes. 

Hengstenberg 's  History  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  under  the  Old 
Testament,     Vol.  I. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


CLARK'S  FOREIGN  THEOLOGICAL  LIBRARY—  Continued. 


1872 — KeiVs  Commentary  on  the  Boohs  of  Kings.     One  Volume. 
KeiVs  Commentary  on  the  Booh  of  Daniel.     One  Volume. 
KeiVs  Commentary  on  the  Boohs  of  Chronicles.     One  Volume. 
Hengstenberg's  History  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  under  the  Old 
Testament.     Vol.  II. 

1873 — KeiVs  Commentary  on  Ezra,  Nehemiah,  and  Esther.     One  Vol. 
Winer  s  Collection  of  the  Confessions  of  Christendom.     One  Vol. 
KeiVs  Commentary  on  Jeremiah.     Vol.  I. 
Martensen  on  Christian  Ethics. 

1874 — Christlieb's  Modern  Doubt  and  Christian  Belief.     One  Volume. 

KeiVs  Commentary  on  Jeremiah.     Vol.  II. 

Delitzsch's  Commentary  on  Proverbs.     Vol.  I. 

0 elder's  Biblical  Theology  of  the  Old  Testament.     Vol.  I. 
1875 — GodeVs  Commentary  on  St.  Luhe's  Gospel.     Two  Volumes. 

Oehlers  Biblical  Theology  of  the  Old  Testament.     Voi.  II. 

Delitzsch's  Commentary  on  Proverbs.     Vol.  II. 

1876 — KeiVs  Commentary  on  Ezehiel.     Two  Volumes. 

Luthardt's  Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.     Vol.  I. 
GodeVs  Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.     Vol.  I. 

1877 — Delitzsch's  Commentary  on  Song  of  Solomon  and  Ecclesiastes. 
Godetfs  Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.     Vols.  II.  and  III. 
Luthardt's  Commentary  on  St.  Johns  Gospel.     Vol.  II. 

1878 — Gebhardt's  Doctrine  of  the  Apocalypse. 

Luthardt's  Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.     Vol.  III. 
Philijrpi's  Commentary  on  the  Romans.     Vol.  I. 
HagenbacKs  History  of  the  Reformation.     Vol.  I. 

1879 — Philippi's  Commentary  on  the  Romans.     Vol.  II. 
HagenbacKs  History  of  the  Reformation.     Vol.  II. 
Steinmeyer's  History  of  the  Passion  and  Resurrection  of  Our 

Lord.     One  Volume. 
Haupt's  Commentary  on  the  First  Epistle  of  St.  John.     One  Vol. 


MESSRS.  CLARK  allow  a  SELECTION  of  Twenty  Volumes  (or  more  at 
the  same  ratio)  from  the  Volumes  issued  previous  to  New  Series  (see  following 
pages), 

At  the  Subscription  Price  of  Five  Guineas. 


T.  and  T.  Claries  Publications. 


CLAKK'S  FOREIGN  THEOLOGICAL  LIBRARY—  Continued. 

The  following  are  the  works  from  which  a  selection  may  be  made  (non- 
subscription  prices  within  brackets) : — 

Dr.  Hengstenberg. — Commentary  on  the  Psalms.     By  E.  W.  Hexgsten- 

bero,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Theology  in  Berlin.     In  Three  Vols.  8vo.     (33s.) 
Dr.    Gieseler. — Compendium   of   Ecclesiastical  History.       By   J.    C.    L. 

Gieseler,  D.D.     Five  Vols.  8vo.     (£2,  12s.  Gd.) 
Dr.  Olshausen. — Biblical  Commentary  on  the  Gospels  and  Acts,  adapted 

especially  for  Preachers  and  Students.     By  Hermann  OLSHAUSEN, 

D.D.     In  Four  Vols.  8vo.     (£2,  2s.) 

Biblical  Commentary  on  the  Romans,     In  One  Vol.  Svo.     (10s.  6d.) 

Biblical  Commentary  on  St.  PauVs  First  and  Second  Epistles  to  the 

Corinthians.     In  One  Vol.   Svo.     (9s.) 

Biblical  Commentary  on  St.   PauVs  Epistles  to  the  Philippians, 


to  Titus,  and  the  First  to  Timothy.  In  continuation  of  the  Work  of 
Olshausen.  By  Lie.  August  Wiesinger.  In  One  Vol.  Svo.  (10s.  Gd.) 
Dr.  Neander. — General  History  of  the  Christian  Religion  and  Church. 
By  Augustus  Nkandkr,  D.D.  Translated  from  the  Second  and  Im- 
proved Edition.     Nine  Vols.  Svo.     (£3,  7s.  6d.) 

This  is  the  only  Edition  in  a  Library  Size. 

Prof.  H.  A.  Ch.  Hdvernick. — General  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament. 

By  Professor  Havernick.     One  Vol.  8vo.     (^K)s.  Gd.) 
Dr.  Midler. — T lie  Christian  Doctrine  of  Sin.     By  Dr.  Julius  Muller. 

Two  Vols.  8vo.     (21s.)     New  Edition. 
Dr.  Hengstenberg. — Christology  of  the  Old  Testament,  and  a  Commentary 

on   the   Messianic  Predictions.      By  E.    W.    Hengstenberg,   D.D. 

Four  Vols.    (£2,  2s.) 
Dr.  M.  Baumgarten.  —  The  Acts  of  the  Apostles;  or,  the  History  of  the 

Church  in  the  Apostolic  Age.      By  M.    Baumgarten,   Ph.D.,  and 

Professor  in  the  University  of  Rostock.     Three  Vols.     (£l,  7s.) 
Dr.  Stier. — The   Words  of  the  Lord  Jesus.     By  Rudolph  Stier,  D.D., 

In  Eight  Vols.  8vo.     (£4,  4s.) 
Dr.  Carl  Ullmann. — Reformers  before  the  Reformation,  principally  in 

Germany  and  the  Netherlands.     Two  Vols.  Svo.     (£1,  Is.) 
Professor  Kurtz. — History  of  the  Old  Covenant ;  or,  Old  Testament  Dis- 
pensation.    By  Professor  Kurtz.     In  Three  Vols.     (£1,  lis.  6d.) 
Dr.   Stier. — The   Words  of  the  Risen  Saviour,  and  Commentary  on  the 

Epistle  of  St.  James.    By  Rudolph  Stier,  D.D.    One  Vol.    (10s.  6d.) 
Professor  Tholuck. — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  John.    By  Professor 

Tholuck  of  Halle.     In  One  Vol.     (9s.) 
Professor    Tholuck. — Commentary  on  the  Sermon  on  the   Mount.      By 

Professor  Tholuck.     In  One  Vol.     (10s.  Gd.) 
Dr.  Hengstenberg. — On  the  Book  of  Ecclesiastes.     To  which  are  appended  : 

Treatises   on   the    Song   of  Solomon ;    the   Book   of   Job;    the   Prophet 

Isaiah;  the   Sacrifices   of    Holy  Scripture;   and   on   the  Jews   and   the 

Christian  Church.    By  E.  W.  Hengstenberg,  D.D.     in  One  Vol.  8vo. 

(9s.) 

Dr.  Ebrard. — Commentary  on  the  Epistles  of  St.  John.     By  Dr.  John  H. 
A.  Ebrard,  Professor  of  Theology.     In  One  Vol.    (10s.  Gd.) 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


CLARK'S  FOREIGN  THEOLOGICAL  LIBRARY— Continued. 

Dr.  Lange. —  Theological  and  Homiletical  Commentary  on  the  Gospels  of 
St.  Mat  their  and  Mark     Three  Vols.     (£1,  lis.  6d.) 

Dr.  Domer. — History  of  the  Development  of  the  Doctrine  of  the  Person  of 
Christ.    By  Dr.  I.  A.  DoRNER.     Five  Vols.     (£2,  12s.  6d.) 

Lange  and  Dr.  J.  J.  Van  Oosterzce. —  Theological  and  Homiletkal  Com- 
mentary on  the  Gospel  of  St.  Luke.     Two  Vols.     (18s.) 

Dr.  Ebrard.  —  The  Gospel  History :  A  Compendium  of  Critical  Investiga- 
tions in  support  of  the  Historical  Character  of  the  Four  Gospels.  One 
Vol.    (10s.  (3d.) 

Lange,  Lechler,  and  Gerok. —  Theological  and  Homiletical  Commentary 
on  the  Acts  of  the  Apostles.    Edited  by  Dr.  Lange.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 

Dr.  Hengsienberg. — Commentary  on  the  Gospel  of  St.  John.  Two  Vols. 
(21s.') 

Professor  Keil. — Commentary  on  the  Pentateuch.     Three  Vols.     (31s.  6d.) 

Professor  Keil. — Commentary  on  Joshua,  Judges,  and  Ruth.  One  Vol. 
(10s.  6d.) 

Professor  Delitzsch. — A  System  of  Biblical  Psychology.     One  Vol.     (12s.) 

Dr.  C.  A.  Auberlen. — The  Divine  Revelation.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d. ) 

Professor  Delitzsch. — Commentary  on  the  Prophecies  of  Isaiah.  Two 
Vols.    (21s.) 

Professor  Keil. — Commen tary  on  the  Boohs  of  Sa muel.    One  Vol.    (1 0s.  6cL ) 
Professor  Delitzsch. — Commentary  on  the  Book  of  Job.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Bishop  Martensen. — Christian  Dogmatics.     A  Compendium  of  the  Doc- 
trines of  Christianity.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Dr.    J.    P.    Lange. — Theological  and  Homiletical  Commentary  on   the 

Gospel  of  St.  John.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Keil. — Commentary  on  the.  Minor  Prophets.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Delitzsch. — Commentary  on  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.     Two  Vols. 

(21s.) 
Dr.  Harless. — A  System  of  Christian  Ethics.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d. ) 
Dr.  Hengstenberg. — Commentary  on  Ezekiel.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Dr.  Slier. — The  Words  of  the  Apostles  Expounded.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Professor  Keil. — Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament.     Two  Vols.     (21a.) 
Professor  Bleek. — Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Schmid. — New  Testament  Theology.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Professor  Delitzsch.  —  Commentary  on  the  Psalms.    Three  Vols.     (31s.  6d.) 
Dr.    Hengstenberg. — History   of  the   Kingdom   of  God   under   the   Old 

Covenant.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Keil.— Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Kings.     One  Vol.    (10s.  Gd.) 

Commentary  on  the  Book  of  Daniel.     One  Volume.     (10s.  6d.) 

Commentary  on  the  Books  of  Chronicles.     One  Volume.     (10s.  6d.) 

Commentary  on  Ezra,  Nehemiah,  and  Esther.    One  Vol.    (10s.  6d.) 

Commentary  on  Jeremiah.     Two  Volumes.     (21s.) 

Winer  {Dr.  G.  B. ). — Collection  of  the  Confessions  of  Christendom.  One 
Volume.     (10s.  Gd.) 


T.  mul  T.  ClarlS s  Publications. 


CLARK'S  FOREIGN  THEOLOGICAL  LIBRARY— Continued. 

Bishop  Martensen. — Christian  Ethics.     One  Volume.     (10s.  6d.) 
Professor  Delitzsch. — Commentary   on  the   Proverbs   of  Solomon.     Two 

Volumes.     (21s.) 
Professor    Oehler.  —  Biblical    Theology    of  the    Old    Testament.      Two 

Volumes.     (21s.) 

Professor  Christlieb. — Modern  Doubt  and  Christian  Belief.     One  Volume. 

(10s.  6d.) 
Professor  Godet. — Commentary  on  St.  Luke's  Gospel.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Luthardt. — Commentary  on  St.  Johns   Gospel.     Three    Vols. 

(31s.  6d.) 
Professor  Godet. — Commentary  on  St.  John's  Gospel.      Three  Volumes. 

(31s.  6d.) 
Professor  Keil. — Commentary  on  Ezelciel.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Professor  Delitzsch. — Commentary  on  Song  of  Solomon  and  Ecclesiastes. 

One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Gebhardt  (H.) — Doctrine  of  the  Apocalypse.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Steinmeyer  (Dr.  F.  L.) — History  of  the  Passion  and  Resurrection  of  our 

Lord.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Haupt  (E.) — Commentary  on  the  First  Epistle  of  St.  John.     One   Vol. 

(10s.  6d.) 
Hagenbach  (Dr.  K.  R.) — History  of  the  Reformation.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Philippi  (Dr.  F.  A.) — Commentary  on  Romans.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 

And  in  connection  with  the  Series — 

Murphy's   Commentary   on   the    Booh    of  Psalms.      To   count   as   Two 

Volumes.     (12s.) 
Alexander's  Commentary  on  Isaiah.     Two  Vols.     (17s.) 
Ritter's  (Carl)  Comparative  Geography  of  Palestine.     Four  Vols.     (32s.) 
ShedaVs  History  of  Christian  Doctrine.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
Macdonald's  Introduction  to  the  Pentateuch.     Two  Vols.     (21s.) 
GerlacKs  Commentary  on  the  Pentateuch.     One  Vol.     (10s.  6d.) 
Dr.  Hengstenberg. — Dissertations  on  the  Genuineness  of  Daniel,  etc.     One 

Vol.    (12s.) 

The  series,  in  159  Volumes  (including  1883),  price  £41,  14s.  9d.,-  forms  an 
Apparatus  without  which  it  may  be  truly  said  no  Theological  Library  can  be  com- 
plete ;  and  the  Publishers  take  the  liberty  of  suggesting  that  no  more  appropriate 
gift  could  be  presented  to  a  Clergyman  than  the  Series,  in  whole  or  in  part. 

\*  No  Duplicates  can  be  included  in  the  Selection  of  Twenty  Volumes ;  and  it 
will  save  trouble  and  correspondence  if  it  be  distinctly  understood  that  no 
less  number  than  Twenty  can  be  supplied,  unless  at  non-subscription  price. 


Subscribers'  Names  received  by  all  Retail  Booksellers. 

London:    HAMILTON,  ADAMS,  &  CO. 


T.  and  T.  Claries  Publications. 


In  Twenty  handsome  8vo  Volumes,  Subscription  price  <£5,  5s., 

MEYER'S 

COMMENTARY  ON   THE  NEW   TESTAMENT. 


*  Meyer  has  been  long  and  well  known  to  scholars  as  one  of  the  very  ablest  of 
the  German  expositors  of  the  New  Testament.  We  are  not  sure  whether  we 
ought  not  to  say  that  he  is  unrivalled  as  an  interpreter  of  the  grammatical  and 
historical  meaning  of  the  sacred  writers.  The  Publishers  have  now  rendered 
another  seasonable  and  important  service  to  English  students  in  producing 
this  translation.'— Guardian. 


(Yearly  Issue  of  Four  Volumes,  21s.) 

Each  Volume  will  be  sold  separately  at  10s.  6d.  to  Non-Subscribers. 


CRITICAL  AND  EXEGETICAL 

COMMENTARY  ON   THE   NEW  TESTAMENT. 

ST.   MATTHEW'S   GOSPEL   TO  JUDE. 

By    Dr.     H.    A.    W.    MEYER, 
Oberconsistorialrath,  Hannover. 


First  Year.— Komans,  Two  Volumes;  Galatians,  One  Volume;  St.  John's 
Gospel,  Vol.  I.  Second  Year.— St.  John's  Gospel,  Vol.  II. ;  Philippians 
and  Colossians,  One  Volume ;  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  Vol.  I. ;  Corinthians, 
Vol.  I.  Third  Year.— Acts  of  the  Apostles,  Vol.  II.;  St.  Matthew's 
Gospel,  Two  Volumes;  Corinthians,  Vol.  II.  Fourth  Year. — Mark  and 
Luke,  Two  Volumes;  Ephesians  and  Philemon,  One  Volume;  Thessa- 
lonians,  One  Volume  (Dr.  Liinemanri).  Fifth  Year. — Timothy  and  Titus, 
One  Volume  (Dr.  Huther) ;  Peter  and  Jude,  One  Volume  (Dr.  Huther) ; 
Hebrews,  One  Volume  (Dr.  Liinemanri)]  James  and  John,  One  Volume 
(Dr.  Huther). 

The  series,  as  written  by  Meyer  himself,  is  completed  by  the  publication  of  Ephesians  with 
Philemon  in  one  volume.  But  to  this  the  Publishers  have  thought  it  right  to  add 
Thessalonia.ns  and  Hebrews,  by  Dr.  Liinemann,  and  the  Pastoral  and  Catholic  Epistles, 
hy  Dr.  Huther. 


'  I  need  hardly  add  that  the  last  edition  of  the  accurate,  perspicuous,  and 
learned  commentary  of  Dr.  Meyer  has  been  most  carefully  consulted  through- 
out; and  I  must  again,  as  in  the  preface  to  the  Galatians,  avow  my  great 
obligations  to  the  acumen  and  scholarship  of  the  learned  editor.' — Bishop 
Ellicott  in  Pre/ace  to  his  '  Commentary  on  Ephesians.7 

'  The  ablest  grammatical  exegete  of  the  age.' — Philip  Schaff,  D.D. 

4  In  accuracy  of  scholarship  and  freedom  from  prejudice,  he  is  equalled  by 
few.' — Literary  Churchman. 

'We  have  only  to  repeat  that  it  remains,  of  its  own  kind,  the  very  best 
commentary  of  the  New  Testament  which  we  possess.' — Church  Bells. 

1  No  exegetical  work  is  on  the  whole  more  valuable,  or  stands  in  higher 
public  esteem.  As  a  critic  he  is  candid  and  cautious ;  exact  to  minuteness  in 
philology;  a  master  of  the  grammatical  and  historical  method  of  interpreta- 
tion.'— Princeton  Review. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


CHEAP   RE-ISSUE   OF 

STIER'S   WORDS  OF  THE  LORD  JESUS. 

To  meet  a  very  general  desire  that  this  now  well-known  Work  should 
be  brought  more  within  the  reach  of  all  classes,  both  Clergy 
and  Laity,  Messrs.  Clark  are  now  issuing,  for  a  limited 
period,  the  Eight  Volumes,  handsomely  bound  in  Four,  at  the 
Subscription  Price  of 

TWO  GUINEAS. 
1  The  whole  work  is  a  treasury  of  thoughtful  exposition.     Its  measure  of 
practical  and  spiritual  application,  with  exegetical  criticism,  commends  it  to 
the  use  of  those  whose  duty  it  is  to  preach   as   well  as  to  understand   the 
Gospel  of  Christ.' — Guardian. 


BY    THE    SAME    AUTHOR. 

THE  WORDS  OF  THE  RISEN  SAVIOUR,  AND 
COMMENTARY  ON  THE  EPISTLE  OF  ST.  JAMES. 

8vo,  10s.  6d. 

THE  WORDS  OF  THE  APOSTLES  EXPOUNDED. 

8vo,  10s.  6d. 
New  and  Cheap  Edition,  in  Four  Vols.,  demy  8vo,  Subscription  Price  28s., 

THE  LIFE  OF  THE  LORD  JESUS  CHRIST: 

A    Complete    Critical   Examination    of    the   Origin,    Contents,    and 

Connection  of  the  Gospels.     Translated  from  the  German  of  J. 

P.  LARGE,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Divinity  in  the  University  of  Bonn. 

Edited,  with  additional  Notes,  by  Marcus  Dods,  D.D. 

'  We  have  great  pleasure  in  recommending  this  work  to  our  readers.     We 

are  convinced  of  its  value  and  enormous  range.' — Irish  Ecclesiastical  Gazette. 


BENGEL'S   GNOMON-CHEAP   EDITION. 

GNOMON   OF    THE    NEW    TESTAMENT. 

By  John  Albert  Bengel     Now  first  translated  into  English.     With 
Original   Notes,  Explanatory  and  Illustrative.      Edited   by  the 
Rev.  Andrew  R.  Fausset,  M.A.     Five  Volume  Edition  bound 
in  Three  Volumes  at  the  Subscription  Price  of 
TWENTY-FOUR  SHILLINGS. 
The  Five  Volume  Edition  may  still  be  had  at  the  Subscription  Price 
o/£l,  11*.  6d. 

'Bengel  stands  out  still  facile  princeps  among  all  who  have  laboured,  or  who 
as  yet  labour,  in  that  important  field.  He  is  unrivalled  in  felicitous  brevity, 
combined  with  what  seldom  accompanies  that  excellence,  namely,  perspicuity. 
Terse,  weighty,  and  suggestive,  he  often,  as  a  modern  writer  observes, 
"condenses  more  matter  into  a  line  than  ran  he  extracted  from  pages  of  other 
writers/' ' — Spurgeons  Commenting  and  Commentaries. 


T.  ami  T.  Claries  Publications.  9 


In  Twenty-four  handsome  8vo  Volumes,  Subscription  prior  £6,  Gs., 

ANTE-NIGENE    CHRISTIAN    LIBRARY. 

A  COLLECTION  OF  ALL  THE  WORKS  OFTHE  FATHERS  OE THE  CHRISTIAN 

CHURCH  PRIOR  TO  THE  COUNCIL  OF  NIC.KA. 

EDITED   BT  THE 

Rev.  ALEXANDER  ROBERTS,  D.D.,  and  JAMES  DONALDSON,  LL.D. 


Contents: — Apostolic  Fathers,  oue  vol.;  Justiu  Martyr,  Athenagoras,  one 
vol.;  Tatian,  Theophilus,  The  Clementine  Recognitions,  one  vol.; 
Clement  of  Alexandria,  two  vols. ;  Ireuaeus  and  Hippolytns,  three 
vols.;  Tertullian  against  Marcion;  Cyprian,  two  vols.;  Origen,  two 
vols. ;  Tertullian,  three  vols. ;  Methodius,  etc.,  one  vol. ;  Apocryphal 
Gospels,  Acts,  and  Revelations,  one  vol. ;  Clementine  Homilies,  Apostolical 
Constitutions,  one  vol. ;  Arnobius,  oue  vol.  ;  Dionysius,  Gregory 
Thaumaturgus,  Syrian  Fragments,  one  vol.  ;  Lactantius,  two  vols. ; 
Early  Liturgies  and  Remaining  Fragments,  one  vol. 

Any  Volume  may  be  had  separately,  price  10s.  G<7., — with  the  exception  of  0  RIG  EN. 
Vol.  IL,  Vis.;  and  the  Eauey  Liturgies,  *ds. 

In  Fifteen  Volumes,  demy  8vo,  Subscription  price  £3,  IDs., 

THE     WORKS    OF    ST.    AUGUSTINE. 

EDITED  BY  MARCUS  DODS,  D.D. 


Contents: — The  '  City  of  God,' two  vols. ;  Writings  in  connection  with  the 
Donatist  Controversy,  one  vol.  ;  The  Anti-Pelagian  Writings,  three 
vols. ;  '  Letters,'  two  vols. ;  Treatises  against  Faust  us  the  Manichajan, 
one  vol.;  Th«  Harmony  of  the  Evangelists,  and  the  Sermon  on  the 
Mount,  one  vol. ;  On  the  Trinity,  oue  vol.  ;  Commentary  on  John, 
two  vols. ;  On  Christian  Doctrine,  Enchiridion,  On  Catechizing,  and 
On  Faith  and  the  Creed,  one  vol. ;  '  Confessions,'  with  Copious  Notes  by 
Rev.  J.  G.  PlLKINGTON. 

Any  Work  may  he  had  separately,  price  10.s.  6d.  per  Volume. 

SELECTION     FROM 

ANTE-NIGENE  LIBRARY  AND  ST.  AUGUSTINE'S 

WORKS. 


THE  Ante-Nicene  Library  being  now  completed  in  24  Volumes, 
and  the  St.  Augustine  Series  being  also  complete  (with  the 
exception  of  the  4  Life  ')  in  15  Volumes,  Messrs.  Clark  will,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  Foreign  Theological  Library,  give  a  Selection  of  20 
Volumes  from  both  of  those  scries  at  the  Subscription  price  of  Five 
GUINEAS  (or  a  larger  number  at  same  proportion). 


10  T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


LANGE'S     COMMENTARIES. 

{Subscript Ion  price,  nett)  15s.  each. 


THEOLOGICAL  AND  HOMILETICAL  COMMENTARY 
ON  THE  OLD  AND  NEW  TESTAMENTS. 
Specially  designed  and  adapted  for  the  use  of  Ministers  and  Students.  By 
Prof.  John  Peter  Lange,  D.D.,  in  connection  with  a  number  of  eminent 
European  Divines.  Translated,  enlarged,  and  revised  under  the  general 
editorship  of  Rev.  Dr.  Philip  Schaff,  assisted  by  leading  Divines  of  the 
various  Evangelical  Denominations. 


OLD     TESTAMENT  — 14    VOLUMES. 

1.  Genesis.    With  a  General  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament.    By  Prof.  J.  P.  Lange, 

D.D.    Translated  from  the  German,  with  Additions,  by  Prof.  Taylkr  Lewis,  LL.D., 
and  A.  Gosman,  D.D. 

2.  Exodus.     Bv  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D.    Leviticus.    By  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D.    With  GENERAL 

INTRODUCTION  by  Rev.  Dr.  Osgood. 

3.  Numbers  and  Deuteronomy.— Numbers   By  Prof .  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D.  Deuteronomy. 

By  W.  J.  SCHROEDER. 

4.  Joshua.    By  Rev.  F.  R.  Fat.    Judges  and  Ruth.    By  Prof.  Paulus  Cassell,  D.D. 

5.  Samuel,  I.  and  II.    Bv  Professor  Ekdmann,  D.D. 

6.  Kings.     By  Karl  Chr.  W.  F.  Bahk.  D.D. 

7.  Chronicles,  I.  and  II.    By  Otto  ZCckler.    Ezra.    By  Fr.  w.  Schultz.    Nehemiah. 

Br  Rev.  Howard  Crosby,  D.D.,  LL.D.    Esther.     By  Fr.  W<  Schultz. 

8.  Job.     With   an   Introduction   and   Annotations  by  Prof.  Tayler  Lewis,  LL.D.     A 

Commentary  by  Dr.  Otto  Zockler,  together  with  an  Introductory  Essay  on  Hebrew 
Poetry  by  Prof.  Philip  Schaff,  D.D. 

9.  The  Psalms.     By  Carl  Brrnhardt  Moll,  D.D.    With  a  new  Metrical  Version  of  the 

Psalms,  and  Philological  Notes,  by  T.  J.  Conant.  D.D. 

10.  Proverbs.  By  Prof.  Otto  Zockler,  D.D.  Ecclesiastes.  By  Prof.  0.  Zockler, 
D.D.  With  Additions,  and  a  new  Metrical  Version,  by  Prof.  Tayler  Lewis,  D.D. 
The  Song  of  Solomon.    By  Prof.  0.  Zockler,  D.D. 

11.  Isaiah.    By  C.  W.  E.  Naegelsbach. 

12.  Jeremiah.  By  C.  W.  E.  Naegelsbach,  D.D.  Lamentations.  By  C.  W.  E 
Naegelsbach,  D.D. 

13.  Ezekiel.    By  F.  W.  Schroder,  D.D.    Daniel.     By  Professor  Zockler,  D.D. 

14.  The  Minor' Prophets.  Hosea,  Joel,  and  Amos.  By  Otto  Schmoller,  Ph.D. 
Obadiah  and  Micah.  By  Rev.  Paul  Kleinert.  Jonah.  Nahum,  Habakkuk,  and 
Zephaniah.  By  Rev.  P'aul  Kleinert.  Haggai.  By  Rev.  James  E.  M'Ccrdy. 
Zechariah.    By  T.  W.  Chambers,  D.D.    Malachi.    By  Joseph  Packard,  D.D. 


The  Apocrypha.     (Just  publislied.)    By  E.  C.  Bissell,  D.D.     One  Volume. 


NEW    TESTAMENT  — 10     VOLUMES. 

1.  Matthew.    With  a  General  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament.    By  J.  P.  Langk, 

D.D.    Translated,  with  Additions,  by  Philip  Schaff,  D.D. 

2.  Mark.    By  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D.    Luke*.     By  J.  J.  Van  Oosterzee. 

3.  John.     By  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D. 

4.  Acts.    Bv  G.  V.  Lf.chler,  D.D.,  and  Rev.  Charles  Gekok. 

5.  Romans."    By  J.  P.  Lange,  D.D.,  and  Rev.  F.  R.  Fay. 

6.  Corinthians.     Bv  Christian  F.  Kling. 

7.  Galatians.    By  Otto  Schmoller,  Ph.D.    Ephesians  and  Colossians.     By  Karl 

Braune.  D.D*    Philippians.    By  Karl  Braune.  D.D. 

8.  Thessalonians.    By  Dis.  Auberlen  and  Riggenbach.    Timothy.    By  J.  J.   Van 

Oosterzee,  D.D.    Titus.    By  J.  J.  Van  Oosterzee,  D.D.    Philemon.    By  J.  J.  Van 
Oosterzee,  D.D.    Hebrews.    By  Karl  B.  Moll,  D.D. 

9.  James.     By  J.  P.  Lange.  D.D.,  and  J.  J.  Van  Oosterzee,  D.D.    Peter  and  Jude.     By 

G.  F.  C.  Fronmuller.  Ph.D.     John.     By  Karl  Br  acne.  D.D. 

10.  The  Revelation  of  John.    By  Dr.  J.  P.  Lange.    Together  with  double  Alphabetical 

Index  to  all  the  Ten  Volumes  on  the  New  Testament,  by  John  H.  Woods. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications.  11 


In  One  largo  8vo  Volume,  Ninth  English  Edition,  price  15s., 

A    TREATISE    ON    THE    GRAMMAR    OF 
NEW    TESTAMENT    GREEK. 

REGARDED  AS  THE  BASIS  OF  NEW  TESTAMENT  EXEGESIS. 

Translated  from  the  German  of  Dr.  B.  G.  WINER. 

With  large  additions  and  full  Indices.     Third  Edition,  Edited  by 

Rev.  W.  F.  Moulton,  D.D.,  one  of  the  New  Testament 

Translation  Revisers. 


'We  need  not  say  it  is  the  Grammar  of  the  New  Testament.  It  is  not  only 
superior  to  all  others,  but  50  superior  as  to  be  by  common  consent  the  one  work 
of  reference  on  the  subject.  No  other  could  be  mentioned  with  it.' — Literary 
Churchman. 


In  demy  8vo,  price  8s.  6d., 

SYNTAX  OF  THE  HEBREW  LANGUAGE  OF 
THE  OLD    TESTAMENT. 

By  HEINRICH  EWALD. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  EIGHTH  GERMAN  EDITION 

By  JAMES  KENNEDY,  B.D. 


1  The  work  stands  unique  as  regards  a  patient  investigation  of  facts,  written 
with  a  profound  analysis  of  the  laws  of  thought,  of  which  language  is  the 
reflection.  Another  striking  feature  of  the  work  is  the  regularly  progressive 
order  which  pervades  the  whole.  The  author  proceeds  by  a  natural  grada- 
tion from  the  simplest  elements  to  the  most  complex  forms.' — British  Quarterly 
Review. 

4  It  is  well  known  that  Ewald  was  the  first  to  exhibit  the  Hebrew  Syntax 
in  a  philosophical  form,  and  his  Grammar  is  the  most  important  of  his 
numerous  works.' — Athenaeum. 

In  demy  8vo,  Sixth  Edition,  price  7s.  6d., 

AN   INTRODUCTORY   HEBREW    GRAMMAR; 

WITH  PROGRESSIVE  EXERCISES  IN  READING  AND  WRITING. 

By  A.  B.  DAVIDSON,  M.A.,  LL.D., 

Professor  of  Hebrew,  etc.,  in  the  New  College,  Edinburgh. 


XI  T.  and  T.  Claris  PvMieations. 


WORKS    BY  THE    LATE 
PATRICK    FAIRBAIRN,    D.D., 

PKIXCIPAL    AN!»    PROFESSOR    OF   THEOLOGY    IX    THE    FREE    CHURCH 
COLLEGE,   GLASGOW. 

In  crown  8vo.  price  6s., 

PASTORAL  THEOLOGY :  A  Treatise  on  the  Office  and 

Duties  of  the  Christian  Pastor.     With  a  Biographical  Sketch 
of  the  Author. 


In  crown  8vo,  price  7s.  <!<!.. 

THE  PASTORAL  EPISTLES.    The  Greek  Text  and 

Translation.     With  Introduction.  Expository  Notes,  and  Dis- 
sertations. 

•  We  cordially  recommend  this  work  to  ministers  and  theological  students.' 
— Me  th odist  A  fagaz in  e. 

'  We  have  read  no  book  of  his  with  a  keener  appreciation  and  enjoyment 
than  that  just  published  on  the  Pastoral  Epistles.' — Xonconfurmist. 


In  Two  Volumes,  demy  8vo,  price  21s..  Sixth  Edition, 

THE  TYPOLOGY  OF  SCRIPTURE,  viewed  in  con- 

nection  with  the  whole  Series  of  the  Divine  Dispensations. 


In  demy  8vo,  price  10s.  Gd..  Fourth  Edition. 

EZEKIEL,  AND  THE  BOOK  OF  HIS  PROPHECY: 

An  Exposition.     With  a  new  Translation. 

In  demy  Bvo,  price  10s.  6cL,  Second  Edition, 

PROPHECY,  viewed  in   its    Distinctive    Nature,  its 

Special  Functions,  and  Proper  Interpretation. 


In  demy  8vo.  price  10s.  6d., 

HERMENEUTICAL    MANUAL;    or,  Introduction  to 

the  Exegetical  Study  of  the  Scriptures  of  the  New  Testament. 


In  demy  8vo.  price  U»s.  6d.. 

THE  REVELATION  OF  LAW  IN  SCRIPTURE,  con- 

sidered  with  respect  both  to  its  own  Nature  and  to  its  Relative 
Place  in  Successive  Dispensations.  (The  Third  Series  of  the 
•  Cunningham  Lectures.") 


T.  and  I.  Clark's  Publications.  13 


In  Three  Vols.  8vo,  price  X'l,  11*.  <»d., 

A  HISTORY  OF  CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINES. 

Translated   from  the  Fifth  and   Last  German   Edition   of 
Dn.    K.  R.  HAGENBACH 

(With  Addition*  from  other  Sources*). 
'It  possesses  an  almost  unique  value  as  a  history  of  Christian  dogma.    We 
have   no  English  work   that  can  be   compared  with  it.-- British  Quarterly 
Ri  ri(  w. 

k  It  is  superfluous  to  commend  a  work  which  has  been  of  such  great  service." 
— English  Churchman.  

BY   THE    SAME   AUTHOR. 
In  Two  Volumes,  demy  8vo.,  price  21s., 

HISTORY  OF  THE  REFORMATION 
GERMANY  AND   SWITZERLAND   CHIEFLY. 

Translated  from  the  Fourth  Revised  Edition  of  the  German. 

'We  highly  appreciate  for  the  most  part  the  skill  and  the  proportion,  the- 
vivid  portraiture  and  fine  discrimination,  and  the  careful  philosophic  develop- 
ment of  ideas  by  which  this  most  loadable  and  instructive  work  is  characterised.7 
— Evangelical  Magazine. 

4  Dr.  Hagenbach  undoubtedly  has  in  an  eminent  degree  many  of  the  higher 
qualifications  of  a  historian.  He  is  accurate,  candid,  and  impartial;  and  his 
insight  into  the  higher  springs  of  the  Information  is  only  equalled  by  his 
thorough  knowledge  of  the  outward  progress  of  that  movement.' — Scotsman. 

BY    THE    SAME    AUTHOR. 
In  demy  8vo,  price  9s., 

GERMAN    RATIONALISM 

IN    ITS   RISE,    PROGRESS,    AND    DECLINE.      A    CONTRIBUTION   TO   THE 
CHURCH   HISTORY   OF   THE    18th   AND    19th   CENTURIES. 

1  This  is  a  volume  we  have  long  wished  to  see  in  our  language.  Hagenbach 
is  a  veteran  in  this  field,  and  this  volume  is  the  ablest,  and  is  likely  to  be  the 
most  useful  of  his  works.' — British  Quarterly  Review. 

In  Two  Volumes,  demy  8vo,  price  "21s., 

COMMENTARY   ON   ST.    PAULS   EPISTLE 
TO    THE  ROMANS. 

By  FRIEDRICH   ADOLPH   PHIL1PPJ. 

Translated  from  the  Third  Improved  and  Enlarged  Edition. 

'A  serviceable  addition  to  the  Foreign  Theological  Library.' — Academy. 

'A  commentary  not  only  ample  for  its  critical  stores,  but  also  valuable  for 
its  sober  exegesis.'    John  Bull. 

'If  the  writer  is  inferior  to  Meyer  in  critical  acumen,  he  is  at  least  equal  to 
him  in  theological  learning  and  religious  insight;  and  his  commentary  has 
independent  worth — it  is  no  mere  repetition  of  other  men's  labours.' — Church 
Bells. 


14  T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 

In  demy  8vo,  Third  Edition,  price  10s.  6d.t 

THE    TRAINING    OF    THE    TWELVE; 

OR, 

EXPOSITION  OF  PASSAGES  IN  THE  GOSPELS  EXHIBITING 

THE  TWELVE  DISCIPLES  OF  JESUS  UNDER 

DISCIPLINE  FOR  THE  APOSTLESHIP. 

BY 

A.  B.  BRUCE,  D.D., 

PROFESSOR  OF  DIVINITY.  FREE  CHURCH  COLLEGE.  GLASGOW. 


4  Here  we  have  a  really  great  book  on  an  important,  large,  and  attractive 
subject — a  book  full  of  loving,  wholesome,  profound  thoughts  about  the 
fundamentals  of  Christian  faith  and  practice.' — British  and  Foreign  Evangeli- 
cal Review. 

1  It  is  some  five  or  six  years  since  this  work  first  made  its  appearance,  and 
now  that  a  second  edition  has  been  called  for,  the  author  has  taken  the  oppor- 
tunity to  make  some  alterations  which  are  likely  to  render  it  still  more  accept- 
able. Substantially,  however,  the  book  remains  the  same,  and  the  hearty 
commendation  with  which  we  noted  its  first  issue  applies  to  it  at  least  as  much 
now.' — Rock. 


BY     THE      SAME      AUTHOR. 


In  demy  8vo,  Second  Edition,  price  10s.  6d., 

THE    HUMILIATION    OF    CHRIST, 

IN  ITS  PHYSICAL,  ETHICAL,  AND  OFFICIAL  ASPECTS. 


SIXTH  SERIES  OF  CUNNINGHAM  LECTURES. 


;  These  lectures  are  able  and  deep-reaching  to  a  degree  not  often  found  in 
the  religious  literature  of  the  day ;  withal,  they  are  fresh  and  suggestive.  .  .  . 
The  learning  and  the  deep  and  sweet  spirituality  of  this  discussion  will  com- 
mend it  to  many  faithful  students  of  the  truth  as  it  is  in  Jesus.  — Congrega- 
tionalism 

1  We  have  not  for  a  long  time  met  with  a  work  so  fresh  and  suggestive  as 
this  of  Professor  Bruce.  .  .  .  We  do  not  know  where  to  look  at  our  English 
Universities  for  a  treatise  so  calm,  logical,  and  scholarly.' — English  Independent. 


T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications.  15 


WORKS  BY  DR.  I.  A.  DORNER. 


In  Three  Volumes,  8vo,  price  10s.  6d.  each, 

A   SYSTEM  OF  CHRISTIAN  DOCTRINE. 


4  A  monument  of  thoughtfulness  and  labour.' — Literary  Churchman. 

'  Dorner's  "  System  of  Christian  Doctrine  "  is  likely  to  prove,  when  com- 
pleted, his  most  masterly  and  profound  work.  .  .  .  Great  thanks  are  due 
to  Mr.  Cave  for  the  pains  and  the  skill  he  has  so  conscientiously  expended  on 
this  magnificent  work.' — Baptist  Magazine. 


In  Five  Volumes,  8vo,  price  £2,  12s.  6d., 

HISTORY    OF    THE    DEVELOPMENT    OF    THE 
DOCTRINE  OF  THE  PERSON  OF  CHRIST. 


1  So  great  a  mass  of  learning  and  thought  so  ably  set  forth  has  never  before 
been  presented  to  English  readers,  at  least  on  this  subject' — Journal  of  Sacred 
Literature. 


In  Two  Volumes,  8vo,  price  21s., 

HISTORY    OF    PROTESTANT    THEOLOGY, 

PARTICULARLY     IN     GERMANY, 

VIEWED  ACCORDING  TO  ITS  FUNDAMENTAL  MOVEMENT, 

AND  IN  CONNECTION  WITH  THE  RELIGIOUS, 

MORAL,  AND  INTELLECTUAL  LIFE. 

With  a  Preface  to  the  Translation  by  the  Author. 


1  This  masterly  work  of  Dr.  Dorner,  so  successfully  rendered  into  English 
by  the  present  translators,  will  more  than  sustain  the  reputation  he  has  already 
achieved  by  his  exhaustive  and,  as  it  seems  to  us,  conclusive  History  of  the 
Development  of  Doctrine  respeciinj  the  Person  of  Christ.' — Spectator. 


16  T.  and  T.  Clark's  Publications. 


HISTORY    OF    THE    CHRISTIAN    CHURCH. 

By  PHILIP  SCHAFF,  D.D.,  LL.D. 


3  ficfo  Euition  tfjorottcjfjlo  ftcbisctj  anti  Enlarged. 

Now  Ready, 

Section  First— APOSTOLIC  CHRISTIANITY,  A.D.  1-100.     In  Two  Vols.  ex. 
demy  8vo,  price  "21s. 

Section  Second  —  ANTE-NICENE  CHRISTIANITY,  A.D.  100-311.     In  Two 

Vols.  ex.  demy  8vo,  price  21s. 

Section  Third— NICENE  AND  POST-NICENE  CHRISTIANITY,  A.D.  311-600. 

In  Two  A  ols.  ex.  demy  8vo,  price  21s. 


k  For  a  genuine  healthy  Christian  criticism,  which  boldly  faces  difficulties, 
and  examines  them  with  equal  candour  and  learning,  we  commend  this  work 
to  all  who  are  interested  in  investigating  the  early  growth  of  the  Christian 
Church.' — Church  Quarterly  Review. 

1  These  volumes  cannot  fail  to  prove  welcome  to  all  students." — Freeman. 

'No  student,  and  indeed  no  critic,  can  with  fairness  overlook  a  work  like 
the  present,  written  with  such  evident  candour,  and,  at  the  same  time,  with 
so  thorough  a  knowledge  of  the  sources  of  early  Christian  history.' — Scotsman. 


In  Three  Volumes,  demy  8vo.  price  12s.  each, 

A    HISTORY   OF    THE   COUNCILS    OF    THE 
CHURCH. 

FltOU  THE  ORIGINAL  DOCUMENTS. 

TRANSLATED  FROM  THE  GERMAN  OF 

C.  J.  HEFELE,  D.D.,  Bishop  of  Rottexburg. 


VOL.  I.  {Second  Edition)  TO  A.D.  325. 
By    Rev.    PREBENDARY    CLARK. 

VOL.  II.  A.D.  326  TO  429. 
By    H.    X.    OXENHAM,    M.A. 

VOL.  III.  A.D.  429  TO    THE   CLOSE   OF   THE   COUNCIL   OF 
CHALCEDON. 


'This  careful  translation  of  Hefele's  Councils.' — Dr.  PuSET. 

•  A  thorough  and  fair  compendium,  put  in  a  most  accessible  and  intelligent 
orm.' — Guardian. 

*  A  work  of  profound  erudition,  and  written  in  a  most  candid  spirit.     The 
book  will  be  a  standard  work  on  the  subject.' — Spectator. 

1  The  most  learned  historian  of  the  Councils.' — Pere  Gratjy. 
4  We  cordial lv  commend  Hefele's  Councils  to  the  Ensrlieh  student' — John 
Bull.